<PAGE>

================================================================================

                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                   FORM 10-K/A

                                 (Amendment No. 1)

(MARK ONE)

[X]             ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                   FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002

                        COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 001-13003

                            SILVERLEAF RESORTS, INC.

             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

                         TEXAS                       75-2259890
            (State or Other Jurisdiction of       (I.R.S. Employer
              Incorporation or Organization)     Identification No.)

             1221 RIVER BEND DRIVE, SUITE 120          75247
                  DALLAS, TEXAS                      (Zip Code)
       (Address of Principal Executive Offices)

        Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code: 214-631-1166

           Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                          COMMON STOCK, $.01 PAR VALUE

           Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                                      NONE

                                 ---------------

     Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [ ]

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of the Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as
defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes [ ] No [X]

                                 ---------------

     The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of
the Registrant, based upon the last sales price of the Common Stock on June 28,
2002 as reported by the Electronic Quotation Service of Pink Sheets LLC, was
approximately $8,060,852 (based on 17,913,004 shares held by non-affiliates).
There were 36,826,906 shares of the Registrant's Common Stock, $.01 par value,
outstanding at March 31, 2003.

================================================================================

<PAGE>

                                 FORM 10-K INDEX

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  PAGE
                                                                                                  ----
<S>               <C>                                                                             <C>
                                     PART I

Item 1.           Business...................................................................       3

Item 2.           Properties.................................................................      29

Item 3.           Legal Proceedings..........................................................      38

Item 4.           Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders........................      39

                                     PART II

Item 5.           Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters......      39

Item 6.           Selected Financial Data....................................................      41

Item 7.           Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
                    Results of Operations....................................................      43

Item 7A.          Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.................      54

Item 8.           Financial Statements and Supplementary Data................................      55

Item 9.           Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and
                    Financial Disclosure.....................................................      55

                                    PART III

Item 10.          Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.........................      56

Item 11.          Executive Compensation.....................................................      58

Item 12.          Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and
                    Related Stockholder Matters..............................................      62

Item 13.          Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.............................      63

Item 14.          Controls and Procedures....................................................      64

                                     PART IV

Item 15.          Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K...........      64

                  Index to Consolidated Financial Statements.................................      F-1
</TABLE>

                                        2

<PAGE>

     CERTAIN STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN THIS FORM 10-K UNDER ITEMS 1, 2, AND 7, IN
ADDITION TO CERTAIN STATEMENTS CONTAINED ELSEWHERE IN THIS 10-K, INCLUDING
STATEMENTS QUALIFIED BY THE WORDS "BELIEVE," "INTEND," "ANTICIPATE," "EXPECTS,"
AND WORDS OF SIMILAR IMPORT, ARE "FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS" AND ARE THUS
PROSPECTIVE. THESE STATEMENTS REFLECT THE CURRENT EXPECTATIONS OF THE COMPANY
REGARDING ITS FUTURE PROFITABILITY, PROSPECTS, AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS. ALL
SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE SUBJECT TO RISKS, UNCERTAINTIES, AND OTHER
FACTORS THAT COULD CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM FUTURE RESULTS
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED BY SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. THESE RISKS,
UNCERTAINTIES, AND OTHER FACTORS ARE DISCUSSED UNDER THE HEADING "CAUTIONARY
STATEMENTS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 20 IN PART I, ITEM 1, OF THIS REPORT. ALL
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE MADE AS OF THE DATE OF THIS REPORT ON FORM 10-K
AND THE COMPANY ASSUMES NO OBLIGATION TO UPDATE THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
OR TO UPDATE THE REASONS WHY ACTUAL RESULTS COULD DIFFER FROM THE PROJECTIONS IN
THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.

                                     PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

     The principal business of Silverleaf Resorts, Inc. ("Silverleaf," the
"Company," or "we") is the development, marketing, and operation of "drive-to"
timeshare resorts. We currently own and/or manage fourteen "drive-to resorts" in
Texas, Missouri, Illinois, Alabama, Georgia, South Carolina, Pennsylvania, and
Tennessee (the "Drive-to Resorts"). We own eight of the Drive-to Resorts (the
"Owned Drive-to Resorts") and manage six other Drive-to Resorts (the "Managed
Drive-to Resorts"). We also own and/or manage five "destination resorts" in
Texas, Missouri, Mississippi, and Massachusetts (the "Destination Resorts"). We
own four of the Destination Resorts (the "Owned Destination Resorts") and manage
the remaining Destination Resort (the "Managed Destination Resort").

     The Owned Drive-to Resorts are designed to appeal to vacationers seeking
comfortable and affordable accommodations in locations convenient to their
residences and are located near major metropolitan areas. Our Owned Drive-to
Resorts are located close to principal market areas to facilitate more frequent
"short-stay" getaways. We believe such short-stay getaways are growing in
popularity as a vacation trend. Our Owned Destination Resorts are located in or
near areas with national tourist appeal and offer our customers the opportunity
to upgrade into a more upscale resort area as their lifestyles and travel
budgets permit. Both the Owned Drive-to Resorts and the Owned Destination
Resorts (collectively, the "Existing Resorts") provide a quiet, relaxing
vacation environment. We believe our resorts offer our customers an economical
alternative to commercial vacation lodging. The average price for an annual
one-week vacation ownership ("Vacation Interval") for a two-bedroom unit at the
Existing Resorts was $9,846 for 2002 and $9,688 for 2001.

     We manage the six Managed Drive-to Resorts and the Managed Destination
Resort (collectively, the "Managed Existing Resorts") under the terms of
long-term management contracts. See "Properties--Description of Timeshare
Resorts Owned and Operated by the Company" beginning at page 33.

     Owners of Silverleaf Vacation Intervals at the Existing Resorts
("Silverleaf Owners") enjoy benefits which are uncommon in the timeshare
industry. These benefits include (i) use of vacant lodging facilities at the
Existing Resorts through our "Bonus Time" Program; (ii) year-round access to the
Existing Resorts' non-lodging amenities such as fishing, boating, horseback
riding, tennis, or golf on a daily basis for little or no additional charge; and
(iii) the right to exchange a Vacation Interval for a different time period at a
different Existing Resort through our internal exchange program. These benefits
are subject to availability and other limitations. Most Silverleaf Owners may
also enroll in the Vacation Interval exchange network operated by Resort
Condominiums International ("RCI"). Oak N' Spruce Resort is the only Existing
Resort that is not under contract with RCI; however, it is under contract with
Interval International, a competitor of RCI.

     OPERATIONS

     Our primary business is marketing and selling Vacation Intervals from our
inventory to individual consumers. Our principal activities in this regard
include:

                                        3

<PAGE>

          -    acquiring and developing timeshare resorts;

          -    marketing and selling one-week annual and biennial Vacation
               Intervals to prospective first-time owners;

          -    marketing and selling upgraded Vacation Intervals to existing
               Silverleaf Owners;

          -    financing the purchase of Vacation Intervals; and

          -    managing timeshare resorts.

     We have in-house capabilities which enable us to coordinate all aspects of
development and expansion of the Existing Resorts and the potential development
of any future resorts, including site selection, design, and construction
pursuant to standardized plans and specifications.

     We perform substantial marketing and sales functions internally. We have
made significant investments in operating technology, including telemarketing
and computer systems and proprietary software applications. We identify
potential purchasers through internally developed marketing techniques and
through cooperative arrangements with outside vendors. We sell Vacation
Intervals through on-site sales offices located at certain of our resorts which
are located near major metropolitan areas. This practice provides us an
alternative to marketing costs of subsidized airfare and lodging, which are
typically associated with the timeshare industry.

     As part of the Vacation Interval sales process, we offer potential
purchasers financing of up to 90% of the purchase price over a seven-year to
ten-year period. We have historically financed our operations by borrowing from
third-party lending institutions at an advance rate of up to 75% of eligible
customer receivables. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, we had a portfolio of
approximately 33,022 and 39,684 customer promissory notes, respectively,
totaling approximately $262.1 and $335.7 million, respectively, with an average
yield of 14.4% and 13.7% per annum, respectively, which compares favorably to
our weighted average cost of borrowings of 6.4% per annum at December 31, 2002.
We cease recognition of interest income when collection is no longer deemed
probable. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, approximately $4.7 million and $6.7
million in principal, or 1.8% and 2.0%, respectively, of our loans to Silverleaf
Owners were 61 to 120 days past due. As of December 31, 2002 and 2001, no loans
were over 120 days past due. However, we continue collection efforts with regard
to all notes deemed uncollectible until all collection techniques that we
utilize have been exhausted. We provide for uncollectible notes by reserving an
estimated amount which our management believes is sufficient to cover
anticipated losses from customer defaults.

     Each timeshare resort has a timeshare owners' association (a "Club"). Each
Club operates through a centralized organization to manage their respective
resorts on a collective basis. Silverleaf Club manages the Existing Resorts. The
Managed Existing Resorts are managed through "Crown Club." Crown Club is not a
separate entity, but consists of several individual management agreements which
have terms of two to five years. We have contracts with Silverleaf Club and
Crown Club to perform the supervisory, management, and maintenance functions of
our timeshare resorts on a collective basis. All costs of operating the
timeshare resorts, including management fees payable to us under the management
agreements, are to be covered by monthly dues paid by the timeshare owners to
their respective Clubs as well as income generated by the operation of certain
amenities at the timeshare resorts.

DEBT RESTRUCTURING COMPLETED DURING 2002

     In February 2001, we disclosed significant liquidity issues that resulted
when we were unable to obtain an additional credit facility from one of our
lenders. As a result, our management and our financial advisors developed and
implemented a plan (the "Restructuring Plan") to return the Company to sound
financial condition.

     On May 2, 2002, we exchanged $28,467,000 in principal amount of our 6.0%
senior subordinated notes due 2007 and 23,937,489 shares of our common stock
("Exchange Offer"), representing approximately 65% of our common stock
outstanding after the Exchange Offer, for $56,934,000 in principal amount of our
10 1/2% senior subordinated notes which were in default. As a result of the
Exchange Offer, we recorded a pre-tax gain of $17.9 million in the second
quarter of 2002. Tendering holders received cash payments of $1,335,545 on May
16, 2002, and $334,455 on October 1, 2002. A total of $9,766,000 in principal
amount of our 10 1/2% notes were not tendered and remain outstanding. As a
condition of the Exchange Offer, we paid all past due interest in the amount of
$1,827,806 to non-tendering holders of the 10 1/2% notes. The acceleration of
the maturity date on the 10 1/2% notes, which occurred in May 2001, was
rescinded and the original maturity date of April 1, 2008 was reinstated. The
indenture under which the 10 1/2% notes were issued was also amended as a part
of the Exchange Offer.

     Completion of the Exchange Offer was one of the principal elements of the
Restructuring Plan. The other principal element involved restructuring all our
debt with our senior lenders. On May 2, 2002, we also entered into two-year
revolving, three-year term out arrangements for $214 million with our three
principal secured lenders. In addition, we amended our $100 million
off-balance-sheet credit facility through Silverleaf Finance I, Inc., a
wholly-owned special purpose entity ("SPE"). Under these revised credit
arrangements, two of the three senior lenders converted $42.1 million of
existing debt to a subordinated Tranche B. Tranche A is secured by a first lien
on currently pledged notes receivable. Tranche B is secured by a second lien on
the notes, a lien on resort assets,

                                        4

<PAGE>

an assignment of our management contracts with the Clubs, a portfolio of
unpledged receivables currently ineligible for pledge under the existing
facility, and a security interest in the stock of SPE. The revised arrangements
require that we operate within certain parameters of an agreed business model
and satisfy certain financial covenants. See the description of the Amended
Credit Facilities on page 18 for a complete description of these covenants. If
we comply with the financial covenants and we are able to obtain at least $100
million in additional financing through our SPE, we should have adequate
financing to operate for the two-year revolving term of the agreements, which
expire on March 31, 2004. At that time, we will be required to replace or
renegotiate the revolving arrangements subject to availability.

     GOING CONCERN ISSUES. As previously described, we have completed
refinancing and restructuring transactions related to our debt designed to
return the Company to a liquid financial condition. However, the accompanying
consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis,
which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in
the ordinary course of business. As shown in the accompanying financial
statements, during the years ended December 31, 2000 and 2001, the Company
incurred net losses of $59.9 million and $27.2 million, respectively. For the
year ended December 31, 2002, net income of $22.8 million included $17.9 million
gain on early extinguishment of debt and $6.8 million gain on sale of notes
receivable. The Company also experienced negative cash flows from operating
activities of $125.5 million, $24.0 million, and $11.6 million during the years
ended December 31, 2000, 2001, and 2002, respectively. Due to these concerns,
our independent accountants have expressed a going concern opinion.

     Due to the 2000 increase in our provision for uncollectible notes and the
high level of defaults experienced in customer receivables throughout 2001, our
provision for uncollectible notes represented approximately 46.3% of Vacation
Interval sales for the year ended December 31, 2000. For the years ended
December 31, 2001 and 2002, our provision for uncollectible notes was 21.8% and
20.0%, respectively.

     Since the third quarter of 2001, we have been operating under new sales
practices that require the touring customer to have a minimum income level
beyond that previously required and a valid major credit card. Additionally, we
introduced a new program to identify prospective customers who are more likely
to be better credit risks. These improvements are part of an overall program
designed to improve the credit quality of our customers. As a result of these
changes, the standardized FICO ("Fair Isaac Credit Opinion") score for weekly
sales has improved from below 620 on a 850-point scale in February 2001 to over
645 in December 2002. We may not be able to meet our revised business model if
the economy continues to deteriorate and if our enhanced sales practices do not
result in sufficiently improved collections. If we are unable to significantly
reduce the existing levels of defaults on customer receivables (and thereby
continue to reduce our allowance for doubtful accounts), we may not be able to
comply with the financial covenants in our loan agreements which would have a
material adverse effect on our operations.

     While we announced the completion of our restructuring and refinancing
transactions on May 2, 2002, our ability to continue as a going concern is
dependent on other factors as well, including the achievement of the
improvements to our operations described above. In addition, the Amended Senior
Credit Facilities require us to satisfy certain financial covenants. We believe
that if the improvements to our operations are successful, we will be able to
improve our operating results to achieve compliance with our financial covenants
during the term of the Amended Senior Credit Facilities. However, our plan to
utilize certain of our assets, predominantly inventory, extends for periods of
up to fifteen years. Accordingly, we will need to either extend the Amended
Senior Credit Facilities or obtain new sources of financing through the issuance
of other debt, equity, or collateralized mortgage-backed securities, the
proceeds of which would be used to refinance the debt under the Amended Senior
Credit Facilities, finance mortgages receivable, or for other purposes. We may
not have these additional sources of financing available to us at times when
such financings are necessary. This raises substantial doubt regarding our
ability to continue as a going concern.

MARKETING AND SALES

     Marketing is the process by which we attract potential customers to visit
and tour an Existing Resort or attend a sales presentation. Sales is the process
by which we seek to sell a Vacation Interval to a potential customer once he
arrives for a tour at an Existing Resort or attends a sales presentation.

     Marketing. Our in-house marketing staff creates databases of new prospects
which are principally developed through cooperative arrangements with outside
vendors to identify prospects who meet our marketing criteria. Using our
automated dialing and bulk mailing equipment, in-house marketing specialists
conduct coordinated telemarketing and direct mail procedures which invite
prospects to tour one of our resorts and receive an incentive, such as a free
gift. On a limited basis, we retain outside vendors to arrange tours at our
resorts.

     Sales. We sell our Vacation Intervals primarily through on-site
salespersons at certain Existing Resorts. Upon arrival at an Existing Resort for
a scheduled tour, the prospect is met by a member of our sales force who leads
the prospect on a 90-minute tour of

                                       5

<PAGE>

the resort and its amenities. At the conclusion of the tour, the sales
representative explains the benefits and costs of becoming a Silverleaf Owner.
The presentation also includes a description of the financing alternatives that
we offer. Prior to the closing of any sale, a verification officer interviews
each prospect to ensure our compliance with sales policies and regulatory agency
requirements. The verification officer also plays a Bonus Time video for the
customer to explain the limitations on the Bonus Time Program. No sale becomes
final until a statutory waiting period (which varies from state to state) of
three to fifteen calendar days has passed.

     Sales representatives receive commissions ranging from 2% to 14% of the
sales price depending on established guidelines. Sales managers also receive
commissions of 1.0% to 3.0% and are subject to commission chargebacks in the
event the purchaser fails to make the first required payment. Sales directors
also receive commissions of 1.5% to 2.0%, which are also subject to chargebacks.

     Prospects who are interested in a lower priced product are offered biennial
(alternate year) intervals or other low priced products that entitle the
prospect to sample a resort for a specified number of nights. The prospect may
apply the cost of a lower priced product against the down payment on a Vacation
Interval if purchased by a certain date. In addition, we actively market both
on-site and off-site upgraded Vacation Intervals to existing Silverleaf Owners.
Although most upgrades are sold by our in-house sales staff, we have contracted
with a third party to assist in offsite marketing of upgrades at the Owned
Destination Resorts. These upgrade programs have been well received by
Silverleaf Owners and accounted for approximately 34.1% and 32.3% of the
Company's gross revenues from Vacation Interval sales for the years ended
December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. By offering lower priced products and
upgraded Vacation Intervals, we believe we offer an affordable product for all
prospects in our target market. Also, by offering products with a range of
prices, we attempt to broaden our market with lower-priced products and
gradually upgrade such purchasers over time.

     Our sales representatives are a critical component of our sales and
marketing effort. We continually strive to attract, train, and retain a
dedicated sales force. We provide intensive sales instruction and training,
which assists the sales representatives in acquainting prospects with the
resort's benefits. Each sales representative is our employee and receives some
employment benefits. At December 31, 2002, we employed 345 sales representatives
at our Existing Resorts.

CUSTOMER FINANCING

     We offer financing to buyers of Vacation Intervals at our resorts. These
buyers typically make down payments of at least 10% of the purchase prices and
deliver promissory notes for the balances. The promissory notes generally bear
interest at a fixed rate, are generally payable over a seven-year to ten-year
period, and are secured by a first mortgage on the Vacation Interval. We bear
the risk of defaults on these promissory notes, and this risk is heightened
inasmuch as we generally do not verify the credit history of our customers prior
to purchase and will provide financing if the customer is presently employed and
meets certain income and buyer profile criteria. There are a number of risks
associated with financing customers purchases of Vacation Intervals. For an
explanation of these risks, please see "Cautionary Statements" beginning on page
20 of this report.

     The Company's credit experience is such that in 2002 we provided 20.0% of
the purchase price of Vacation Intervals as a provision for uncollectible notes.
In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2002, the Company decreased sales
by $4.1 million for customer returns (cancellations of sales transactions in
which the customer fails to make the first installment payment). If a buyer of a
Vacation Interval defaults, we generally must foreclose on the Vacation Interval
and attempt to resell it; the associated marketing, selling, and administrative
costs from the original sale are not recovered; and sales and marketing costs
must be incurred again to resell the Vacation Interval. Although, in many cases,
we may have recourse against a Vacation Interval buyer for the unpaid price,
certain states have laws which limit or hinder our ability to recover personal
judgments against customers who have defaulted on their loans. For example,
under Texas law, if we pursue a post-foreclosure deficiency claim against a
customer, the customer may file a court proceeding to determine the fair market
value of the property foreclosed upon. In such event, we may not recover a
personal judgment against the customer for the full amount of the deficiency,
but may recover only to the extent that the indebtedness owed to the Company
exceeds the fair market value of the property. Accordingly, we do not generally
pursue this remedy because we have not found it to be cost effective.

     At December 31, 2002, we had notes receivable (including notes unrelated to
Vacation Intervals) in the approximate principal amount of $261.8 million with
an allowance for uncollectible notes of approximately $28.5 million. We were
contingently liable with respect to approximately $123,000 principal amount of
customer notes sold with recourse.

     Effective October 30, 2000, we entered into a $100 million revolving credit
agreement to finance Vacation Interval notes receivable through an SPE formed on
October 16, 2000. The agreement presently has a term of five years. However, on
April 30, 2004, the second anniversary date of the amended facility, the SPE's
lender under the credit agreement shall have the right to put, transfer, and
assign to the SPE all of its rights, title, and interest in and to all of the
assets securing the facility at a price equal to the then outstanding principal
balance under the facility. During 2000, we sold $74 million of notes receivable
to the SPE, which we

                                       6

<PAGE>

service for a fee. In conjunction with these sales, we received cash
consideration of $62.9 million, which was used to pay down borrowings under our
revolving loan facilities. During 2001, we made no sales of notes receivable to
the SPE. During 2002, we sold $83.4 million of notes receivable to the SPE,
which we service for a fee. In connection with these sales, we received cash
consideration of $68.9 million, which was used to pay down borrowings under our
revolving loan facilities. The SPE funded all of these purchases through
advances under a credit agreement arranged for this purpose.

     At December 31, 2002, the SPE held notes receivable totaling $105.2
million, with related borrowings of $89.1 million. Except for the repurchase of
notes that fail to meet initial eligibility requirements, we were not obligated
to repurchase defaulted or any other contracts sold to the SPE. It is
anticipated, however, that we will place bids in accordance with the terms of
the conduit agreement to repurchase some defaulted contracts in public auctions
to facilitate the re-marketing of the underlying collateral. For the year ended
December 31, 2002, we paid approximately $171,000 to repurchase such notes. The
investment in the SPE was valued at $6.7 million at December 31, 2002.

     It is vitally important to our liquidity plan that this credit facility, or
another new facility, continue beyond the aforementioned two-year period. In
addition, our business model assumes that expanded off-balance-sheet financing
will be available in 2003 and 2004. We will need an expanded facility to reduce
the outstanding balances on our non-revolving credit facilities and to finance
future sales. Our ability to obtain additional off-balance-sheet financing would
be impacted if:

     -    Capital market credit facilities are not available; and

     -    Our customer notes receivable don't meet capital market requirements.

     We believe that the expanded facilities necessary in 2003 and 2004 will
require enhanced eligibility requirements for customer notes receivable. We have
implemented revised sales practices that we believe will result in higher
quality notes receivable by 2003 and 2004. If the quality of the notes
receivable portfolio does not improve significantly by 2003, it is unlikely that
we will be able to secure additional off-balance-sheet facilities. In this case,
we will attempt to secure additional secured credit facilities.

     We recognize interest income as earned. Interest income is not recognized
on notes receivable that are four-plus payments late. The Company reserves 75%
of accrued interest income for notes that are three payments late, 50% for notes
that are two payments late, 25% for notes that are one payment late, and 10% for
all current notes. When inventory is returned to the Company, any unpaid note
receivable balances are charged against the allowance for uncollectible notes
net of the amount at which the Vacation Interval is restored to inventory.

     We intend to borrow additional funds under our existing revolving credit
facilities and sell notes to our SPE to finance our operations. At December 31,
2002, we had borrowings under credit facilities in the approximate principal
amount of $232.9 million, of which $212.6 million of such facilities permit
borrowings up to 75% of the principal amount of performing notes. Payments from
Silverleaf Owners on such notes are credited directly to the lender and applied
against our loan balance. At December 31, 2002, we had a portfolio of
approximately 33,022 Vacation Interval customer promissory notes in the
approximate principal amount of $262.1 million, of which approximately $4.7
million in principal amount was 61 days or more past due and therefore
ineligible as collateral.

     At December 31, 2002, our portfolio of customer notes receivable had an
average yield of 14.4%. At such date, our borrowings, which bear interest at
variable rates, had a weighted average cost of 6.4%. We have historically
derived net interest income from our financing activities because the interest
rates we charge our customers who finance the purchase of their Vacation
Intervals exceed the interest rates we pay our lenders. Because our existing
indebtedness currently bears interest at variable rates and our customer notes
receivable bear interest at fixed rates, increases in interest rates would erode
the spread in interest rates that we have historically experienced and could
cause our interest expense on borrowings to exceed our interest income on our
portfolio of customer loans. We have not engaged in interest rate hedging
transactions. Therefore, any increase in interest rates, particularly if
sustained, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations,
liquidity, and financial position.

     Limitations on availability of financing would inhibit sales of Vacation
Intervals due to (i) the lack of funds to finance the initial negative cash flow
that results from sales that we finance, and (ii) reduced demand if we are
unable to provide financing to purchasers of Vacation Intervals. We ordinarily
receive only 10% of the purchase price on the sale of a Vacation Interval but
must pay in full the costs of developing, marketing, and selling the Vacation
Interval. Maximum borrowings available under our current credit agreements may
not be sufficient to cover these costs, thereby straining capital resources,
liquidity, and capacity to grow. In addition, to the extent interest rates
decrease generally on loans available to our customers, we face an increased
risk that customers will pre-pay their loans and reduce our income from
financing activities.

                                       7

<PAGE>

     We typically provide financing to customers over a seven-year to ten-year
period. Our customer notes had an average maturity of 6.0 years at December 31,
2002. Our revolving credit facilities have scheduled maturities between August
2003 and March 2007. Additionally, our revolving credit facilities could be
declared immediately due and payable as a result of any default by us.
Accordingly, there could be a mismatch between cash receipts and cash
disbursements obligations in 2003 and subsequent periods. Although we have
historically been able to secure financing sufficient to fund our operations, we
do not presently have agreements with our lenders to extend the term of our
existing funding commitments or to replace such commitments upon their
expiration. Failure to obtain such refinancing facilities would require us to
seek other alternatives to enable us to continue in business. Due to the
uncertainties inherent in our current financial condition, as well as capital
market uncertainties, we may not have viable alternatives available if our
current lenders are unwilling to extend refinancing to replace existing credit
facilities.

DEVELOPMENT AND ACQUISITION PROCESS

     As part of our current business model, we intend to develop at our Existing
Resorts and/or acquire new resorts only to the extent the capital markets and
the covenants of our existing credit facilities permit.

     If we are able to develop or acquire new resorts, we will do so under our
established development policies. Before committing capital to a site, we test
the market using certain marketing techniques and explore the zoning and
land-use laws applicable to the potential site and the regulatory issues
pertaining to licenses and permits for timeshare sales and operations. We will
also contact various governmental entities and review applications for necessary
governmental permits and approvals. If we are satisfied with our market and
regulatory review, we will prepare a conceptual layout of the resort, including
building site plans and resort amenities. After we apply our standard lodging
unit design and amenity package, we prepare a budget that estimates the cost of
developing the resort, including costs of lodging facilities, infrastructure,
and amenities, as well as projected sales, marketing, and general and
administrative costs. We typically perform additional due diligence, including
obtaining an environmental report by an environmental consulting firm, a survey
of the property, and a title commitment. We employ legal counsel to review these
documents and pertinent legal issues. If we are satisfied with the site after
the environmental and legal review, we will complete the purchase of the
property.

     We manage all construction activities internally. We typically complete the
development of a new resort's basic infrastructure and models within one year,
with additional units to be added within 180 to 270 days based on demand,
weather permitting. A normal part of the development process is the
establishment of a functional sales office at the new resort.

CLUBS / MANAGEMENT CLUBS

     We have the right to appoint the directors of the Silverleaf Club. However,
we do not have this right related to the Crown Club. The Silverleaf Club and the
Crown Club are collectively sometimes referred to as the "Management Clubs." The
Silverleaf Owners are obligated to pay monthly dues to their respective Clubs,
which obligation is secured by a lien on their Vacation Interval in favor of the
Club. If a Silverleaf Owner fails to pay his monthly dues, the Club may
institute foreclosure proceedings regarding the delinquent Silverleaf Owner's
Vacation Interval. The number of foreclosures that occurred as a result of
Silverleaf Owners failing to pay monthly dues were 269 in 2002 and 1,258 in
2001. Typically, we purchase at foreclosure all Vacation Intervals that are the
subject of foreclosure proceedings instituted by the Club because of delinquent
dues.

     Each timeshare resort has a Club that operates through a centralized
organization to manage the resorts on a collective basis. The consolidation of
resort operations through the Management Clubs permits: (i) a centralized
reservation system for all resorts; (ii) substantial cost savings by purchasing
goods and services for all resorts on a group basis, which generally results in
a lower cost of goods and services than if such goods and services were
purchased by each resort on an individual basis; (iii) centralized management
for the entire resort system; (iv) centralized legal, accounting, and
administrative services for the entire resort system; and (v) uniform
implementation of various rules and regulations governing all resorts. All
furniture, furnishings, recreational equipment, and other personal property used
in connection with the operation of the Existing Resorts are owned by either
that resort's Club or the Silverleaf Club, rather than by us.

     At December 31, 2002, the Management Clubs had 605 full-time employees, and
are solely responsible for their salaries. The Management Clubs are also
responsible for the direct expenses of operating the Existing Resorts, while we
are responsible for the direct expenses of new development and all marketing and
sales activities. To the extent the Management Clubs provide payroll,
administrative, and other services that directly benefit the Company, we
reimburse the Management Clubs for such services and vice versa.

     The Management Clubs collect dues from Silverleaf Owners, plus certain
other amounts assessed against the Silverleaf Owners from time to time, and
generate income by the operation of certain amenities at the Existing Resorts.
Silverleaf Club dues are currently $49.98 per month ($24.99 for biennial
owners), except for certain members of Oak N' Spruce Resort, who prepay dues at
an annual

                                       8

<PAGE>

rate of approximately $350. Crown Club dues range from $285 to $390 annually.
Such amounts are used by the Management Clubs to pay the costs of operating the
Existing Resorts and the management fees due to the Company pursuant to
Management Agreements. These Management Agreements authorize the Company to
manage and operate the resorts and provide for a maximum management fee equal to
15% of gross revenues for Silverleaf Club or 10% to 20% of dues collected for
Clubs within Crown Club, but our right to receive such fee on an annual basis is
limited to the amount of each Management Club's net income. However, if the
Company does not receive the maximum fee, such deficiency is deferred for
payment to succeeding years, subject again to the net income limitation. Due to
anticipated refurbishment of units at the Existing Resorts, together with the
operational and maintenance expenses associated with the Company's current
expansion and development plans, our 2002 management fees were subject to the
net income limitation. Accordingly, for the year ended December 31, 2002,
management fees recognized were $1.9 million. For financial reporting purposes,
management fees from the Management Clubs are recognized based on the lower of
(i) the aforementioned maximum fees or (ii) each Management Club's net income.
The Silverleaf Club Management Agreement is effective through March 2010, and
will continue year-to-year thereafter unless cancelled by either party. As a
result of the performance of the Silverleaf Club, it is uncertain whether
Silverleaf Club will consistently generate positive net income. Therefore,
future income to the Company could be limited. Crown Club consists of several
individual Club agreements which have terms of two to five years. At December
31, 2002, there were approximately 102,000 and 24,000 Vacation Interval owners
who pay dues to Silverleaf Club and Crown Club, respectively. If we develop new
resorts, their respective Clubs are expected to be added to the Silverleaf Club
Management Agreement.

OTHER OPERATIONS

     OPERATION OF AMENITIES. We own, operate, and receive the revenues from the
marina at The Villages, the golf course and pro shop at Holiday Hills, and the
golf course and pro shop at Apple Mountain. Although we own the golf course at
Holly Lake, a homeowners' association in the development operates the golf
course. In general, the Management Clubs receive revenues from the various
amenities which require a usage fee, such as watercraft rentals, horseback
rides, and restaurants.

     UNIT LEASING. We also recognize revenues from sales of Samplers, which
allow prospective Vacation Interval purchasers to sample a resort for a
specified number of nights. A five-night Sampler package currently sells for
$595. For the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, we recognized $3.6 million
and $3.9 million, respectively, in revenues from Sampler sales.

     UTILITY SERVICES. We own the water supply facilities at Piney Shores, The
Villages, Hill Country, Holly Lake, Ozark Mountain, Holiday Hills, Timber Creek,
and Fox River resorts. We also own the waste-water treatment facilities at The
Villages, Piney Shores, Ozark Mountain, Holly Lake, Timber Creek, and Fox River
resorts. We are currently applying for permits to build expanded water supply
and waste-water facilities at the Timber Creek and Fox River resorts. We have
permits to supply and charge third parties for the water supply facilities at
The Villages, Holly Lake, Holiday Hills, Ozark Mountain, Hill Country, Piney
Shores, and Timber Creek resorts, and the waste-water facilities at the Ozark
Mountain, Holly Lake, Piney Shores, Hill Country, and The Villages resorts.

     OTHER PROPERTY. In August 2002, we sold an undeveloped five-acre tract of
land in Pass Christian, Mississippi, for $800,000. We had planned to develop
this property as a Destination Resort. However, in a survey, Silverleaf Owners
expressed a strong interest in a Texas resort on the Gulf of Mexico. In
response, we acquired land in Galveston, Texas, which opened in 2000 as
Silverleaf's Seaside Resort. This resort was developed in lieu of the Pass
Christian property. We own approximately 11 more acres in Mississippi, and we
are entitled to 85% of any profits from this land. An affiliate of a director of
the Company owns a 10% net profits interest in this land.

     In January 2003, we sold two acres of undeveloped land in Las Vegas,
Nevada, for $3.0 million.

     The Company also owns 260 acres of land near Kansas City, Missouri, which
is held for sale.

POLICIES WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN ACTIVITIES

     Our board of directors sets policies with regard to all aspects of our
business operations without a vote of security holders. In some instances the
power to set certain policies may be delegated by the board of directors to a
committee comprised of its members, or to the officers of the Company. As set
forth herein under the headings "Customer Financing" and "Description of Certain
Indebtedness," we borrow money to finance all of our operations and we make
loans to our customers to finance the purchase of our Vacation Intervals.

     We do not:

     -    invest in the securities of unaffiliated issuers for the purpose of
          exercising control;

     -    underwrite securities of other issuers;

                                       9

<PAGE>

     -    engage in the purchase and sale (or turnover) of investments sponsored
          by other issuers; or

     -    offer securities in exchange for property.

     Nor do we propose to engage in any of the above activities. In the past we
have from time to time repurchased or otherwise reacquired our own common stock
and other securities. In May 2002 we reacquired $56.9 million in principal
amount of our 10 1/2% senior subordinated notes in exchange for $28.5 million of
our 6% senior subordinated notes and 23.9 million shares of our common stock.
See "Debt Restructuring Completed During 2002" on page 4 above. We have no
policy or proposed policy with respect to future repurchases or reacquisitions
of our common stock or other securities; however, our board of directors may
approve such repurchase activities if it finds these activities to be in the
best interests of the Company and its shareholders.

INVESTMENT POLICIES

     Our board of directors also determines all of our policies concerning
investments, including the percentage of assets, which we may invest in any one
type of investment, and the principles and procedures we will employ in
connection with the acquisition of assets. The board of directors both
determines our policies with regard to investment matters and may change these
policies without a vote of security holders. We do not propose to invest in any
investments or activities not related directly or indirectly to (i) the
timeshare business, (ii) the acquisition, development, marketing, selling or
financing of Vacation Intervals, or (iii) the management of timeshare resorts.
We currently have no policies limiting the geographic areas in which we might
engage in investments in the timeshare business, or limiting the percentage of
our assets invested in any specific timeshare related property. We primarily
acquire assets for income and not to hold for possible capital gain.

PARTICIPATION IN VACATION INTERVAL EXCHANGE NETWORKS

     INTERNAL EXCHANGES. As a convenience to Silverleaf Owners, each purchaser
of a Silverleaf Vacation Interval has certain exchange privileges which may be
used to: (i) exchange an interval for a different interval (week) at the same
resort so long as the desired interval is of an equal or lower rating; and (ii)
exchange an interval for the same interval of equal or lower rating at any other
Existing Resort. These intra-company exchange rights are conditioned upon
availability of the desired interval or resort.

     EXCHANGES. We believe that our Vacation Intervals are made more attractive
by our participation in Vacation Interval exchange networks operated by RCI. The
Existing Resorts, except Oak N' Spruce Resort, are registered with RCI, and
approximately one-third of Silverleaf Owners participate in RCI's exchange
network. Oak N' Spruce Resort is currently under contract with a different
network exchange company, Interval International. Membership in RCI or Interval
International allows participating Silverleaf Owners to exchange their occupancy
right in a unit in a particular year for an occupancy right at the same time or
a different time of the same or lower color rating in another participating
resort, based upon availability and the payment of a variable exchange fee. A
member may exchange a Vacation Interval for an occupancy right in another
participating resort by listing the Vacation Interval as available with the
exchange organization and by requesting occupancy at another participating
resort, indicating the particular resort or geographic area to which the member
desires to travel, the size of the unit desired, and the period during which
occupancy is desired.

     RCI assigns a rating of "red," "white," or "blue" to each Vacation Interval
for participating resorts based upon a number of factors, including the location
and size of the unit, the quality of the resort, and the period during which the
Vacation Interval is available, and attempts to satisfy exchange requests by
providing an occupancy right in another Vacation Interval with a similar rating.
For example, an owner of a red Vacation Interval may exchange his interval for a
red, white, or blue interval. An owner of a white Vacation Interval may exchange
only for a white or blue interval, and an owner of a blue interval may exchange
only for a blue interval. Interval International assigns ratings of "red,"
"yellow," and "green," which are equivalent to RCI's red, white, and blue
ratings, respectively. Currently, the Company's composition of red, white, and
blue Vacation Intervals is approximately 65%, 19%, and 15%, respectively. At Oak
N' Spruce Resort, the composition of red, yellow, and green Vacation Intervals
is approximately 63%, 14%, and 23%, respectively. If RCI is unable to meet the
member's initial request, it suggests alternative resorts based on availability.
The annual membership fees in RCI and Interval International, which are at the
option and expense of the owner of the Vacation Interval, are currently $89 and
$79, respectively. Exchange rights with RCI require an additional fee of
approximately $139 for domestic exchanges and $179 for foreign exchanges.
Exchange rights with Interval International are $121 for domestic exchanges and
$149 for foreign exchanges. Silverleaf Club charges an exchange fee of $75 for
each exchange through its internal exchange program. Resorts participating in
the exchange networks are required to adhere to certain minimum standards
regarding available amenities, safety, security, decor, unit supplies, maid
service, room availability, and overall ambiance. See "Cautionary Statements"
for a description of risks associated with the exchange programs.

                                       10

<PAGE>

COMPETITION

     The timeshare industry is highly fragmented and includes a large number of
local and regional resort developers and operators. However, some of the world's
most recognized lodging, hospitality, and entertainment companies, such as
Marriott Ownership Resorts ("Marriott"), The Walt Disney Company ("Disney"),
Hilton Hotels Corporation ("Hilton"), Hyatt Corporation ("Hyatt"), and Four
Seasons Resorts ("Four Seasons") have entered the industry. Other companies in
the timeshare industry, including Sunterra Corporation ("Sunterra"), Fairfield
Resorts, Inc. ("Fairfield"), Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide Inc.
("Starwood"), Ramada Vacation Suites ("Ramada"), TrendWest Resorts, Inc.
("TrendWest"), and Bluegreen Corporation ("Bluegreen") are, or are subsidiaries
of, public companies with enhanced access to capital and other resources that
public ownership implies.

     Fairfield, Sunterra, and Bluegreen own timeshare resorts in or near
Branson, Missouri, which compete with our Holiday Hills and Ozark Mountain
resorts, and to a lesser extent with our Timber Creek Resort. Sunterra also owns
a resort which is located near and competes with Piney Shores Resort.
Additionally, we believe there are a number of public or privately-owned and
operated timeshare resorts in most states in which we own resorts that compete
with the Existing Resorts.

     We believe Marriott, Disney, Hilton, Hyatt, and Four Seasons generally
target consumers with higher annual incomes than our target market. Our other
competitors target consumers with similar income levels as our target market.
Our competitors may possess significantly greater financial, marketing,
personnel, and other resources than we do. We cannot be certain that such
competitors will not significantly reduce the price of their Vacation Intervals
or offer greater convenience, services, or amenities than we do.

     While our principal competitors are developers of timeshare resorts, we are
also subject to competition from other entities engaged in the commercial
lodging business, including condominiums, hotels, and motels; others engaged in
the leisure business; and, to a lesser extent, from campgrounds, recreational
vehicles, tour packages, and second home sales. A reduction in the product costs
associated with any of these competitors, or an increase in the Company's costs
relative to such competitors' costs, could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations, liquidity, and financial position.

     Numerous businesses, individuals, and other entities compete with us in
seeking properties for acquisition and development of new resorts. Some of these
competitors are larger and have greater financial and other resources. Such
competition may result in a higher cost for properties we wish to acquire or may
cause us to be unable to acquire suitable properties for the development of new
resorts.

GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION

     GENERAL. Our marketing and sales of Vacation Intervals and other operations
are subject to extensive regulation by the federal government and the states and
jurisdictions in which the Existing Resorts are located and in which Vacation
Intervals are marketed and sold. On a federal level, the Federal Trade
Commission has taken the most active regulatory role through the Federal Trade
Commission Act, which prohibits unfair or deceptive acts or competition in
interstate commerce. Other federal legislation to which the Company is or may be
subject includes the Truth-in-Lending Act and Regulation Z, the Equal
Opportunity Credit Act and Regulation B, the Interstate Land Sales Full
Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Consumer Credit
Protection Act, the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, the Telemarketing and
Consumer Fraud and Abuse Prevention Act, the Fair Housing Act, and the Civil
Rights Acts of 1964 and 1968.

     In response to certain fraudulent marketing practices in the timeshare
industry in the 1980's, various states enacted legislation aimed at curbing such
abuses. Certain states in which we operate have adopted specific laws and
regulations regarding the marketing and sale of Vacation Intervals. The laws of
most states require us to file a detailed offering statement and supporting
documents with a designated state authority, which describe the Company, the
project, and the promotion and sale of Vacation Intervals. The offering
statement must be approved by the appropriate state agency before we may solicit
residents of such state. The laws of certain states require the Company to
deliver an offering statement (or disclosure statement), together with certain
additional information concerning the terms of the purchase, to prospective
purchasers of Vacation Intervals who are residents of such states, even if the
resort is not located in such state. The laws of Missouri generally only require
certain disclosures in sales documents for prospective purchasers. There are
also laws in each state where we sell Vacation Intervals which grant the
purchaser the right to cancel a contract of purchase at any time within three to
fifteen calendar days following the sale.

     We market and sell our Vacation Intervals to residents of certain states
adjacent or proximate to the states where our resorts are located. Many of these
neighboring states also regulate the marketing and sale of Vacation Intervals to
their residents. Most states have additional laws which regulate our activities
and protect purchasers, such as real estate licensure laws; travel sales
licensure laws; anti-fraud laws; consumer protection laws; telemarketing laws;
prize, gift, and sweepstakes laws; and other related laws. We do not register
all of our resorts in each of the states where we register certain resorts.

                                       11

<PAGE>

     Most of the states where we currently operate have enacted laws and
regulations which limit our ability to market our resorts through telemarketing
activities. These states have enacted "do not call" lists that permit consumers
to block telemarketing activities by registering their telephone numbers for a
period of years for a nominal fee. We purchase these lists from the various
states quarterly and do not contact those telephone numbers listed.
Additionally, the federal "Do-Not-Call Implementation Act" (the "DNC Act"),
which was enacted on March 11, 2003, will provide the funds necessary for the
United States Federal Trade Commission ("FTC") to establish a national do not
call registry under its Telemarketing Sales Rule ("TSR"). The FTC has announced
that it will begin enforcing the national registry in October 2003. Violations
of the TSR could result in penalties up to $11,000 per violation. Limitations on
our telemarketing practices could cause our sales to decline.

     We believe we are in material compliance with applicable federal and state
laws and regulations relating to the sales and marketing of Vacation Intervals.
However, we are normally and currently the subject of a number of consumer
complaints generally relating to marketing or sales practices filed with
relevant authorities. We cannot be certain that all of these complaints can be
resolved without adverse regulatory actions or other consequences. We expect
some level of consumer complaints in the ordinary course of business as we
aggressively market and sell Vacation Intervals to households, which may include
individuals who may not be financially sophisticated. We cannot be certain that
the costs of resolving consumer complaints or of qualifying under Vacation
Interval ownership regulations in all jurisdictions in which we conduct sales
will not be significant, that we are in material compliance with applicable
federal and state laws and regulations, or that violations of law will not have
adverse implications, including negative public relations, potential litigation,
and regulatory sanctions. The expense, negative publicity, and potential
sanctions associated with the failure to comply with applicable laws or
regulations could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations,
liquidity, or financial position. Further, we cannot be certain that either the
federal government or states having jurisdiction over our business will not
adopt additional regulations or take other actions which would adversely affect
our results of operations, liquidity, and financial position.

     During the 1980's and continuing through the present, the timeshare
industry has been and continues to be afflicted with negative publicity and
prosecutorial attention due to, among other things, marketing practices which
were widely viewed as deceptive or fraudulent. Among the many timeshare
companies which have been the subject of federal, state, and local enforcement
actions and investigations in the past were certain of the partnerships and
corporations that were merged into the Company prior to 1996 (the "Merged
Companies," or individually "Merged Company"). Some of the settlements,
injunctions, and decrees resulting from litigation and enforcement actions (the
"Orders") to which certain of the Merged Companies consented purport to bind all
successors and assigns, and accordingly binds the Company. In addition, at that
time the Company was directly a party to one such Order issued in Missouri. No
past or present officers, directors, or employees of the Company or any Merged
Company were named as subjects or respondents in any of these Orders; however,
each Order purports to bind generically unnamed "officers, directors, and
employees" of certain Merged Companies. Therefore, certain of these Orders may
be interpreted to be enforceable against the present officers, directors, and
employees of the Company even though they were not individually named as
subjects of the enforcement actions which resulted in these Orders. These Orders
require, among other things, that all parties bound by the Orders, including the
Company, refrain from engaging in deceptive sales practices in connection with
the offer and sale of Vacation Intervals. In one particular case in 1988, a
Merged Company pled guilty to deceptive uses of the mails in connection with
promotional sales literature mailed to prospective timeshare purchasers and
agreed to pay a judicially imposed fine of $1.5 million and restitution of
$100,000. The requirements of the Orders are substantially what applicable state
and federal laws and regulations mandate, but the consequence of violating the
Orders may be that sanctions (including possible financial penalties and
suspension or loss of licensure) may be imposed more summarily and may be
harsher than would be the case if the Orders did not bind the Company. In
addition, the existence of the Orders may be viewed negatively by prospective
regulators in jurisdictions where the Company does not now do business, with
attendant risks of increased costs and reduced opportunities.

     In early 1997, we were the subject of some consumer complaints which
triggered governmental investigations into the Company's affairs. In March 1997,
we entered into an Assurance of Voluntary Compliance with the Texas Attorney
General, in which we agreed to make additional disclosure to purchasers of
Vacation Intervals regarding the limited availability of its Bonus Time Program
during certain periods. We paid $15,200 for investigatory costs and attorneys'
fees of the Attorney General in connection with this matter. Also, in March
1997, we entered into an agreed order (the "Agreed Order") with the Texas Real
Estate Commission requiring that we comply with certain aspects of the Texas
Timeshare Act, Texas Real Estate License Act, and Rules of the Texas Real Estate
Commission, with which we had allegedly been in non-compliance until mid-1995.
The allegations included (i) our admitted failure to register the Missouri
Destination Resorts in Texas (due to our misunderstanding of the reach of the
Texas Timeshare Act); (ii) payment of referral fees for Vacation Interval sales,
the receipt of which was improper on the part of the recipients; and (iii)
miscellaneous other actions alleged to violate the Texas Timeshare Act, which we
denied. While the Agreed Order acknowledged that we independently resolved ten
consumer complaints referenced in the Agreed Order, discontinued the practices
complained of, and registered the Missouri Destination Resorts during 1995 and
1996, the Texas Real Estate Commission ordered us to cease these discontinued
practices and enhance our disclosure to purchasers of Vacation Intervals. In the
Agreed Order, we agreed to make a voluntary donation of $30,000 to the State of
Texas. The Agreed Order also directed that we revise our training manual for
timeshare

                                       12

<PAGE>

salespersons and verification officers. While the Agreed Order resolved all of
the alleged violations contained in complaints received by the Texas Real Estate
Commission through December 31, 1996, we have encountered and expect to
encounter some level of additional consumer complaints in the ordinary course of
our business.

     We employ the following methods in training sales and marketing personnel
as to legal requirements. With regard to direct mailings, a designated
compliance employee reviews all mailings to determine if they comply with
applicable state legal requirements. With regard to telemarketing, our Executive
Vice President -- Marketing prepares a script for telemarketers based upon
applicable state legal requirements. All telemarketers receive training which
includes, among other things, directions to adhere strictly to the approved
script. Telemarketers are also monitored by their supervisors to ensure that
they do not deviate from the approved script. With regard to sales functions, we
distribute sales manuals which summarize applicable state legal requirements.
Additionally, such sales personnel receive training as to such applicable legal
requirements. We have a salaried employee at each sales office who reviews the
sales documents prior to closing a sale to review compliance with legal
requirements. Periodically, we are notified by regulatory agencies to revise our
disclosures to consumers and to remedy other alleged inadequacies regarding the
sales and marketing process. In such cases, we revise our direct mailings,
telemarketing scripts, or sales disclosure documents, as appropriate, to comply
with such requests.

     ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS. Under various federal, state, and local
environmental laws, ordinances, and regulations, a current or previous owner or
operator of real estate may be required to investigate and clean up hazardous or
toxic substances or petroleum product releases at such property, and may be held
liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage and tort
liability and for investigation and clean-up costs incurred by such parties in
connection with the contamination. Such laws typically impose clean-up
responsibility and liability without regard to whether the owner or operator
knew of or caused the presence of the contaminants, and the liability under such
laws has been interpreted to be joint and several unless the harm is divisible
and there is a reasonable basis for allocation of responsibility. The cost of
investigation, remediation, or removal of such substances may be substantial,
and the presence of such substances, or the failure to properly remediate the
contamination on such property, may adversely affect the owner's ability to sell
such property or to borrow using such property as collateral. Persons who
arrange for the disposal or treatment of hazardous or toxic substances at a
disposal or treatment facility also may be liable for the costs of removal or
remediation of a release of hazardous or toxic substances at such disposal or
treatment facility, whether or not such facility is owned or operated by such
person. In addition, some environmental laws create a lien on the contaminated
site in favor of the government for damages and costs it incurs in connection
with the contamination. Finally, the owner or operator of a site may be subject
to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from
environmental contamination emanating from a site or from environmental
regulatory violations. In connection with its ownership and operation of its
properties, the Company may be potentially liable for such claims.

     Certain federal, state, and local laws, regulations, and ordinances govern
the removal, encapsulation, or disturbance of asbestos-containing materials
("ACMs") when such materials are in poor condition or in the event of
construction, remodeling, renovation, or demolition of a building. Such laws may
impose liability for release of ACMs and may provide for third parties to seek
recovery from owners or operators of real properties for personal injury
associated with ACMs. In connection with its ownership and operation of its
properties, the Company may be potentially liable for such costs. In 1994, the
Company conducted a limited asbestos survey at each of the Existing Resorts,
which surveys did not reveal material potential losses associated with ACMs at
certain of the Existing Resorts.

     In addition, recent studies have linked radon, a naturally-occurring
substance, to increased risks of lung cancer. While there are currently no state
or federal requirements regarding the monitoring for, presence of, or exposure
to radon in indoor air, the EPA and the Surgeon General recommend testing
residences for the presence of radon in indoor air, and the EPA further
recommends that concentrations of radon in indoor air be limited to less than 4
picocuries per liter of air (Pci/L) (the "Recommended Action Level"). The
presence of radon in concentrations equal to or greater than the Recommended
Action Level in one or more of the Company's properties may adversely affect the
Company's ability to sell Vacation Intervals at such properties and the market
value of such property. The Company has not tested its properties for radon.
Recently-enacted federal legislation will eventually require the Company to
disclose to potential purchasers of Vacation Intervals at the Company's resorts
that were constructed prior to 1978 any known lead-paint hazards and will impose
treble damages for failure to so notify.

     Electric transmission lines are located in the vicinity of some of the
Company's properties. Electric transmission lines are one of many sources of
electromagnetic fields ("EMFs") to which people may be exposed. Research into
potential health impacts associated with exposure to EMFs has produced
inconclusive results. Notwithstanding the lack of conclusive scientific
evidence, some states now regulate the strength of electric and magnetic fields
emanating from electric transmission lines, while others have required
transmission facilities to measure for levels of EMFs. In addition, the Company
understands that lawsuits have, on occasion, been filed (primarily against
electric utilities) alleging personal injuries resulting from exposure as well
as fear of adverse health effects. In addition, fear of adverse health effects
from transmission lines has been a factor considered in determining property
value in obtaining financing and in condemnation and eminent domain proceedings
brought by power companies seeking to construct transmission lines.

                                       13

<PAGE>

Therefore, there is a potential for the value of a property to be adversely
affected as a result of its proximity to a transmission line and for the Company
to be exposed to damage claims by persons exposed to EMFs.

     In 2001, the Company conducted Phase I environmental assessments at each of
the Company-owned resorts in order to identify potential environmental concerns.
These Phase I assessments were carried out in accordance with accepted industry
practices and consisted of non-invasive investigations of environmental
conditions at the properties, including a preliminary investigation of the sites
and identification of publicly known conditions concerning properties in the
vicinity of the sites, physical site inspections, review of aerial photographs
and relevant governmental records where readily available, interviews with
knowledgeable parties, investigation for the presence of above ground and
underground storage tanks presently or formerly at the sites, and the
preparation and issuance of written reports. The Company's Phase I assessments
of the properties have not revealed any environmental liability that the Company
believes would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, assets,
or results of operations taken as a whole; nor is the Company aware of any such
material environmental liability. Nevertheless, it is possible that the
Company's Phase I assessments do not reveal all environmental liabilities or
that there are material environmental liabilities of which the Company is
unaware. Moreover, there can be no assurance that (i) future laws, ordinances,
or regulations will not impose any material environmental liability or (ii) the
current environmental condition of the properties will not be affected by the
condition of land or operations in the vicinity of the properties (such as the
presence of underground storage tanks) or by third parties unrelated to the
Company. The Company does not believe that compliance with applicable
environmental laws or regulations will have a material adverse effect on the
Company's results of operations, liquidity, or financial position.

     The Company believes that its properties are in compliance in all material
respects with all federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, and regulations
regarding hazardous or toxic substances. The Company has not been notified by
any governmental authority or any third party, and is not otherwise aware, of
any material noncompliance, liability, or claim relating to hazardous or toxic
substances or petroleum products in connection with any of its present
properties.

     UTILITY REGULATION. We own the water supply and waste-water treatment
facilities at several of the Existing Resorts, which are regulated by various
governmental agencies. The Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission is the
primary state umbrella agency regulating utilities at the resorts in Texas; and
the Missouri Department of Natural Resources and Public Service Commission of
Missouri are the primary state umbrella agencies regulating utilities at the
resorts in Missouri. The Environmental Protection Agency, division of Water
Pollution Control, and the Illinois Commerce Commission are the primary state
agencies regulating water utilities in Illinois. These agencies regulate the
rates and charges for the services (allowing a reasonable rate of return in
relation to invested capital and other factors), the size and quality of the
plants, the quality of water supplied, the efficacy of waste-water treatment,
and many other aspects of the utilities' operations. The agencies have approval
rights regarding the entity owning the utilities (including its financial
strength) and the right to approve a transfer of the applicable permits upon any
change in control of the entity holding the permits. Other federal, state,
regional, and local environmental, health, and other agencies also regulate
various aspects of the provision of water and waste-water treatment services.

     OTHER REGULATION. Under various state and federal laws governing housing
and places of public accommodation, we are required to meet certain requirements
related to access and use by disabled persons. Many of these requirements did
not take effect until after January 1, 1991. Although we believe that our
facilities are generally in compliance with present requirements of such laws,
we are aware of certain of our properties that are not in full compliance with
all aspects of such laws. We are presently responding, and expect to respond in
the future, to inquiries, claims, and concerns from consumers and regulators
regarding its compliance with existing state and federal regulations affording
the disabled access to housing and accommodations. It is our practice to respond
positively to all such inquiries, claims and concerns and to work with
regulators and consumers to resolve all issues arising under existing
regulations concerning access and use of our properties by disabled persons. We
believe that we will incur additional costs of compliance and/or remediation in
the future with regard to the requirements of such existing regulations. Future
legislation may also impose new or further burdens or restrictions on owners of
timeshare resort properties with respect to access by the disabled. The ultimate
cost of compliance with such legislation and/or remediation of conditions found
to be non-compliant is not currently ascertainable, and while such costs are not
expected to have a material effect on our business, such costs could be
substantial. Limitations or restrictions on the completion of certain
renovations may limit application of our growth strategy in certain instances or
reduce profit margins on our operations.

EMPLOYEES

     At December 31, 2002, we had 1,723 employees, and the Clubs collectively
had 605 employees. Our employee relations are good, both at the Company and at
the Clubs. None of our employees are represented by a labor union.

                                       14

<PAGE>

INSURANCE

     We carry comprehensive liability, fire, hurricane, and storm insurance with
respect to our resorts, with policy specifications, insured limits, and
deductibles customarily carried for similar properties which the Company
believes are adequate. There are, however, certain types of losses (such as
losses arising from floods and acts of war) that are not generally insured
because they are either uninsurable or not economically insurable. Should an
uninsured loss or a loss in excess of insured limits occur, we could lose the
capital invested in a resort, as well as the anticipated future revenues from
such resort, and would continue to be obligated on any mortgage indebtedness or
other obligations related to the property. Any such loss could have a material
adverse effect on our results of operations, liquidity, or financial position.
We self-insure for employee medical claims reduced by certain stop-loss
provisions. We also self-insure for property damage to certain vehicles and
heavy equipment.

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

     EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS. As of December 31, 2002, we had revolving credit
agreements with four lenders providing for loans up to an aggregate of $266.5
million, which we use to finance the sale of Vacation Intervals, to finance
construction, and for working capital needs. The loans mature between August
2003 and March 2007, and are collateralized (or cross-collateralized) by
customer notes receivable, construction in process, land, improvements, and
related equipment at certain of the Existing Resorts. These credit facilities
bear interest at variable rates tied to the prime rate, LIBOR, or the corporate
rate charged by certain banks. The credit facilities secured by customer notes
receivable limit advances to 75% of the unpaid balance of certain eligible
customer notes receivable. In addition, we had $28.5 million of senior
subordinated notes due 2007 and $9.8 million of senior subordinated notes due
2008, with interest payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1, guaranteed
by all of our present and future domestic restricted subsidiaries.

     Certain of our credit facilities include restrictions on our ability to pay
dividends based on minimum levels of net income and cash flow. The debt
agreements contain covenants including requirements that we (i) preserve and
maintain the collateral securing the loans; (ii) pay all taxes and other
obligations relating to the collateral; and (iii) refrain from selling or
transferring the collateral or permitting any encumbrances on the collateral.
The debt agreements also contain restrictive covenants which include (i)
restrictions on liens against and dispositions of collateral, (ii) restrictions
on distributions to affiliates and prepayments of loans from affiliates, (iii)
restrictions on changes in control and management of the Company, (iv)
restrictions on sales of substantially all of the assets of the Company, and (v)
restrictions on mergers, consolidations, or other reorganizations of the
Company. Under certain credit facilities, a sale of all or substantially all of
the assets of the Company, a merger, consolidation, or reorganization of the
Company, or other changes of control of the ownership of the Company, would
constitute an event of default and permit the lenders to accelerate the maturity
thereof.

     Our credit facilities also contain operating covenants requiring the
Company to maintain a minimum tangible net worth of $100 million or greater, as
defined, maintain sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of sales below
55.0% for the last three quarters of 2002 and below 52.5% thereafter, maintain
notes receivable delinquency rate below 25%, maintain a minimum interest
coverage ratio of 1.1 to 1 (increasing to 1.25 to 1 in 2003), and maintain
positive net income. As of December 31, 2002, the Company was in compliance with
these operating covenants. However, such future results cannot be assured.

     The following table summarizes our notes payable, capital lease
obligations, and senior subordinated notes at December 31, 2001 and 2002 (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                    --------------------
                                                                                      2001        2002
                                                                                      ----        ----
<S>                                                                                 <C>         <C>
$60 million loan agreement, which contains certain financial covenants, due
  August 2002, principal and interest payable from the proceeds obtained on
  customer notes receivable pledged as collateral for the note, at an
  interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.55% (additional draws are no longer available
  under this facility; upon the completion of the debt restructuring described
  in Note 3, maturity was extended to August 2003)..............................    $ 15,969    $  9,836

$70 million loan agreement, capacity reduced by amounts outstanding under the
  $10 million inventory loan agreement (and the $10 million supplemental
  revolving loan agreement as of December 31, 2001), which contains certain
  financial covenants, due August 2004, principal and interest payable from the
  proceeds obtained on customer notes receivable pledged as collateral for the
  note, at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 2.65% (operating under forbearance at
  December 31, 2001; additional draws are no longer available under this
  facility).....................................................................      35,614      25,549
</TABLE>

                                       15

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                 <C>         <C>
$10 million supplemental revolving loan agreement, which contains certain
  financial covenants, due August 2002 (extended to March 2007 upon completion
  of the debt restructuring described in Note 3), principal and interest
  payable from the proceeds obtained on customer notes receivable pledged as
  collateral for the note, at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 2.67% (revolving
  under forbearance at December 31, 2001).......................................       9,468       8,536

$75 million revolving loan agreement, which contains certain financial
  covenants, due April 2005, principal and interest payable from the proceeds
  obtained on customer notes receivable pledged as collateral for the note, at
  an interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.00% (revolving under forbearance at December
  31, 2001; upon completion of the debt restructuring described in Note 3, the
  revolving loan agreement was amended to limit the outstanding balance to $72
  million, consisting of $56.9 million revolver with an interest rate of LIBOR
  plus 3% with a 6% floor and a $15.1 million term loan with an interest rate of
  8%; both facilities mature March 2007)........................................      71,072      46,078

$15.1 million term loan with an interest rate of 8%, maturing in March 2007)....          --      14,665

$75 million revolving loan agreement, which contains certain financial
  covenants, due November 2005, principal and interest payable from the proceeds
  obtained on customer notes receivable pledged as collateral for the note, at
  an interest rate of LIBOR plus 2.67% (revolving under forbearance at December
  31, 2001; upon completion of the debt restructuring described in Note 3, the
  revolving loan agreement was amended to limit the outstanding balance to $71
  million, consisting of $56.1 million revolver with an interest rate of LIBOR
  plus 3% with a 6% floor and a $14.9 million term loan with an interest rate of
  8%; both facilities mature March 2007)........................................      69,734      44,288

$14.9 million term loan with an interest rate of 8%, maturing in March 2007)....          --      14,461

$10.2 million revolving loan agreement, which contains certain financial
  covenants, due April 2006, principal and interest payable from the proceeds
  obtained on customer notes receivable pledged as collateral for the note, at
  an interest rate of Prime plus 2.00% (revolving under forbearance at December
  31, 2001; upon completion of the debt restructuring described in Note 3, the
  revolving loan agreement was amended to form a $8.1 million revolver with an
  interest rate of Prime plus 3% with a 6% floor and a $2.1 million term loan
  with an interest rate of 8%; both facilities mature March 2007)...............      10,200       6,493

$2.1 million term loan with an interest rate of 8%, maturing in March
  2007).........................................................................          --       2,078

$45 million revolving loan agreement ($55 million as of December 31, 2001),
  which contains certain financial covenants, due August 2005, principal and
  interest payable from the proceeds obtained on customer notes receivable
  pledged as collateral for the note, at an interest rate of Prime (Prime plus
  2.00% as of December 31, 2001) (revolving under forbearance at December 31,
  2001; upon completion of the debt restructuring described in Note 3, the
  revolving loan agreement was amended to limit the outstanding balance to $48
  million, consisting of $38.0 million revolver with an interest rate of Federal
  Funds plus 2.75% with a 6% floor and a $10.0 million term loan with an
  interest rate of 8%; both facilities mature March 2007).......................      54,641      31,128

$10 million term loan with an interest rate of 8%, maturing in March 2007)......          --       9,465

$10 million inventory loan agreement, which contains certain financial
  covenants, due August 2002 (extended to March 2007 upon completion of the debt
  restructuring described in Note 3), interest payable monthly, at an interest
  rate of LIBOR plus 3.50% (revolving under forbearance at December 31, 2001)...       9,936       9,936

$10 million inventory loan agreement, which contains certain financial
  covenants, due March 31, 2002 (extended to March 2007 upon completion of the
  debt restructuring described in Note 3), interest payable monthly, at an
  interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.25% (revolving under forbearance at December 31,
  2001).........................................................................       9,375       9,375

Various notes, due from January 2002 through November 2009, collateralized by
  various assets with interest rates ranging from 0.9% to 17.0%.................       3,227       2,035
                                                                                    --------    --------
    Total notes payable.........................................................     289,236     233,923

Capital lease obligations.......................................................       5,220       2,490
                                                                                    --------    --------
    Total notes payable and capital lease obligations...........................     294,456     236,413

6.0% senior subordinated notes, due 2007, interest payable semiannually on April
  1 and October 1, guaranteed by all of the Company's present and future
  domestic restricted subsidiaries (see debt restructuring described in Note
  3)............................................................................          --      28,467

10 1/2% senior subordinated notes, subordinate to the 6.0% senior subordinated
  notes above, due 2008, interest payable semiannually on April 1 and October 1,
  guaranteed by all of the Company's present and future domestic restricted
  subsidiaries (in default at December 31, 2001; see debt restructuring
  described in Note 3)..........................................................      66,700       9,766

Interest on the 6.0% senior subordinated notes, due 2007, interest payable
  semiannually on April 1 and October 1, guaranteed by all of the Company's
  present and future domestic restricted subsidiaries (see debt restructuring
  described in Note 3)..........................................................          --       7,686
                                                                                    --------    --------
    Total senior subordinated notes.............................................      66,700      45,919
                                                                                    --------    --------
    Total.......................................................................    $361,156    $282,332
                                                                                    ========    ========
</TABLE>

At December 31, 2002, LIBOR rates were from 1.76% to 1.82%, and the prime rate
was 4.25%.

                                       16

<PAGE>

RESTRUCTURING PLAN COMPLETED MAY 2, 2002

     The purpose of our Restructuring Plan completed May 2, 2002 was to reduce
our existing debt and provide liquidity to finance our operations. Upon
completion of the Reorganization Plan, we completed several sales of Vacation
Interval receivables to our subsidiary Silverleaf Finance I, Inc. ("SFI") with
financing provided through the Amended DZ Bank Facility. In 2002, the $68.9
million net proceeds from the sale of Vacation Interval receivables was used to
pay down the balance due under the Amended Senior Credit Facilities with
Textron, and Sovereign. The Company expects to borrow additional amounts under
its Amended Senior Credit Facilities with Textron, Sovereign, and Heller and
sell additional customer notes receivable to SFI under the Amended DZ Bank
Facility to finance its operations.

     The Restructuring Plan had three principal components, each of which had to
be implemented in order for the Restructuring Plan to be consummated:

     -    the four Amended Senior Credit Facilities with Textron, Sovereign,
          Heller and CSFB;

     -    the $100 million Amended DZ Bank Facility; and

     -    the Exchange Offer and Solicitation of Consents.

     The principal purpose of the Exchange Offer was to convert not less than
80% of the aggregate principal amount of the Old Notes into (i) Exchange Notes
and (ii) equity of the Company in the form of the Exchange Stock. The principal
purpose of the Solicitation of Consents from the holders of the Old Notes was to
adopt the proposed amendments to the Old Indenture to eliminate substantially
all of the restrictive covenants and certain other provisions contained in the
Old Indenture, which together with the somewhat less restrictive provisions of
the New Indenture, will give the Company greater operational and financial
flexibility. In addition, the Consents also provide for: (i) waiver of all
existing defaults under the Old Notes and the Old Indenture, (ii) rescission of
the acceleration of the Old Notes which occurred on May 22, 2001, (iii) release
of the Company, its officers, directors and affiliates from claims arising
before the Exchange Date, and (iv) approval of the terms and conditions of the
Exchange Notes and the indenture under which the Exchange Notes were to be
issued. The Exchange Offer was closed on May 2, 2002.

BACKGROUND AND PURPOSE OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

     In February 2001, we disclosed significant liquidity issues, which caused
us to violate various financial covenants in our credit facilities with our
senior lenders. In negotiations with our senior lenders to restructure our
credit facilities and to enable us to continue in business, we determined that
our senior lenders would not accept our proposals to make necessary amendments
to our credit facilities, unless we were able to (i) substantially reduce our
payment obligations to the holders of the Old Notes, (ii) convert a substantial
portion of the debt represented by the Old Notes into our common stock, and
(iii) substantially modify the Indenture which secures the Old Notes by the
consent of the holders. Therefore, the underlying purpose of the Exchange Offer
was to reorganize our capital structure in such a manner as to induce our senior
lenders to restructure our credit facilities. Prior to the consummation of the
Exchange Offer in May 2002, there were $66.7 million in Old Notes outstanding.
The interest rate on the Old Notes is 10 1/2%. Interest is paid on the Old Notes
semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year until maturity. The Old
Notes mature and all principal and remaining accrued interest are due on April
1, 2008.

     Our senior lenders agreed to amend our credit facilities if at least 80% of
the holders of the Old Notes agreed to exchange their Old Notes for a
combination of our common stock (i.e., the Exchange Stock) and newly issued
subordinated notes (i.e., the Exchange Notes) paying interest at a much lower
rate than the Old Notes. As a part of the Exchange Offer, the interest rate
payable on the Exchange Notes was set at 6%. Interest on the Exchange Notes is
payable on April 1 and October 1 until maturity, which will occur on April 1,
2007. We negotiated all the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer with an
ad hoc committee comprised of the principal holders of the Old Notes.

     After the Exchange Offer, only $9.8 million in Old Notes remained
outstanding. On the effective date of the Exchange Offer in May 2002, we issued
23.9 million shares of our common stock and $28.5 million in principal amount of
our new 6% Exchange Notes in exchange for the tender to us of $56.9 million in
principal amount of our Old Notes. At December 31, 2002, we were current in all
our obligations under both the Old Notes and the Exchange Notes.

                                       17

<PAGE>

     A DESCRIPTION OF EACH OF THE AMENDED CREDIT FACILITIES THAT FORMED AN
INTEGRAL PART OF THE RESTRUCTURING PLAN IS SET FORTH BELOW.

AMENDED DZ BANK FACILITY

     Effective as of October 30, 2000, we entered into a Receivables Loan and
Security Agreement (the "RLSA") with our wholly-owned subsidiary, Silverleaf
Finance I, Inc. ("SFI"), as Borrower, and Autobahn Funding Company LLC
("Autobahn"), as Lender, DZ Bank, as Agent, and other parties. SFI is a special
purpose entity ("SPE") of Silverleaf. Pursuant to the DZ Bank facility, we
service receivables which we sold to SFI under a separate agreement and which
SFI pledged as collateral for funds borrowed from Autobahn. The facility ("DZ
Bank Facility") has a maximum borrowing capacity of $100 million, of which SFI
borrowed approximately $62.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2000. At
December 31, 2002, the outstanding balance due under the RLSA was $89.1 million.
The RLSA established certain financial conditions which we must satisfy in order
for SFI to borrow additional funds under the facility.

     Effective April 30, 2002, the RLSA was amended and restated (the "Amended
DZ Bank Facility") with modifications to the term of the facility and the
financial covenants imposed on us thereunder. The principal balance of the loan,
which was originally scheduled to mature on October 30, 2005, will now mature on
April 30, 2007; however, Autobahn has the right to require SFI to repurchase the
receivables on April 30, 2004. We must maintain financial covenants under the
Amended DZ Bank Facility, including maintaining a minimum tangible net worth of
$100 million and an Interest Coverage Ratio of 1.1 to 1 until April 30, 2003,
with an increase to 1.25 to 1 thereafter. "Interest Coverage Ratio" is defined
as "the ratio of (i) EBITDA for such period less Capital Expenditures for such
period to (ii) the Cash Interest Expense for such period." Additional amendments
to the agreement with Autobahn include (i) a reduction in the borrowing limits
on an eligible receivable from a range of 80.0% to 85.0% of the principal
balance outstanding to a range of 77.5% to 82.5% of the principal balance
outstanding, and (ii) the requirement that the receivables pledged by SFI as
collateral must have received a weighted average score of 650 and, individually,
a minimum score of 500 under a nationally recognized credit rating developed by
Fair, Isaac and Co. at the time the original obligor purchased the Vacation
Interval related to the pledged receivable.

AMENDED AGREEMENTS WITH SENIOR LENDERS

     CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC. We entered into a
Revolving Loan and Security Agreement in October 1996 with Credit Suisse First
Boston Mortgage Capital LLC ("CSFB"). The agreement has been amended several
times since that date, with the maturity date being extended to August 2002. The
agreement was amended, effective upon completion of the Restructuring Plan to
extend the maturity date to August 2003 and to revise the collateralization
requirements. The facility had an outstanding principal balance of approximately
$9.8 million at December 31, 2002. No additional borrowing capacity is available
under this agreement.

     TEXTRON FACILITY. We originally entered into a Loan and Security Agreement
(the "Original Loan Agreement") with Textron in August 1995 pursuant to which we
borrowed $5 million. Since that time, the Original Loan Agreement has been
amended various times to provide an increase in the amount of the facility up to
$75 million. Effective April 30, 2002, the Company and Textron entered into an
amendment (the "Textron Amendment") to the Original Loan Agreement.

     Pursuant to the Textron Amendment, the facility (the "Textron Tranche A
Facility") provides us with a revolving loan ("Revolving Loan Component") in the
amount of $56.9 million. The Textron Tranche A Facility also provides for a term
loan ("Term Loan Component") of $15.1 million. The interest rate on the
Revolving Loan Component is a variable rate equal to LIBOR plus 3% per annum,
but at no time less than 6% per annum. The rate on the Term Loan Component is a
fixed rate equal to 8% per annum. The maturity date of the Revolving Loan
Component of the Textron Tranche A Facility is the earlier of March 31, 2007 or
the weighted average maturity date of the eligible consumer loans pledged as
collateral as of the end of the Revolving Loan Term. The maturity date of the
Term Loan Component is March 31, 2007.

     The Textron Amendment also provides for a Textron Tranche B Facility in the
amount of $71 million, which is comprised of a revolving loan component of $56.1
million and a term loan component of $14.9 million. The Textron Tranche B
Facility is substantially identical to the Textron Tranche A Facility. The
maturity of the revolving loan component of the Textron Tranche B Facility is
the earlier of March 31, 2007 or the weighted average maturity date of the
eligible consumer loans pledged as collateral. The maturity date of the term
loan component is also March 31, 2007.

     The Inventory Loan in the amount of $10 million which we initially entered
into with Textron in December 1999, as amended in April 2001, was further
amended to extend the final maturity date to March 31, 2007. The Inventory Loan
is collateralized by a first

                                       18

<PAGE>

priority security interest in certain of our inventory and a second priority
security interest in the stock of SFI and the customer notes receivable pledged
as collateral under the other Textron loan agreements.

     In April 2001, we entered into another Loan and Security Agreement with
Textron for a $10.2 million credit facility. The original note issued in April
2001 was replaced with a Revolving Loan Component Note equal to $8.1 million and
a Term Loan Component Note equal to $ 2.1 million ("Textron Tranche C
Facility"). The Textron Tranche C Facility is substantially identical to the
Textron Tranche A Facility. The maturity date of the Revolving Loan Component
Note is the earlier of March 31, 2007 or the weighted average maturity date of
the eligible consumer loans pledged as collateral. The maturity date of the Term
Loan Component Note is March 31, 2007.

     The Textron Amendment includes a "change of control" provision which
provides that Textron would have no obligation to make any advances under the
facilities if there is a change in more than fifty percent of the executive
management of Silverleaf, as such management is designated in a schedule to the
Textron Amendment, unless Textron determines that the replacement management
personnel's experience, ability and reputation is equal to or greater than that
of the members of management specified. Additionally, Textron would have no
obligation to make any additional advances under the facility if more than two
of the five members of our Board of Directors are controlled by the holders of
the Exchange Notes.

     SOVEREIGN FACILITY. Our Revolving Credit Agreement ("Sovereign Facility")
with a group of lenders led by Sovereign Bank (collectively, "Sovereign") was
amended effective April 30, 2002 to provide a two-tranche receivables financing
arrangement in an aggregate amount not to exceed $48.0 million. The first
tranche ("Sovereign Tranche A") is approximately $38.0 million. The Sovereign
Tranche A maturity date is the earlier of March 31, 2007 or the weighted average
maturity date of the eligible consumer loans pledged as collateral as of the
Sovereign Tranche A Conversion Date. Sovereign Tranche A bears interest at a
base rate equal to the higher of (i) a variable annual rate of interest equal to
the prime rate charged by Sovereign or (ii) 2.75% above the rate established by
the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on overnight federal funds transactions
with members of the Federal Reserve System; provided, that in no event shall the
base rate be less than 6%.

     The second tranche ("Sovereign Tranche B") is approximately $10.0 million.
Sovereign Tranche B shall be reduced automatically on a monthly basis as of the
first day of each calendar month based on a 20-year amortization schedule.
Sovereign Tranche B bears interest at the rate of 8% per annum. Interest is
payable on the first day of each month. The Sovereign Tranche B maturity date is
March 31, 2007. Sovereign Tranche B is secured by the same collateral pledged
under Sovereign Tranche A.

     HELLER FACILITY. We originally entered into a Loan and Security Agreement
("Heller Receivables Loan") with Heller in October 1994 pursuant to which we
have pledged notes receivable as collateral. The Heller Receivables Loan has
been amended several times to increase the amount of borrowing capacity to $70
million. We also entered into a Loan and Security Agreement ("Heller Inventory
Loan") in December 1999 for $10 million. The Heller Inventory Loan is secured by
our unsold inventory of Vacation Intervals. In March 2001, we obtained a
supplemental $10 million inventory and receivables loan ("Heller Supplemental
Loan").

     There is currently no availability under the Heller Receivable Loan. The
Heller Receivable Loan will mature on August 31, 2004.

     The Heller Inventory Loan was amended effective April 30, 2002 to extend
the availability period to March 31, 2004 and the maturity date to March 31,
2007. The maturity date of the Heller Supplemental Loan was amended effective
April 30, 2002 to extend the maturity to March 31, 2007.

FEATURES COMMON TO AMENDED SENIOR CREDIT FACILITIES WITH TEXTRON, SOVEREIGN, AND
HELLER.

     The Amended Senior Credit Facilities with Textron, Sovereign and Heller
described above provide for either a first or second priority security interest
in (i) substantially all of our customer notes receivable that have been pledged
to one of the senior secured lenders previously, and the mortgages attached
thereto (except for a portfolio of notes and related mortgages pledged to CSFB),
(ii) substantially all of our real and personal property, including the
Company's rights under the management agreements for the Existing Resorts, (iii)
the stock of Silverleaf Finance, I, Inc., the SPE owned by us, (iv) the
agreement with the Standby Manager (as defined below), (v) all collateral under
each of the other Amended Senior Credit Facilities (except for the Amended
Senior Credit Facility with CSFB); (vi) all books, records, reports, computer
tapes, disks and software relating to the collateral pledged to Textron,
Sovereign, and Heller; and (vii) all extensions, additions, improvements,
betterments, renewals, substitutions and replacements of, for or to any of the
collateral pledged to Textron, Sovereign, and Heller, together with the
products, proceeds, issues, rents and profits thereof.

                                       19

<PAGE>

     The Amended Senior Credit Facilities with Textron, Sovereign, and Heller
also provide that we shall retain, at our expense, a "Standby Manager" approved
by the Senior Lenders who shall at any time that an event of default occurs and
the Senior Lenders so direct, assume full control of the management of the
Existing Resorts. We may also be replaced at the sole discretion of these Senior
Lenders as servicing agent for the customer notes receivable pledged under the
Amended Senior Credit Facilities. The Standby Manager designated by Textron,
Sovereign and Heller under the Amended Senior Credit Facilities is J&J Limited,
Inc. located in Windermere, Florida.

FINANCIAL COVENANTS UNDER AMENDED SENIOR CREDIT FACILITIES.

     The Amended Senior Credit Facilities with Heller, Textron and Sovereign
provide certain financial covenants which we must satisfy. Any failure to comply
with the financial covenants will result in a default under such Amended Senior
Credit Facilities. The financial covenants are described below.

     TANGIBLE NET WORTH COVENANT. We must maintain a Tangible Net Worth at all
times equal to (i) the greater of (A) $100,000,000 and (B) an amount equal to
90% of the Tangible Net Worth of the Company as of September 30, 2001, plus (ii)
(A) on a cumulative basis, 100% of the positive Consolidated Net Income after
January 1, 2002, plus (B) 100% of the proceeds of (1) any sale by the Company of
(x) equity securities issued by the Company or (y) warrants or subscriptions
rights for equity securities issued by the Company or (2) any indebtedness
incurred by the Company, other than the loans under the Heller Facility, the
Textron Facility or the Sovereign Facility, in the case of each of (1) and (2)
above occurring after January 1, 2002. For purposes of the three Amended Senior
Credit Facilities, "Tangible Net Worth" is (i) the consolidated net worth of the
Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, plus (ii) to the extent not otherwise
included in the such consolidated net worth, unsecured subordinated indebtedness
of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries the terms and conditions of
which are reasonably satisfactory to the Required Banks, minus (iii) the
consolidated intangibles of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries,
including, without limitation, goodwill, trademarks, tradenames, copyrights,
patents, patent applications, licenses and rights in any of the foregoing and
other items treated as intangibles in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles. "Consolidated Net Income" is the consolidated net income
of the Company and its subsidiaries, after deduction of all expenses, taxes, and
other proper charges (but excluding any extraordinary profits or losses),
determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

     MARKETING AND SALES EXPENSES COVENANT. As of the last day of each fiscal
quarter, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2002, the Company
will not permit the ratio of marketing expenses to the Company's net proceeds
from the sale of Vacation Intervals for the quarter then ending to equal or
exceed (i) .550 to 1 for each quarter through December 31, 2002 or (ii) .525 to
1 for each quarter thereafter.

     MINIMUM LOAN DELINQUENCY COVENANT. The Company will not permit as of the
last day of each fiscal quarter its over 30-day delinquency rate on its entire
consumer loan portfolio to be greater than 25%. In the event that such
delinquency rate is over 20% on the last day of the quarter, one or more Senior
Lenders may conduct an audit of the Company.

     DEBT SERVICE. The Company will not permit the ratio of (i) EBITDA less
capital expenditures as determined in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles to (ii) the interest expense minus all non-cash items
constituting interest expense for such period, for

     -    the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2002 to be less than 1.1 to 1;

     -    the two consecutive fiscal quarters ending September 30, 2002 to be
          less than 1.1 to 1;

     -    the three consecutive fiscal quarters ending December 31, 2002 to be
          less than 1.1 to 1; and

     -    each period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or after
          March 31, 2003 to be less than 1.25 to 1.

     PROFITABLE OPERATIONS COVENANT. The Company will not permit Consolidated
Net Income (i) for any fiscal year, commencing with the fiscal year ending
December 31, 2002, to be less than $1.00 and (ii) for any two consecutive fiscal
quarters (treated as a single accounting period) to be less than $1.00.

CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS

IF OUR ASSUMPTIONS AND ESTIMATES IN OUR BUSINESS MODEL ARE WRONG, WE COULD BE IN
DEFAULT UNDER OUR CREDIT AGREEMENTS.

     The financial covenants in our credit facilities are based upon a business
model prepared by our management and approved by our banks. We used a number of
assumptions and estimates in preparing the business model, including:

                                       20

<PAGE>

     -    We estimated that we will sell our existing and planned inventory of
          Vacation Intervals within 15 years;

     -    We assumed that we can obtain approximately $100 million in additional
          off-balance sheet financing during 2003 and 2004;

     -    We assumed that our level of sales and operating profits and costs can
          be maintained;

     -    We assumed that we can significantly reduce the level of defaults on
          our customer notes receivable; and

     -    We assumed that we can raise the prices on our products and services
          as market conditions allow.

     These assumptions and estimates are subject to significant business,
economic and competitive risks and uncertainties. If our assumptions and
estimates are wrong, our future financial condition and results of operations
may vary significantly from those projected in the business model. In that case,
we would be in default under our credit facilities and our banks could cease all
funding. Without funding, we would likely be forced to seek a court supervised
reorganization.

     Neither our past nor present independent auditors have reviewed or
expressed an opinion about our business model or our ability to achieve it.

CHANGES IN THE TIMESHARE INDUSTRY COULD AFFECT OUR OPERATIONS.

     We operate solely within the timeshare industry. Our results of operations
and financial position could be negatively affected by any of the following
events:

     -    An oversupply of timeshare units,

     -    A reduction in demand for timeshare units,

     -    Changes in travel and vacation patterns,

     -    A decrease in popularity of our resorts with our consumers,

     -    Governmental regulations or taxation of the timeshare industry, and

     -    Negative publicity about the timeshare industry.

CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PROCEDURES AND STANDARDS COULD NEGATIVELY IMPACT OUR
FINANCIAL RESULTS.

     The Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants has proposed an AICPA Statement of Position (the
"Proposed SOP") which, if approved, could change the way we account for our
sales of Vacation Intervals. The Proposed SOP was released to the public for
comments on February 20, 2003. The Proposed SOP:

     -    provides criteria for a real estate time-sharing transaction to be
          recognized as a sale;

     -    limits the use of the full accrual method for revenue recognition and
          provides that, under various conditions, the percentage-of-completion
          method, cash received method, combined method, or deposit method must
          be used; and

     -    provides further guidance on accounting for various other items such
          as sales incentives, costs incurred to sell time-shares, cost of sales
          and time-sharing inventory, credit losses, rental and other operations
          during the holding periods for inventory, special purpose entities,
          points systems, vacation clubs, sampler programs and mini-vacations,
          reloads, upgrades, and payments to owners associations.

     In its present form, the Proposed SOP would be generally effective for
financial statements for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2004. At
transition, the Proposed SOP would be applied retroactively to financial
statements by means of a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
rather than the alternatives of prospective application to new transactions only
and retroactive restatement of financial statements.

     Although we cannot predict what the final version may contain or when it
will be adopted or effective, the current version of the Proposed SOP would
result in very significant changes in our future financial statements. For
example, we anticipate that we would be required to report our vacation interval
sales on the cash method, rather than on the full accrual method, if the
Proposed SOP is adopted in its present form. This would result in a substantial
delay in the recognition of the revenue from our sales as compared to our
current reporting.

     If adopted in its present form, the Proposed SOP may also make it
impossible for us to comply with the financial covenants contained in certain of
our credit agreements. In that event, we will need to negotiate waivers or
forbearance agreements with the lenders.

                                       21

<PAGE>

WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO OBTAIN ADDITIONAL FINANCING.

     Several unpredictable factors may cause our adjusted earnings before
interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization to be insufficient to meet
debt service requirements or satisfy financial covenants. We incurred net losses
for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 2001, and the first quarter of 2002.
While we had net income of $22.8 million for 2002, should we record net losses
in future periods, our cash flow and our ability to obtain additional financing
could be materially and adversely impacted.

     Many of the factors that will determine whether or not we generate
sufficient earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization
to meet current or future debt service requirements and satisfy financial
covenants are inherently difficult to predict. These factors include:

     -    the number of sales of Vacation Intervals;

     -    the average purchase price per interval;

     -    the number of customer defaults;

     -    our cost of borrowing;

     -    our sales and marketing costs and other operating expenses; and

     -    the continued sale of notes receivable.

     Our current and planned expenses and debt repayment levels are and will be
to a large extent fixed in the short term, and are based in part on past
expectations as to future revenues and cash flows. We have previously reduced
our costs of operations through a reduction in workforce and other cost-savings
measures. We may be unable to further reduce spending in a timely manner to
compensate for any past or future revenue or cash flow shortfall. It is possible
that our revenue, cash flow or operating results may not meet the expectations
of our business model, and may even result in our being unable to meet the debt
repayment schedules or financial covenants contained in our loan agreements,
including the Old and New Indentures.

     Even after the implementation of the Reorganization Plan, our leverage is
still significant and may continue to burden our operations, impair our ability
to obtain additional financing, reduce the amount of cash available for
operations and required debt payments, and make us more vulnerable to financial
downturns.

     Our bank credit agreements may:

     -    require a substantial portion of our cash flow to be used to pay
          interest expense and principal;

     -    impair our ability to obtain on acceptable terms, if at all,
          additional financing that might be necessary for working capital,
          capital expenditures or other purposes; and

     -    limit our ability to further refinance or amend the terms of our
          existing debt obligations, if necessary or advisable.

     We may not be able to reduce our financial leverage as we intend, and we
may not be able to achieve an appropriate balance between the rate of growth
which we consider acceptable and future reductions in financial leverage. If we
are not able to achieve growth in adjusted earnings before interest, income
taxes, depreciation and amortization, we may not be able to amend or refinance
our existing debt obligations and we may be precluded from incurring additional
indebtedness due to cash flow coverage requirements under existing or future
debt instruments.

WE MAY BE IMPACTED BY GENERAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS.

     Our customers may be more vulnerable to deteriorating economic conditions
than consumers in the luxury or upscale markets. The present economic slowdown
in the United States could depress consumer spending for Vacation Intervals.
Additionally, significant increases in the cost of transportation may limit the
number of potential customers who travel to our resorts for a sales
presentation. During the present economic slowdown and in past economic
slowdowns and recessions, we have experienced increased delinquencies in the
payment of Vacation Interval promissory notes and monthly Club dues.
Consequently, we have experienced an increased number of foreclosures and loan
losses during this period. It is likely that these delinquencies and losses will
continue to occur until the general economic conditions in the United States
improve. Any or all of the foregoing conditions could have a material adverse
effect on our results of operations, liquidity, and financial position.

WE ARE AT RISK FOR DEFAULTS BY OUR CUSTOMERS.

     We offer financing to the buyers of Vacation Intervals at our resorts.
These buyers make down payments of at least 10% of the purchase price and
deliver promissory notes to us for the balances. The promissory notes generally
bear interest at a fixed rate, are payable over a seven-year to ten-year period,
and are secured by a first mortgage on the Vacation Interval. We bear the risk
of defaults on these promissory notes. Although we prescreen prospects in the
early stages of the marketing and sales process, we generally do not perform a
detailed credit history review of our customers, as is the case with most other
timeshare developers.

                                       22

<PAGE>

     We recorded 20.0% of the purchase price of Vacation Intervals as a
provision for uncollectible notes for the year ended December 31, 2002. Our
sales were decreased by $4.1 million for customer returns for the year. When a
buyer of a Vacation Interval defaults, we foreclose on the Vacation Interval and
attempt to resell it. The associated marketing, selling, and administrative
costs from the original sale are not recovered; and we will incur such costs
again when we resell the Vacation Interval. Although we may have recourse
against a Vacation Interval buyer for the unpaid price, certain states have laws
which limit our ability to recover personal judgments against customers who have
defaulted on their loans. For example, if we were to file a lawsuit to collect
the balance owed to us by a customer in Texas (where approximately 42.4% of
Vacation Interval sales took place in 2002), the customer could file a court
proceeding to determine the fair market value of the property foreclosed upon.
In such event, we may not recover a personal judgment against the customer for
the full amount of the deficiency. We would only recover an amount that the
indebtedness owed to us exceeds the fair market value of the property.
Accordingly, we have generally not pursued this remedy.

     At December 31, 2002, we had Vacation Interval customer notes receivable in
the approximate principal amount of $262.1 million, and had an allowance for
uncollectible notes of approximately $28.5 million. We cannot be certain that
this allowance is adequate. In addition, at December 31, 2002, we were
contingently liable with respect to approximately $123,000 for notes receivable
sold with recourse.

WE MUST BORROW FUNDS TO FINANCE OUR OPERATIONS.

     Our business is dependent on our ability to finance customer notes
receivable through our banks. At December 31, 2002, we owed approximately $232.9
million of principal and interest to our lenders.

          BORROWING BASE. We have agreements with lenders to borrow up to
     approximately $246.5 million. We pledged our customer promissory notes and
     mortgages as security under these agreements. Our lenders typically lend us
     up to 75% of the principal amount of our customers' notes, and payments
     from Silverleaf Owners on such notes are credited directly to the lender
     and applied against our loan balance. At December 31, 2002, we had a
     portfolio of approximately 33,022 Vacation Interval customer notes
     receivable in the approximate principal amount of $262.1 million.
     Approximately $4.7 million in principal amount of our customers' notes were
     61 days or more past due and, therefore, ineligible as collateral.

          NEGATIVE CASH FLOW. We ordinarily receive only 10% of the purchase
     price on the sale of a Vacation Interval, but we must pay in full the costs
     of development, marketing, and sale of the interval. Maximum borrowings
     available under our credit facilities may not be sufficient to cover these
     costs, thereby straining our capital resources, liquidity, and capacity to
     grow.

          INTEREST RATE MISMATCH. At December 31, 2002, our portfolio of
     customer loans had a weighted average fixed interest rate of 14.4%. At such
     date, our borrowings (which bear interest at variable rates) against the
     portfolio had a weighted average cost of funds of 6.4%. We have
     historically derived net interest income from our financing activities
     because the interest rates we charge our customers who finance the purchase
     of their Vacation Intervals exceed the interest rates we pay to our
     lenders. Because our existing indebtedness currently bears interest at
     variable rates and our customer notes receivable bear interest at fixed
     rates, increases in interest rates charged by our lenders would erode the
     spread in interest rates that we have historically enjoyed and could cause
     the interest expense on our borrowings to exceed our interest income on our
     portfolio of customer notes receivable. We have not engaged in interest
     rate hedging transactions. Therefore, any increase in interest rates,
     particularly if sustained, could have a material adverse effect on our
     results of operations, liquidity, and financial position. To the extent
     interest rates decrease on loans available to our customers, we face an
     increased risk that customers will pre-pay their loans which would reduce
     our income from financing activities.

          MATURITY MISMATCH. We typically provide financing to our customers
     over a seven-year to ten-year period. Our customer notes had an average
     maturity of 6.0 years at December 31, 2002. Our revolving credit facilities
     have scheduled maturity dates between August 2003 and March 2007, with $9.8
     million of these credit facilities maturing in 2003. Additionally, should
     our revolving credit facilities be declared in default, the amount
     outstanding could be declared to be immediately due and payable.
     Accordingly, there could be a mismatch between our anticipated cash
     receipts and cash disbursements in 2003 and subsequent periods. Although we
     have historically been able to secure financing sufficient to fund our
     operations, we do not presently have agreements with our lenders to extend
     the term of our existing funding commitments or to replace such commitments
     upon their expiration. If we are unable to refinance our existing loans, we
     could be required to sell our portfolio of customer notes receivable,
     probably at a substantial discount, or to seek other alternatives to enable
     us to continue in business. We cannot be certain that we will be able to
     obtain required financing in the future.

                                       23

<PAGE>

          IMPACT ON SALES. Limitations on the availability of financing would
     inhibit sales of Vacation Intervals due to (i) the lack of funds to finance
     the initial negative cash flow that results from sales that we finance and
     (ii) reduced demand if we are unable to provide financing to purchasers of
     Vacation Intervals.

OUR BUSINESS IS HIGHLY REGULATED.

     We are subject to substantial governmental regulation in the conduct of our
business. See "Item 1. Business, Governmental Regulation, Environmental Matters,
Utility Regulation, Other Regulation, and Item 3. Legal Proceedings." If we are
found to have violated any statute, rule, or regulation applicable to us, our
assets, or our business, it could have a material effect on our results of
operations, liquidity, and financial condition.

WE ARE DEPENDENT ON OUR KEY PERSONNEL.

     During 2001, we were forced to downsize our staff, and we terminated many
employees with extended in-depth experience. However, we retained key members of
management. The loss of the services of the key members of management could have
a material adverse effect on our operations. Should our business develop and
expand again in the future, we would require additional management and
employees. Inability to hire when needed, retain, and integrate needed new or
replacement management and employees could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations, liquidity, and financial position in future periods.

WE WILL INCUR COSTS FOR ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES AT
OUR EXISTING RESORTS.

     We intend to continue to develop the Existing Resorts; however, continued
development of our resorts places substantial demands on our liquidity and
capital resources, as well as on our personnel and administrative capabilities.
Risks associated with our development and construction activities include:

     -    construction costs or delays at a property may exceed original
          estimates which could make the development uneconomical or
          unprofitable;

     -    sales of Vacation Intervals at a newly completed property may not be
          sufficient to make the property profitable; and

     -    financing may not be available on favorable terms for development of
          or the continued sales of Vacation Intervals at a property.

     We cannot be certain that we will have the liquidity and capital resources
to develop and expand the Existing Resorts.

     Our development and construction activities, as well as our ownership and
management of real estate, are subject to comprehensive federal, state, and
local laws regulating such matters as environmental and health concerns,
protection of endangered species, water supplies, zoning, land development, land
use, building design and construction, marketing and sales, and other matters.
Our failure to maintain the requisite licenses, permits, allocations,
authorizations, and other entitlements pursuant to such laws could impact the
development, completion, and sale of our resorts. The enactment of "slow growth"
or "no-growth" initiatives or changes in labor or other laws in any area where
our resorts are located could also delay, affect the cost or feasibility of, or
preclude entirely the expansion planned at each of the Existing Resorts.

     Most of our resorts are located in rustic areas which often requires us to
provide public utility water and sanitation services in order to proceed with
development. This development is subject to permission and regulation by
governmental agencies, the denial or conditioning of which could limit or
preclude development. Operation of the utilities also subjects us to risk of
liability in connection with both the quality of fresh water provided and the
treatment and discharge of waste-water.

WE MUST INCUR COSTS TO COMPLY WITH LAWS GOVERNING ACCESSIBILITY OF FACILITIES TO
DISABLED PERSONS.

     We are subject to a number of state and federal laws, including the Fair
Housing Act and the Americans with Disabilities Act (the "ADA"), that impose
requirements related to access and use by disabled persons of a variety of
public accommodations and facilities. The ADA requirements did not become
effective until after January 1, 1991. Although we believe the Existing Resorts
are substantially in compliance with these laws, we will incur additional costs
to fully comply with these laws. Additional federal, state, and local
legislation may impose further restrictions on the Company, the Clubs, or the
Management Clubs at the Existing Resorts or other resorts, with respect to
access by disabled persons. The ultimate cost of compliance with such
legislation is not currently known. Such costs are not expected to have a
material effect on our results of operations, liquidity, and financial
condition, but these costs could be substantial.

                                       24

<PAGE>

WE MAY BE VULNERABLE TO REGIONAL CONDITIONS.

     Prior to August 1997, all of our operating resorts and substantially all of
our customers and borrowers were located in Texas and Missouri. Since August
1997, we have expanded into other states. Our performance and the value of our
properties are affected by regional factors, including local economic conditions
(which may be adversely impacted by business layoffs or downsizing, industry
slowdowns, changing demographics, and other factors) and the local regulatory
climate. Our current geographic concentration could make us more susceptible to
adverse events or conditions which affect these areas in particular.

WE MAY BE LIABLE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIMS.

     Under various federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, and regulations,
as well as common law, the owner or operator of real property generally is
liable for the costs of removal or remediation of certain hazardous or toxic
substances located on, in, or emanating from, such property, as well as related
costs of investigation and property damage. Such laws often impose liability
without regard to whether the owner knew of, or was responsible for, the
presence of the hazardous or toxic substances. The presence of such substances,
or the failure to properly remediate such substances, may adversely affect the
owner's ability to sell or lease a property or to borrow money using such real
property as collateral. Other federal and state laws require the removal or
encapsulation of asbestos-containing material when such material is in poor
condition or in the event of construction, demolition, remodeling, or
renovation. Other statutes may require the removal of underground storage tanks.
Noncompliance with these and other environmental, health, or safety requirements
may result in the need to cease or alter operations at a property. Further, the
owner or operator of a site may be subject to common law claims by third parties
based on damages and costs resulting from violations of environmental
regulations or from contamination associated with the site. Phase I
environmental reports (which typically involve inspection without soil sampling
or ground water analysis) were prepared in 2001 by independent environmental
consultants for all of the Existing Resorts. The reports did not reveal, nor are
we aware of, any environmental liability that would have a material adverse
effect on our results of operations, liquidity, or financial position. We cannot
be certain that the Phase I reports revealed all environmental liabilities or
that no prior owner created any material environmental condition not known to
us.

     Certain environmental laws impose liability on a previous owner of property
to the extent hazardous or toxic substances were present during the prior
ownership period. A transfer of the property may not relieve an owner of such
liability. Thus, we may have liability with respect to properties previously
sold by us or by our predecessors.

     We believe that we are in compliance in all material respects with all
federal, state, and local ordinances and regulations regarding hazardous or
toxic substances. We have not been notified by any governmental authority or
third party of any non-compliance, liability, or other claim in connection with
any of our present or former properties.

OUR SALES COULD DECLINE IF OUR RESORTS DO NOT QUALIFY FOR PARTICIPATION IN AN
EXCHANGE NETWORK.

     The attractiveness of Vacation Interval ownership is enhanced by the
availability of exchange networks that allow Silverleaf Owners to exchange in a
particular year the occupancy right in their Vacation Interval for an occupancy
right in another participating network resort. According to ARDA, the ability to
exchange Vacation Intervals was cited by many buyers as an important reason for
purchasing a Vacation Interval. Several companies, including RCI, provide
broad-based Vacation Interval exchange services, and the Existing Resorts,
except Oak N' Spruce Resort, are currently qualified for participation in the
RCI exchange network. Oak N' Spruce Resort is currently under contract with
another exchange network provider, Interval International. We cannot be certain
that we will be able to continue to qualify the Existing Resorts or any future
resorts for participation in these networks or any other exchange network. If
such exchange networks cease to function effectively, or if our resorts are not
accepted as exchanges for other desirable resorts, our sales of Vacation
Intervals could decline.

OUR SALES WOULD BE AFFECTED BY A SECONDARY MARKET FOR VACATION INTERVALS.

     We believe the market for resale of Vacation Intervals is very limited and
that resale prices are substantially below the original purchase price of a
Vacation Interval. This may make ownership of Vacation Intervals less attractive
to prospective buyers. Owners of Vacation Intervals who wish to sell their
Vacation Interval compete with our sales. Vacation Interval resale clearing
houses and brokers do not currently have a material impact on our sales.
However, if the secondary market for Vacation Intervals becomes more organized
and liquid, the availability of resale intervals at lower prices could
materially adversely affect our prices and our ability to sell new Vacation
Intervals.

                                       25

<PAGE>

OUR SALES ARE SEASONAL IN NATURE.

     Our sales of Vacation Intervals have generally been lower in the months of
November and December. Cash flow and earnings may be impacted by the timing of
development, the completion of future resorts, and the potential impact of
weather or other conditions in the regions where we operate. Our quarterly
operating results could be negatively impacted by these factors.

WE ARE NOT INSURED FOR CERTAIN TYPES OF LOSSES.

     We do not insure certain types of losses (such as losses arising from
floods and acts of war) either because insurance is unavailable or unaffordable.
Should an uninsured loss or a loss in excess of insured limits occur, we could
be required to repair damage at our expense or lose our capital invested in a
resort, as well as the anticipated future revenues from such resort. We would
continue to be obligated on any mortgage indebtedness or other obligations
related to the property. Our results of operations, liquidity, and financial
position could be adversely effected by such losses. Additionally, we may be
indirectly impacted if disasters such as the terrorist attacks on the United
States which occurred on September 11, 2001 cause a general increase in property
and casualty insurance rates, or cause certain types of coverage to be
unavailable.

WE WILL CONTINUE TO BE HIGHLY LEVERAGED.

     Our ability to finance customer notes receivable and develop our resorts
will be financed through borrowed funds. The funds borrowed would be
collateralized by substantially all of our assets. In addition, our loan
agreements contain financial and other restrictive covenants that will limit our
ability to borrow additional funds or invest in additional resorts. Failure by
us to comply with such covenants could result in an event of default which, if
not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations, liquidity, and financial position. Future loan agreements would
likely contain similar restrictions.

     The New Indenture pertaining to the exchanged senior subordinated notes
permits us to incur additional indebtedness, including indebtedness secured by
our customer notes receivable. Accordingly, to the extent our customer notes
receivable increase and we have sufficient credit facilities available, we may
be able to borrow additional funds. The New Indenture pertaining to the
exchanged senior subordinated notes also permits us to borrow additional funds
in order to finance development of our resorts. Future construction loans will
likely result in liens against the respective properties.

COMMON STOCK COULD BE IMPACTED BY OUR INDEBTEDNESS.

     The level of our indebtedness could negatively impact holders of our Common
Stock, because:

     -    a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations must be
          dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on the Exchange
          Notes and other indebtedness;

     -    our ability to obtain additional debt financing in the future for
          working capital, capital expenditures or acquisitions may be limited;

     -    our level of indebtedness could limit our flexibility in reacting to
          changes in the industry and economic conditions generally;

     -    some of our loans are at variable rates of interest, and a substantial
          increase in interest rates could adversely affect our ability to meet
          debt service obligations; and

     -    increased interest expense will reduce earnings, if any.

WE COULD LOSE CONTROL OVER THE CLUBS.

     Each Existing Resort has a Club that operates through a centralized
organization to manage the Existing Resorts on a collective basis. The
consolidation of resort operations through the Silverleaf Club permits:

     -    a centralized reservation system for all resorts;

     -    substantial cost savings by purchasing goods and services for all
          resorts on a group basis, which generally results in a lower cost of
          goods and services than if such goods and services were purchased by
          each resort on an individual basis;

     -    centralized management for the entire resort system;

     -    centralized legal, accounting, and administrative services for the
          entire resort system; and

     -    uniform implementation of various rules and regulations governing all
          resorts.

     We currently have the right to unilaterally appoint the board of directors
or governors of the Clubs until the respective control periods have expired
(typically triggered by the percentage of sales of the planned development),
unless otherwise provided by the bylaws of the association or under applicable
law. Thereafter, the bylaws of certain of the Clubs require that a majority of
the members of the board of directors or governors of the Club be owners of
Vacation Intervals of that resort. The loss of control of the

                                       26

<PAGE>

board of directors or governors of a Club could result in our being unable to
unilaterally cause the renewal of the collective Management Agreement with that
Club when it expires in 2010.

WE COULD ISSUE PREFERRED STOCK THAT WOULD HAVE RIGHTS AND PREFERENCES SENIOR TO
COMMON STOCK.

     Our Articles of Incorporation authorize the Board of Directors to issue up
to 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series and to establish
the preferences and rights (including the right to vote and the right to convert
into Common Stock) of any series of Preferred Stock issued. Such preferences and
rights would likely grant to the holders of the Preferred Stock certain
preferences in right of payment upon a dissolution of the Company and the
liquidation of our assets that would not be available to the holders of our
Common Stock. To the extent that our credit facilities would permit, the Board
could also establish a dividend payable to the holders of the Preferred Stock
that would not be available to the holders of the Common Stock.

OUR CASH FLOW MAY NOT BE ADEQUATE UPON AN ACCELERATION OF DEFERRED TAXES.

     While we report sales of Vacation Intervals as income for financial
reporting purposes at the time of the sale, for federal income tax purposes, we
report substantially all Vacation Interval sales on the installment method.
Under the installment method, we recognize income for regular federal income tax
purposes on the sale of Vacation Intervals when cash is received in the form of
a down payment and as payments on customer loans are received. Our liability for
deferred taxes (i.e., taxes owed to taxing authorities in the future in
consequence of income previously reported in the financial statements) was $98.6
million at December 31, 2002, primarily attributable to this method of reporting
Vacation Interval sales, before utilization of any available deferred tax
benefits (up to $105.3 million at December 31, 2002), including net operating
loss carryforwards, limitations on the use of which are discussed below. These
amounts do not include accrued interest on such deferred taxes which also will
be payable when the taxes are due, the amount of which is not now reasonably
ascertainable. In addition, the net deferred tax benefit is fully-reserved at
December 31, 2002. If we should sell the installment notes or be required to
factor them or if the notes were foreclosed on by one of our lenders or
otherwise disposed of, the deferred gain would be reportable for regular federal
tax purposes and the deferred taxes, including interest on the taxes for the
period the taxes were deferred, as computed under Section 453 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), would become due. We cannot be
certain that we would have sufficient cash resources to pay those taxes and
interest nor can we be certain how the payment of such taxes may affect our
operational liquidity needs. Furthermore, if our sales of Vacation Intervals
should decrease in the future, our diminished operations may not generate either
sufficient tax losses to offset taxable income or funds to pay the deferred tax
liability from prior periods.

WE WILL BE SUBJECT TO ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM TAXES.

     For purposes of computing the 20% alternative minimum tax ("AMT") imposed
under Section 55 of the Code on our alternative minimum taxable income ("AMTI"),
the installment sale method is generally not allowed. The Code requires an
adjustment to our AMTI for a portion of our adjusted current earnings ("ACE").
Our ACE must be computed without application of the installment sale method.
Prior to 1997, we used the installment method for the calculation of ACE for
federal AMT purposes. In 1998, we received a ruling from the Internal Revenue
Service granting our request for permission to change to the accrual method for
this computation effective January 1, 1997. As a result, our AMTI for 1997
through 1999 was increased each year by approximately $9 million, which resulted
in our paying substantial additional federal and state taxes in those years. As
a result of this change, we paid $641,000, $4.9 million, and $4.3 million of
federal AMT for 1997, 1998, and 1999, respectively. Due to losses incurred in
2000, we received refunds totaling $8.3 million during 2001 and $1.6 million
during 2002 as a result of the carryback of our 2000 AMT loss to 1999, 1998, and
1997. Thus, while Section 53 of the Code provides that we will be allowed a
credit ("minimum tax credit") against our regular federal income tax liability
for all or a portion of the AMT previously paid, these refunds have resulted in
a refund of all such previously paid AMT. As a result, no minimum tax credit is
available. Due to AMT loss carryforwards existing as of December 31, 2001, we do
not anticipate having a current AMT liability for 2002. However, we further
anticipate that any AMT loss carryforward remaining at the end of 2002 will be
small and will be deductible in future years only to the extent of 90% of AMTI
pursuant to Section 56(d) of the Code. Accordingly, we anticipate that we will
have significant AMT liabilities in future years.

     Due to the Exchange Offer previously described, an ownership change, within
the meaning of Section 382(g) of the Code, has occurred. Such an ownership
change may result in the imposition of a limitation on our use of any minimum
tax credit as provided in Section 383 of the Code. Under Section 383, the amount
of the excess credits which exist as of the date of the ownership change can be
used to offset our tax liability for post-change years only to the extent of the
Section 383 Credit Limitation, which amount is defined as the tax liability
which is attributable to so much of our taxable income as does not exceed the
Section 382 limitation for such post-change year to the extent available after
the application of Sections 382 and 383(b) and (c). As a result of the
above-described refunds of previously paid AMT, there is no minimum tax credit
that is subject to Section 383 of the Code. However, if it is subsequently
determined that we have an AMT liability for prior years, and thus a minimum tax
credit as of the time of the

                                       27

<PAGE>

Exchange Offer, or if additional "ownership changes" within the meaning of
Section 382(g) of the Code occur in the future, we cannot be certain that such
ownership changes will not result in a limitation on the use of any such minimum
tax credit.

OUR USE OF NET OPERATING LOSS CARRYOVERS COULD BE LIMITED BY AN OWNERSHIP
CHANGE.

     We had net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards of approximately $258.6
million at December 31, 2002, for regular federal income tax purposes, related
primarily to the immediate deduction of expenses and the simultaneous deferral
of installment sale gains. In addition to the general limitations on the
carryback and carryforward of NOLs under Section 172 of the Code, Section 382 of
the Code imposes additional limitations on the utilization of NOLs by a
corporation following various types of ownership changes which result in more
than a 50 percentage point change in ownership of a corporation within a three
year period. The Exchange Offer resulted in an ownership change within the
meaning of Section 382(g) of the Code as of May 2, 2002 (the "change date"). As
a result, a portion of our NOL is subject to an annual limitation for a portion
of the taxable year, which includes the change date as well as the taxable years
beginning after the change date. The annual limitation will be equal to the
value of our stock immediately before the ownership change, multiplied by the
long-term tax-exempt rate (i.e., the highest of the adjusted Federal long-term
rates in effect for any month in the three-calendar-month period ending with the
calendar month in which the change date occurs). It is anticipated that this
annual limitation is small in comparison to the size of the NOL carryforwards.
However, the annual limitation may be increased for any recognized built-in
gain, which existed as of the change date to the extent allowed in Section
382(h) of the Code.

     We anticipate that the built-in gain associated with the installment sale
gains as of the change date will increase the Setion 382 Limitation and allow
the utilization of the NOL as needed. Nevertheless, we cannot be certain that
the limitations of Section 382 will not limit or deny our future utilization of
the NOL. Such limitation or denial would require us to pay substantial
additional federal and state taxes and interest for any periods following a
change in ownership as described above. Moreover, pursuant to Section 383 of the
Code, an ownership change may also limit or deny our future utilization of
certain carryover excess credits, including any unused minimum tax credit, if
any, attributable to payment of alternative minimum taxes, as described above.

     Accordingly, we cannot be certain that these additional limitations will
not limit or deny our future utilization of any NOL and/or excess tax credits.
If we cannot utilize these NOL and/or excess tax credits, we will pay
substantial additional federal and state taxes and interest for any periods
following applicable changes in ownership as described above. Such tax and
interest liabilities may adversely affect our liquidity.

WE COULD BE LIABLE FOR BACK PAYROLL TAXES IF OUR INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS ARE
RECLASSIFIED AS EMPLOYEES.

Although we treat all on-site sales personnel as employees for payroll tax
purposes, we do have independent contractor agreements with certain sales and
marketing persons or entities. We have not treated these independent contractors
as employees and do not withhold payroll taxes from the amounts paid to such
persons or entities. In the event the Internal Revenue Service or any state or
local taxing authority were to successfully classify such persons or entities as
employees, rather than as independent contractors, we could be liable for back
payroll taxes. This could have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations, liquidity and financial position.

                                       28

<PAGE>

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

     At December 31, 2002, we owned and/or managed a total of 19 timeshare
resorts. Principal developmental activity which occurred during 2002 is
summarized below.

     CONTINUED DEVELOPMENT OF OAK N' SPRUCE RESORT. Oak N' Spruce Resort,
located 134 miles west of Boston, Massachusetts, has 248 existing units.
Silverleaf intends to develop approximately 216 additional units (11,232
Vacation Intervals) at this resort in the future. During 2002, we added 24 units
at this resort. Our application for approximately 216 additional units was
denied by local planning and zoning authorities in early 2003. In addition, a
supplemental application for 75 additional units was also denied. Both of these
zoning denials are on appeal. If we are unsuccessful in obtaining authorizations
to build additional units at Oak N' Spruce Resort, it will materially and
adversely affect our ability to develop this resort and to sustain sales of
Vacation Intervals at Oak N' Spruce at existing levels.

     CONTINUED DEVELOPMENT OF HOLIDAY HILLS RESORT. Holiday Hills Resort,
located two miles east of Branson, Missouri, in Taney County, has 362 existing
units. We intend to develop approximately 426 additional units (22,124 Vacation
Intervals) at this resort. During 2002, the Company added 36 units at the
resort.

     CONTINUED DEVELOPMENT OF PINEY SHORES RESORT. Piney Shores Resort, located
near Conroe, Texas, north of Houston, has 172 existing units. We intend to
develop approximately 120 additional units (6,240 Vacation Intervals) at this
resort. During 2002, we added 6 units at this resort.

     CONTINUED DEVELOPMENT OF SILVERLEAF'S SEASIDE RESORT. Silverleaf's Seaside
Resort, located in Galveston, Texas, has 84 existing units. We intend to develop
approximately 198 additional units (10,296 Vacation Intervals) at this resort.
During 2002, we added 12 units at this resort.

     CONTINUED DEVELOPMENT OF HILL COUNTRY RESORT. Hill Country Resort, located
near Canyon Lake in the hill country of central Texas between Austin and San
Antonio, has 266 existing units. We intend to develop approximately 246
additional units (12,792 Vacation Intervals) at this resort. During 2002, we
added 12 units at this resort.

     CONTINUED DEVELOPMENT OF FOX RIVER RESORT. Fox River Resort, located 70
miles southwest of Chicago, in Sheridan, Illinois, has 186 existing units. We
intend to develop approximately 264 additional units (13,728 Vacation Intervals)
at this resort. During 2002, we added 12 units at this resort.

     POSSIBLE DEVELOPMENT OF NEW RESORTS. In December 1998, we purchased 1,940
acres of undeveloped land near Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, for approximately
$1.9 million. The property may be developed as a Drive-to Resort (i.e., Beech
Mountain Resort). We have received regulatory approval to develop 408 units
(21,216 Vacation Intervals), but we have not scheduled dates for construction,
completion of initial units, or commencement of marketing and sales efforts.

     DISCONTINUED DEVELOPMENT OF CERTAIN RESORTS. As a result of the liquidity
problems announced during 2001, we discontinued our development plans for
timeshare resorts in Kansas City, Missouri, and Las Vegas, Nevada. The property
in Kansas City is currently held for sale. The property in Las Vegas was sold in
January 2003. All net sales proceeds were paid to our senior lenders.

FUTURE GROWTH STRATEGY

     Our credit facilities limit our ability to develop new resorts. As a
result, we will continue to expand our Existing Resorts by maintaining
marketing, sales, and development activities at those resorts in accordance with
our downsized business model. We will also continue to emphasize our secondary
products, such as biennial (alternate year) intervals, to broaden our potential
market with a wider price range of product. We will concentrate more on
marketing to existing members, including sales of upgraded Vacation Intervals,
second weeks, and existing owner referral programs.

COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGES

     We believe our business affords us the following competitive advantages:

     CONVENIENT DRIVE-TO LOCATIONS. Our Owned Drive-to Resorts are located
within a two-hour drive of a majority of our target customers' residences, which
accommodates the growing demand for shorter, more frequent, close-to-home
vacations. This proximity facilitates use of our Bonus Time Program, allowing
Silverleaf Owners to use vacant units, subject to availability and certain

                                       29

<PAGE>

limitations. We believe we are the only timeshare operator that offers customers
these benefits. Silverleaf Owners can also conveniently enjoy non-lodging resort
amenities year-round on a "country-club" basis.

     SUBSTANTIAL INTERNAL GROWTH CAPACITY. At December 31, 2002, we had an
inventory of 24,121 Vacation Intervals and a master plan to construct new units
which will result in up to 95,756 additional Vacation Intervals at the Existing
Resorts. Our master plan for construction of new units is contingent upon future
sales at the Existing Resorts and the availability of financing, granting of
governmental permits, and future land-planning and site-layout considerations.

     IN-HOUSE OPERATIONS. We have in-house marketing, sales, financing,
development, and property management capabilities. While we utilize outside
contractors to supplement internal resources, our internal capabilities provide
greater control over all phases of our operations, help maintain operating
standards, and reduce overall costs.

     LOWER CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATING COSTS. We have developed and generally
employ standard architectural designs and operating procedures which we believe
significantly reduce construction and operating expenses. Standardization and
integration also allow us to rapidly develop new inventory in response to
demand. Weather permitting, new units at Existing Resorts can normally be
constructed on an "as needed" basis within 180 to 270 days.

     CENTRALIZED PROPERTY MANAGEMENT. We presently operate all of the Existing
Resorts on a centralized and collective basis with operating and maintenance
costs paid from Silverleaf Owners' monthly dues. We believe that consolidation
of resort operations benefits Silverleaf Owners by providing them with a uniform
level of service, accommodations, and amenities on a standardized,
cost-effective basis. Integration also facilitates our internal exchange program
and the Bonus Time Program.

     EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT. Our senior management has extensive experience in
the acquisition, development, and operation of timeshare resorts. The senior
officers have an average of seventeen years of experience in the timeshare
industry.

                                       30

<PAGE>

RESORTS SUMMARY

The following tables set forth certain information regarding each of the
Existing Resorts at December 31, 2002, unless otherwise indicated.

EXISTING RESORTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             VACATION INTERVALS
                                                  UNITS AT RESORTS               AT RESORTS
                                              ----------------------        ---------------------
                           PRIMARY            INVENTORY                     INVENTORY                  DATE
                           MARKET               AT          PLANNED            AT        PLANNED       SALES
   RESORT/LOCATION         SERVED             12/31/02    EXPANSION(b)      12/31/02    EXPANSION    COMMENCED
   ---------------         ------             --------    ------------      --------    ---------    ---------
<S>                     <C>                   <C>         <C>               <C>         <C>          <C>
DRIVE-TO RESORTS
Holly Lake              Dallas-                 130           --              1,745          --         1982
  Hawkins, TX           Ft. Worth, TX
The Villages            Dallas-                 334           96              4,413       4,992 (h)     1980
  Flint, TX             Ft. Worth, TX
Lake O' The Woods       Dallas-                  64           --                879          --         1987
  Flint, TX             Ft. Worth, TX
Piney Shores            Houston, TX             172          120 (h)          2,252       6,240 (h)     1988
  Conroe, TX
Hill Country            Austin-San              266 (g)      246 (h)          2,646      12,792 (h)     1984
  Canyon Lake, TX       Antonio, TX
Timber Creek            St. Louis,               72           84 (h)          1,377       4,368 (h)     1997
  DeSoto, MO            MO
Fox River               Chicago, IL             186          264 (h)            965      13,728 (h)     1997
  Sheridan, IL
Apple Mountain          Atlanta, GA              60          192 (h)            947       9,984 (h)     1999
  Clarkesville, GA
Treasure Lake           Central PA              145           -- (e)          1,112          -- (e)     1998
  Dubois, PA
Alpine Bay              Central AL               54           -- (e)              8          -- (e)     1998
  Alpine, AL
Beech Mountain Lakes    Eastern PA,              54           -- (e)            140          -- (e)     1998
  Drums, PA               NY
Foxwood Hills           Eastern SC,             114           -- (e)            447          -- (e)     1998
  Westminster, SC         Western GA
Tansi Resort            Nashville-              124           -- (e)            382          -- (e)     1998
  Crossville, TN        Knoxville, TN
Westwind Manor          Dallas-                  37           -- (e)            350          -- (e)     1998
  Bridgeport, TX        Ft. Worth, TX

DESTINATION RESORTS    LOCATIONS
Ozark Mountain          Branson,                136           -- (h)            804          -- (h)     1982
 Kimberling City, MO    MO
Holiday Hills           Branson,                362          426 (h)          2,740      22,124 (h)     1984
   Branson, MO          MO
Oak N' Spruce           Boston, MA              248          216 (h)          1,576      11,232 (h)     1998
  South Lee, MA         New York, NY
Silverleaf's Seaside    Galveston,               84          198 (h)          1,169      10,296 (h)     2000
  Galveston, TX         TX
Hickory Hills           Gulf Coast,              80           -- (e)            169          -- (e)     1998
  Gautier, MS            MS
                                              -----        -----             ------      ------
         Total                                2,722        1,842             24,121      95,756
                                              =====        =====             ======      ======

<CAPTION>
                                                           VACATION INTERVALS SOLD
                                                -----------------------------------------   AVERAGE
                           PRIMARY                                  IN         PERCENTAGE    SALES
                           MARKET                THROUGH           2002         THROUGH      PRICE      AMENITIES/
   RESORT/LOCATION         SERVED               12/31/02(c)       ONLY(a)       12/31/02    IN 2002    ACTIVITIES(d)
   ---------------         ------               ----------        -------       --------    -------    ------------
<S>                     <C>                     <C>               <C>           <C>         <C>        <C>
DRIVE-TO RESORTS
Holly Lake              Dallas-                    4,755            256           73.2%     $  8,962   B,F,G,H,M,S,T
  Hawkins, TX           Ft. Worth, TX
The Villages            Dallas-                   12,547          1,221           74.0%        9,629   B,F,H,M,S,T
  Flint, TX             Ft. Worth, TX
Lake O' The Woods       Dallas-                    2,321            251           72.5%        8,104   F,M,S,T(f)
  Flint, TX             Ft. Worth, TX
Piney Shores            Houston, TX                6,500            826           74.3%       10,413   B,F,H,M,S,T
  Conroe, TX
Hill Country            Austin-San                10,814            972           80.3%       10,493   H,M,S,T(f)
  Canyon Lake, TX       Antonio, TX
Timber Creek            St. Louis,                 2,367            193           35.1%       11,413   B,F,G,M,S,T
  DeSoto, MO            MO
Fox River               Chicago, IL                8,707          1,719           90.0%        9,925   B,F,G,M,S,T
  Sheridan, IL
Apple Mountain          Atlanta, GA                2,173             27           69.6%       13,409   G,M,S,T
  Clarkesville, GA
Treasure Lake           Central PA                 6,219              7           84.8%          953   G,B,F,S,T,M
  Dubois, PA
Alpine Bay              Central AL                 2,746             --           99.7%           --   G,S,T,M(f)
  Alpine, AL
Beech Mountain Lakes    Eastern PA,                2,614             --           94.9%           --   B,F,S,T
  Drums, PA               NY
Foxwood Hills           Eastern SC,                5,271             --           92.2%           --   G,T,S,M(f)
  Westminster, SC         Western GA
Tansi Resort            Nashville-                 5,890             --           93.9%           --   T,G,F,B,M, S
  Crossville, TN        Knoxville, TN
Westwind Manor          Dallas-                    1,537             --           81.5%           --   G,F,M,S,T
  Bridgeport, TX        Ft. Worth, TX

DESTINATION RESORTS    LOCATIONS
Ozark Mountain          Branson,                   6,044            209           88.3%        9,519   B,F,M,S,T
 Kimberling City, MO    MO
Holiday Hills           Branson,                  15,948          1,197           85.3%        8,678   G,S,T(f)
   Branson, MO          MO
Oak N' Spruce           Boston, MA                11,320          1,269           87.8%       10,553   F,G,M,S,T
  South Lee, MA         New York, NY
Silverleaf's Seaside    Galveston,                 3,199             77           73.2%        8,894   S,T
  Galveston, TX         TX
Hickory Hills           Gulf Coast,                3,911             --           95.9%           --   B,F,G,M,S,T
  Gautier, MS            MS
                                                 -------          -----           ----      --------
         Total                                   114,883          8,224           82.6%     $  9,846
                                                 =======          =====           ====      ========
</TABLE>

                                       30

<PAGE>

(a) These totals do not reflect sales of upgraded Vacation Intervals to
    Silverleaf Owners. In this context, a sale of an "upgraded Vacation
    Interval" refers to an exchange of a lower priced interval for a higher
    priced interval in which the Silverleaf Owner is given credit for all
    principal payments previously made toward the purchase of the lower priced
    interval. For the year ended December 31, 2002, upgrade sales at the
    Existing Resorts were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      AVERAGE SALES PRICE
                                                                        FOR THE YEAR
                                                                        ENDED 12/31/02
                                                UPGRADED VACATION          -- NET OF
               RESORT                             INTERVALS SOLD       EXCHANGED INTERVAL
        ------------------                        --------------       ------------------
<S>                                             <C>                   <C>
Holly Lake.......................                        118                $3,869
The Villages.....................                        616                 5,192
Lake O' The Woods................                        116                 3,779
Piney Shores.....................                        601                 4,951
Hill Country.....................                        977                 5,144
Timber Creek.....................                        263                 4,239
Fox River........................                        393                 4,636
Ozark Mountain...................                        156                 6,240
Holiday Hills....................                      2,422                 5,777
Oak N' Spruce....................                        833                 5,499
Apple Mountain...................                        117                 5,345
Silverleaf's Seaside.............                      1,134                 5,847
                                                       -----
                                                       7,746
                                                       =====
</TABLE>

    The average sales price for the 7,746 upgraded Vacation Intervals sold was
    $5,401 for the year ended December 31, 2002.

(b) Represents units included in our master plan. This plan is subject to change
    based upon various factors, including consumer demand, the availability of
    financing, grant of governmental land-use permits, and future land-planning
    and site layout considerations. The following chart reflects the status of
    certain planned units at December 31, 2002:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 LAND-USE     LAND-USE      LAND-USE
                                  PROCESS     PROCESS        PROCESS        CURRENTLY IN
                                NOT STARTED   PENDING       COMPLETE        CONSTRUCTION         TOTAL
                                -----------   -------       --------        ------------         -----
<S>                             <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>                 <C>
The Villages..........               --          --             96               --                96
Piney Shores..........               --          --            120               --               120
Hill Country..........               --          --            246               --               246
Timber Creek..........               --          --             84               --                84
Fox River.............               --          --            252               12               264
Holiday Hills.........               --          --            414               12               426
Oak N' Spruce.........               --         192             --               24               216
Apple Mountain........              126          --             48               18               192
Silverleaf's Seaside..               --          --            198               --               198
                                    ---         ---          -----               --             -----
                                    126         192          1,458               66             1,842
                                    ===         ===          =====               ==             =====
</TABLE>

    "Land-Use Process Pending" means that we have commenced the process which we
    believe is required under current law in order to obtain the necessary
    land-use authorizations from the applicable local governmental authority
    with jurisdiction, including submitting for approval any architectural
    drawings, preliminary plats, or other attendant items as may be required.

    "Land-Use Process Complete" means either that (i) we believe that we have
    obtained all necessary land-use authorizations under current law from the
    applicable local governmental authority with jurisdiction, including the
    approval and filing of any required preliminary or final plat and the
    issuance of building permit(s), in each case to the extent applicable, or
    (ii) upon payment of any required filing or other fees, we believe that we
    will under current law obtain such necessary authorizations without further
    process.

(c) These totals are net of intervals received from upgrading customers and from
    intervals received from cancellations.

(d) Principal amenities available to Silverleaf Owners at each resort are
    indicated by the following symbols: B -- boating; F -- fishing; G -- golf; H
    -- horseback riding; M -- miniature golf; S -- swimming pool; and T --
    tennis.

(e) We have management rights with respect to these resorts and presently has no
    ability to expand the resorts. In 2000, we discontinued plans to sell
    Vacation Intervals at these resorts and our costs associated with its unsold
    inventory of Vacation Intervals at these resorts were written off.

(f) Boating is available near the resort.

                                       31

<PAGE>

(g) Includes three units which have not been finished-out for accommodations and
    which are currently used for other purposes.

(h) Engineering, architectural, and construction estimates have not been
    completed, and we cannot be certain that we will develop these properties at
    the unit numbers currently projected.

FEATURES COMMON TO EXISTING RESORTS

     Owned Drive-to Resorts are primarily located in rustic areas offering
Silverleaf Owners a quiet, relaxing vacation environment. Furthermore, the
resorts offer different vacation activities, including golf, fishing, boating,
swimming, horseback riding, tennis, and archery. Owned Destination Resorts are
located in or near areas with national tourist appeal. Features common to the
Existing Resorts include the following:

     BONUS TIME PROGRAM. Silverleaf Club's Bonus Time Program offers Silverleaf
Club members a benefit not typically enjoyed by many other timeshare owners. In
addition to the right to use a unit one week per year, the Bonus Time Program
allows all Silverleaf Club members, who are current on their dues and
installment payments, to use vacant units for up to three nights at a time at
any of our owned resorts. Sunday through Thursday night stays are currently
without charge, while Friday through Saturday stays presently cost $39.95 per
night payable to Silverleaf Club. The Bonus Time Program is limited based on the
availability of units. Availability is created when a Silverleaf Owner does not
use his or her owned week. Silverleaf Owners who have utilized the resort less
frequently are given priority to use the program and may only use an interval
with an equal or lower rating than their owned Vacation Interval. We believe
this program is important as many vacationers prefer shorter two to three day
vacations. Owners of unused intervals that are utilized by the Bonus Time
Program are not compensated other than by their participation in the Bonus Time
Program.

     YEAR-ROUND USE OF AMENITIES. Even when not using the lodging facilities,
Silverleaf Owners have unlimited year-round day usage of the amenities located
at the Existing Resorts, such as boating, fishing, miniature golf, tennis,
swimming, or hiking, for little or no additional cost. Certain amenities,
however, such as golf, horseback riding, or watercraft rentals, may require a
usage fee.

     EXCHANGE PRIVILEGES. Each Silverleaf Owner has certain exchange privileges
which may be used on an annual basis to (i) exchange an interval for a different
interval (week) at the same resort so long as the desired interval is of an
equal or lower rating; or (ii) exchange an interval for the same interval (week)
at any other of the Existing Resorts. These intra-company exchange rights are a
convenience we provide our members as an accommodation to them, and are
conditioned upon availability of the desired interval or resort. Approximately
3,164 intra-company exchanges occurred in 2002. Silverleaf Owners pay an
exchange fee of $75 to Silverleaf Club for each such internal exchange. In
addition, most Silverleaf Owners may join the exchange program administered by
RCI for an annual fee of $89. Silverleaf Owners at Oak N' Spruce Resort may pay
an annual fee of $79 to join the exchange program administered by Interval
International. Both RCI and Interval International also charge an additional
exchange fee for each exchange.

     DEEDED OWNERSHIP. We typically sell a Vacation Interval which entitles the
owner to use a specific unit for a designated one-week interval each year. The
Vacation Interval purchaser receives a recorded deed which grants the purchaser
a percentage interest in a specific unit for a designated week. We also sell a
biennial (alternate year) Vacation Interval that allows the owner to use a unit
for a one-week interval every other year with reduced dues.

     MANAGEMENT CLUBS. Each of the Existing Resorts and the Existing Managed
Resorts has a Club for the benefit of the timeshare owners. The Clubs operate
under either Silverleaf Club or Crown Club to manage the Existing Resorts on a
centralized and collective basis. We have contracted with Silverleaf Club and
Crown Club to perform the supervisory, management, and maintenance functions
granted by the Clubs. Costs of these operations are covered by monthly dues paid
by timeshare owners to their respective Clubs together with income generated by
the operation of certain amenities at each respective resort.

     ON-SITE SECURITY. Each of the Resorts is patrolled by security personnel
who are either employees of the Management Clubs or personnel of independent
security service companies which have contracted with the Clubs.

                                       32

<PAGE>

DESCRIPTION OF TIMESHARE RESORTS OWNED AND OPERATED BY SILVERLEAF

     HOLLY LAKE RESORT. Holly Lake is a family-oriented golf resort located in
the Piney Woods of east Texas, approximately 105 miles east of Dallas, Texas.
The timeshare portion of Holly Lake is part of a 4,300 acre mixed-use
development of single-family lots and timeshare units with other third-party
developers. We own approximately 2,740 acres within Holly Lake, of which
approximately 2,667 acres may not be developed due to deed restrictions. At
December 31, 2002, approximately 27 acres were developed. We have no future
development plans.

     At December 31, 2002, 130 units were completed and no additional units are
planned for development. Three different types of units are offered at the
resort: (i) two bedroom, two bath, wood siding, fourplexes; (ii) one bedroom,
one bath, one sleeping loft, log construction duplexes; and (iii) two bedroom,
two bath, log construction fourplexes. Each unit has a living room with sleeper
sofa and full kitchen. Other amenities within each unit include whirlpool tub,
color television, and vaulted ceilings. Certain units include interior ceiling
fans, imported ceramic tile, over-sized sliding glass doors, and rattan and pine
furnishings.

     Amenities at the resort include an 18-hole golf course with pro shop,
19th-hole private club, country store, indoor rodeo arena and stables, five
tennis courts (four lighted), two different lakes (one with sandy swimming
beach, one with boat launch for water-skiing), three outdoor swimming pools with
bathhouses and pavilion, hiking/nature trails, children's playground area, two
miniature golf courses, five picnic areas, activity center with grill, big
screen television, game room with arcade games and pool tables, horseback
trails, and activity areas for basketball, horseshoes, volleyball, shuffleboard,
and archery. Silverleaf Owners can also rent canoes, bicycles, and water trikes.
Homeowners in neighboring subdivisions are entitled to use the amenities at
Holly Lake pursuant to easements or use agreements.

     At December 31, 2002, the resort contained 6,500 Vacation Intervals, of
which 1,745 intervals remained available for sale. We have no plans to build
additional units. Vacation Intervals at the resort are currently priced from
$7,000 to $11,800 for one-week stays. During 2002, 256 Vacation Intervals were
sold.

     THE VILLAGES AND LAKE O' THE WOODS RESORTS. The Villages and Lake O' The
Woods are sister resorts located on the shores of Lake Palestine, approximately
100 miles east of Dallas, Texas. The Villages, located approximately five miles
northwest of Lake O' The Woods, is an active sports resort popular for
water-skiing and boating. Lake O' The Woods is a quiet wooded resort where
Silverleaf Owners can enjoy the seclusion of dense pine forests less than two
hours from the Dallas-Fort Worth metroplex. The Villages is a mixed-use
development of single-family lots and timeshare units, while Lake O' The Woods
has been developed solely as a timeshare resort. The two resorts contain
approximately 652 acres, of which approximately 379 may not be developed due to
deed restrictions. At December 31, 2002, approximately 181 acres were developed
and 18 acres are currently planned by the Company to be used for future
development.

    At December 31, 2002, 334 units were completed at The Villages and 64 units
were completed at Lake O' The Woods. An additional 96 units are planned for
development at The Villages and no additional units are planned for development
at Lake O' The Woods. There are five different types of units at these resorts:
(i) three bedroom, two and one-half bath, wood siding exterior duplexes and
fourplexes (two units); (ii) two bedroom, two and one-half bath, wood siding
exterior duplexes and fourplexes; (iii) two bedroom, two bath, brick and siding
exterior fourplexes; (iv) two bedroom, two bath, wood and vinyl siding exterior
fourplexes, sixplexes, twelveplexes and a sixteenplex; and (v) one bedroom, one
bath with two-bed loft sleeping area, log construction duplexes. Amenities
within each unit include full kitchen, whirlpool tub, and color television.
Certain units include interior ceiling fans, ceramic tile, and/or a fireplace.
"Presidents Harbor" units feature a larger, more spacious floor plan (1,255
square feet), back veranda, washer and dryer, and a more elegant decor.

     Both resorts are situated on Lake Palestine, a 27,000 acre public lake.
Recreational facilities and improvements at The Villages include a full service
marina with convenience store, gas dock, boat launch, water-craft rentals, and
covered and locked rental boat stalls; three swimming pools; two lighted tennis
courts; miniature golf course; nature trails; camp sites; riding stables;
soccer/softball field; children's playground; RV sites; a new 9,445 square foot
activity center with theater room with wide-screen television, reading room,
grill, tanning beds, pool table, sauna, and small indoor gym; and competitive
sports facilities which include horseshoe pits, archery range, and shuffleboard,
volleyball, and basketball courts. Silverleaf Owners at The Villages can also
rent or use motor boats, paddle boats, and pontoon boats. Neighboring homeowners
are also entitled to use these amenities pursuant to a use agreement.

     Recreational facilities at Lake O' The Woods include swimming pool,
bathhouse, lighted tennis court, a recreational beach area with picnic areas, a
fishing pier on Lake Palestine, nature trails, soccer/softball field, children's
playground, RV sites, an activity center with wide-screen television and pool
table, horseshoe pits, archery range, miniature golf course, shuffleboard,
volleyball, and basketball courts.

                                       33

<PAGE>

     At December 31, 2002, The Villages contained 16,960 total Vacation
Intervals, of which 4,413 remained available for sale. The Company plans to
build 96 additional units at The Villages, which would yield an additional 4,992
Vacation Intervals available for sale. At December 31, 2002, Lake O' The Woods
contained 3,200 total Vacation Intervals, of which 879 remained available for
sale. The Company has no plans to build additional units at Lake O' The Woods.
Vacation Intervals at The Villages and Lake O' The Woods are currently priced
from $7,000 to $15,800 for one-week stays (and start at $5,500 for biennial
intervals), while one-week "Presidents Harbor" intervals are priced at $9,400 to
$20,000 depending on the value rating of the interval. During 2002, 1,221 and
251 Vacation Intervals were sold at The Villages and Lake O' The Woods,
respectively.

     PINEY SHORES RESORT. Piney Shores Resort is a quiet, wooded resort ideally
located for day-trips from metropolitan areas in the southeastern Gulf Coast
area of Texas. Piney Shores Resort is located on the shores of Lake Conroe,
approximately 40 miles north of Houston, Texas. The resort contains
approximately 113 acres. At December 31, 2002, approximately 72 acres were
developed and 11 acres are currently planned by the Company to be used for
future development.

     At December 31, 2002, 172 units were completed and 120 units are planned
for development at Piney Shores Resort. All units are two bedroom, two bath
units and will comfortably accommodate up to six people. Amenities include a
living room with sleeper, full kitchen, whirlpool tub, color television, and
interior ceiling fans. Certain "lodge-style" units feature stone fireplaces,
white-washed pine wall coverings, "age-worn" paint finishes, and antique
furnishings. President's Cove units feature a larger, more spacious floor plan
(1255 square feet) with a back veranda, washer and dryer, and a more elegant
decor.

     The primary recreational amenity at the resort is Lake Conroe, a 21,000
acre public lake. Other recreational facilities and improvements available at
the resort include two swimming pools and a spa, a bathhouse complete with
outdoor shower and restrooms, lighted tennis court, miniature golf course,
stables, horseback riding trails, children's playground, picnic areas, boat
launch, beach area, 4,626-square foot activity center, 32-seat theatre room with
big screen television, covered wagon rides, and facilities for horseshoes,
archery, shuffleboard, and basketball.

     At December 31, 2002, the resort contained 8,752 Vacation Intervals, of
which 2,252 remained available for sale. We intend to build 120 additional
units, which would yield an additional 6,240 Vacation Intervals available for
sale. Vacation Intervals at the resort are currently priced from $7,500 to
$20,000 for one-week stays (and start at $5,500 for biennial intervals). During
2002, 826 Vacation Intervals were sold.

     HILL COUNTRY RESORT. Hill Country Resort is located near Canyon Lake in the
hill country of central Texas between Austin and San Antonio. The resort
contains approximately 110 acres. At December 31, 2002, approximately 38 acres
were developed and 19 acres are currently planned by the Company to be used for
future development.

     At December 31, 2002, 266 units were completed and 246 units are planned
for development at Hill Country Resort. Some units are single story, while
certain other units are two-story structures in which the bedrooms and baths are
located on the second story. Each unit contains two bedrooms, two bathrooms,
living room with sleeper sofa, and full kitchen. Other amenities within each
unit include whirlpool tub, color television, and interior design details such
as vaulted ceilings. Certain units include interior ceiling fans, imported
ceramic tile, over-sized sliding glass doors, rattan and pine furnishings, or
fireplace. 122 units feature the Company's new "lodge style." 32 "Presidents
Villas" units feature a larger, more spacious floor plan (1,255 square feet),
back veranda, washer and dryer, and a more elegant decor.

     Amenities at the resort include a 7,943-square foot activity center with
electronic games, pool table, and wide-screen television, miniature golf course,
a children's playground areas, barbecue and picnic area, enclosed swimming pool
and heated spa, children's wading pool, tennis court, and activity areas for
basketball, horseshoes, shuffleboard and sand volleyball court. Area sights and
activities include water-tubing on the nearby Guadeloupe River and visiting the
many tourist attractions in San Antonio, such as Sea World, The Alamo, The River
Walk, and the San Antonio Zoo.

     At December 31, 2002, the resort contained 13,460 Vacation Intervals, of
which 2,646 remained available for sale. The Company plans to build 246
additional units, which collectively would yield 12,792 additional Vacation
Intervals available for sale. Vacation Intervals at the resort are currently
priced from $7,500 to $15,800 for one-week stays (and start at $5,500 for
biennial intervals), while one-week "Presidents Villas" intervals are priced at
$9,400 to $22,000 depending on the value rating of the interval. During 2002,
972 Vacation Intervals were sold.

     OZARK MOUNTAIN RESORT. Ozark Mountain Resort is a family-oriented resort
located on the shores of Table Rock Lake, which features bass fishing. The
resort is located approximately 15 miles from Branson, Missouri, a family music
and entertainment center, 233 miles from Kansas City, and 276 miles from St.
Louis. Ozark Mountain Resort is a mixed-use development of timeshare and
condominium units. At December 31, 2002, the resort contained approximately 116
acres. We have no future development plans.

                                       34

<PAGE>

     At December 31, 2002, 136 units were completed and no additional units are
planned for development. There are two types of units at the resort: (i) two
bedroom, two bath, one-story fourplexes and (ii) two bedroom, two bath,
three-story sixplexes. Each standard unit includes two large bedrooms, two
bathrooms, living room with sleeper sofa, and full kitchen. Other amenities
within each unit include whirlpool tub, color television, and vaulted ceilings.
Certain units contain interior ceiling fans, imported ceramic tile, oversized
sliding glass doors, rattan or pine furnishings, or fireplace. "Presidents View"
units feature a panoramic view of Table Rock Lake, a larger, more spacious floor
plan (1,255 square feet), front and back verandas, washer and dryer, and a more
elegant decor.

     The primary recreational amenity available at the resort is Table Rock
Lake, a 43,100-acre public lake. Other recreational facilities and improvements
at the resort include a swimming beach with dock, an activities center with pool
table, covered boat dock and launch ramp, olympic-sized swimming pool, lighted
tennis court, nature trails, two picnic areas, playground, miniature golf
course, and a competitive sports area accommodating volleyball, basketball,
tetherball, horseshoes, shuffleboard, and archery. Guests can also rent or use
canoes, or paddle boats. Owners of neighboring condominium units developed by
the Company in the past are also entitled to use these amenities pursuant to use
agreements with the Company. Similarly, owners of Vacation Intervals are
entitled to use certain amenities of these condominium developments, including a
wellness center featuring a small pool, hot tub, sauna, and exercise equipment.

     At December 31, 2002, the resort contained 6,848 Vacation Intervals, of
which 804 remained available for sale. The Company has no plans to build
additional units. Vacation Intervals at the resort are currently priced from
$8,500 to $13,500 for one-week stays, while one-week "Presidents View" intervals
are priced at $10,000 to $22,500 depending on the value rating of the interval.
During 2002, 209 Vacation Intervals were sold.

     HOLIDAY HILLS RESORT. Holiday Hills Resort is a resort community located in
Taney County, Missouri, two miles east of Branson, Missouri. The resort is 224
miles from Kansas City and 267 miles from St. Louis. The resort is heavily
wooded by cedar, pine, and hardwood trees, and is favored by Silverleaf Owners
seeking quality golf and nightly entertainment in nearby Branson. Holiday Hills
Resort is a mixed-use development of single-family lots, condominiums, and
timeshare units. The resort contains approximately 405 acres, including a
91-acre golf course. At December 31, 2002, approximately 296 acres were
developed and 68 acres are currently planned by the Company to be used for
future development.

     At December 31, 2002, 362 units were completed and an additional 426 units
are planned for future development. There are four types of timeshare units at
this resort: (i) two bedroom, two bath, one-story fourplexes, (ii) one bedroom,
one bath, with upstairs loft, log construction duplexes, (iii) two bedroom, two
bath, two-story fourplexes, and (iv) two bedroom, two bath, three-story
sixplexes and twelveplexes. Each unit includes a living room with sleeper sofa,
full kitchen, whirlpool tub, and color television. Certain units will include a
fireplace, ceiling fans, imported tile, oversized sliding glass doors, vaulted
ceilings, and rattan or pine furniture. "Presidents Fairways" units feature a
larger, more spacious floor plan (1,255 square feet), back veranda, washer and
dryer, and a more elegant decor.

     Taneycomo Lake, a popular lake for trout fishing, is approximately three
miles from the resort, and Table Rock Lake is approximately ten miles from the
resort. Amenities at the resort include an 18-hole golf course, tennis court,
picnic areas, camp sites, basketball court, activity area which includes
shuffleboard, horseshoes, and a children's playground, a 5,356 square foot
clubhouse that includes a pro shop, restaurant, and meeting space, a 2,800
square foot outdoor swimming pool, and a sports pool. Lot and condominium unit
owners are also entitled to use these amenities pursuant to use agreements
between the Company and certain homeowners' associations.

     At December 31, 2002, the resort contained 18,688 Vacation Intervals, of
which 2,740 remained available for sale. The Company plans to build 426
additional units, which would yield an additional 22,124 Vacation Intervals
available for sale. Vacation Intervals at the resort are currently priced from
$8,500 to $16,500 for one-week stays (and start at $7,000 for biennial
intervals), while one-week "Presidents Fairways" intervals are priced at $10,000
to $28,500 depending on the value rating of the interval. During 2002, 1,197
Vacation Intervals were sold.

     TIMBER CREEK RESORT. Timber Creek Resort, in Desoto, Missouri, is located
approximately 50 miles south of St. Louis, Missouri. The resort contains
approximately 332 acres. At December 31, 2002, approximately 180 acres were
developed and 6 acres are currently planned by the Company to be used for future
development.

     At December 31, 2002, 72 units were completed and an additional 84 units
are planned for future development at Timber Creek Resort. All units are two
bedroom, two bath units. Amenities within each new unit include a living room
with sleeper sofa, full kitchen, whirlpool tub, and color television. Certain
units include a fireplace, ceiling fans, imported ceramic tile, French doors,
and rattan or pine furniture.

                                       35

<PAGE>

     The primary recreational amenity available at the resort is a 40-acre
fishing lake. Other amenities include a clubhouse, a five-hole par three
executive golf course, swimming pool, two lighted tennis courts, themed
miniature golf course, volleyball court, shuffleboard/multi-use sports court,
fitness center, horseshoes, archery, a welcome center, playground, arcade, movie
room, tanning bed, cedar sauna, sales and registration building, hook-ups for
recreational vehicles, and boat docks. We are obligated to maintain and provide
campground facilities for members of the previous owner's campground system.

     At December 31, 2002, the resort contained 3,744 Vacation Intervals and
1,377 Vacation Intervals remained available for sale. We plan to build 84
additional units, which would collectively yield 4,368 additional Vacation
Intervals available for sale. Vacation Intervals at the resort are currently
priced from $7,500 to $15,800 for one-week stays (and start at $5,500 for
biennial intervals). During 2002, 193 Vacation Intervals were sold.

     FOX RIVER RESORT. Fox River Resort, in Sheridan, Illinois, is located
approximately 70 miles southwest of Chicago, Illinois. The resort contains
approximately 372 acres. At December 31, 2002, approximately 156 acres were
developed and 26 acres are currently planned by the Company to be used for
future development.

     At December 31, 2002, 186 units are completed and 264 units are planned for
future development at Fox River Resort. All units are two bedroom, two bath
units. Amenities within each unit include a living room with sleeper sofa, full
kitchen, whirlpool tub, and color television. Certain units include ceiling
fans, ceramic tile, and rattan or pine furniture.

     Amenities currently available at the resort include five-hole par three
executive golf course, outdoor swimming pool, clubhouse, covered pool, miniature
golf course, horseback riding trails, stable and corral, welcome center, sales
and registration buildings, hook-ups for recreational vehicles, a tennis court,
a basketball court / seasonal ice-skating rink, shuffleboard courts, sand
volleyball courts, outdoor pavilion, and playgrounds. The Company also offers
winter recreational activities at this resort, including ice-skating,
snowmobiling, and cross-country skiing. The Company is obligated to maintain and
provide campground facilities for members of the previous owner's campground
system.

     At December 31, 2002, the resort contained 9,672 Vacation Intervals and 965
Vacation Intervals remained available for sale. We plan to build 264 additional
units, which would collectively yield 13,728 additional Vacation Intervals
available for sale. Vacation Intervals at the resort are currently priced from
$7,500 to $15,800 for one-week stays (and start at $5,500 for biennial
intervals). During 2002, 1,719 Vacation Intervals were sold.

     OAK N' SPRUCE RESORT. In December 1997, we acquired the Oak N' Spruce
Resort in the Berkshire mountains of western Massachusetts. The resort is
located approximately 134 miles west of Boston, Massachusetts, and 114 miles
north of New York City. Oak N' Spruce Resort is a mixed-use development which
includes a hotel and timeshare units. The resort contains approximately 244
acres. At December 31, 2002, approximately 37 acres were developed and 10 acres
are currently planned by the Company to be used for future development. Our
application for approximately 216 additional units was denied by local
authorities in early 2003. We have filed supplemental applications for fewer
units. If for any reason we are unsuccessful in obtaining authorizations to
build additional units at Oak N' Spruce Resort, it may materially and adversely
affect our ability to develop this resort and to sustain sales of Vacation
Intervals at Oak N' Spruce at existing levels.

     At December 31, 2002, the resort had 248 units and the above described
additional 216 units are planned for development. There are six types of
existing units at the resort: (i) one-bedroom flat, (ii) one-bedroom townhouse,
(iii) two-bedroom flat, (iv) two-bedroom townhouse, (v) two-bedroom, flex-time,
and (vi) two-bedroom lodge style and President's style units. There is also a
21-room hotel at the resort which could be converted to timeshare use. Amenities
within each new unit include a living room with sleeper sofa, full kitchen,
whirlpool tub, and color television. Certain units include ceiling fans, ceramic
tile, and rattan or pine furniture.

     Amenities at the resort include two indoor heated swimming pools with hot
tubs, an outdoor pool with sauna, health club, lounge, three-hole pitch and putt
golf course, ski rentals, miniature golf, shuffleboard, basketball and tennis
courts, horseshoe pits, hiking and ski trails, and an activity area for
badminton. The resort is also near Beartown State Forest.

     At December 31, 2002, the resort contained 12,896 Vacation Intervals, of
which 1,576 remained available for sale. Subject to obtaining permission from
local authorities, we plan to build 216 additional "lodge-style" units, which
would yield an additional 11,232 Vacation Intervals available for sale. Vacation
Intervals at the resort are currently priced from $7,650 to $25,000 for one-week
stays (and start at $4,700 for biennial intervals). During 2002, 1,269 Vacation
Intervals were sold.

     APPLE MOUNTAIN RESORT. Apple Mountain Resort, in Clarkesville, Georgia, is
located approximately 125 miles north of Atlanta, Georgia. The resort is
situated on 285 acres of beautiful open pastures and rolling hills, with 150
acres being the resort's golf course.

                                       36

<PAGE>

At December 31, 2002, approximately 191 acres were developed and 16 acres are
currently planned by the Company to be used for future development.

     At December 31, 2002, 60 units are completed and 192 units are planned for
development at Apple Mountain Resort. The "Lodge Get-A-Way" units were the first
units developed. Each unit is approximately 824 square feet with all units being
two bedrooms, two full baths. Amenities within each unit include a living room
with sleeper sofa, full kitchen, whirlpool tub, and color television. Certain
units include ceiling fans, imported ceramic tile, electronic door locks, and
rattan or pine furniture.

     Amenities at the resort include a 9,445 square foot administration building
and activity center featuring a theatre room with a wide screen television, a
member services building, pool tables, arcade games, and snack area. Other
amenities at the resort include two tennis courts, swimming pool, shuffleboard,
miniature golf course, and volleyball and basketball courts. This resort is
located in the Blue Ridge Mountains and offers accessibility to many other
outdoor recreational activities, including Class 5 white water rapids.

     The primary recreational amenity available to the resort is an established
18-hole golf course situated on approximately 150 acres of open fairways and
rolling hills. Elevation of the course is 1,530 feet at the lowest point and
1,600 feet at the highest point. The course is designed with approximately
104,000 square feet of bent grass greens. The course's tees total approximately
2 acres, fairways total approximately 24 acres, and primary roughs total
approximately 29 acres, all covered with TIF 419 Bermuda. The balance of grass
totals approximately 95 acres and is covered with Fescue. The course has 19 sand
bunkers totaling 19,800 square feet and there are approximately seven miles of
cart paths. Lining the course are apple orchards totaling approximately four
acres, with white pine roughs along twelve of the fairways. The course has a
five-acre irrigation lake and a pond of approximately 900 square feet located on
the fifteenth hole. The driving range covers approximately nine acres and has
20,000 square feet of tee area covered in TIF 419 Bermuda. The pro shop offers a
full line of golfing accessories and equipment. There is also a golf
professional on site to offer lessons and to plan events for the club.

     At December 31, 2002, the resort contained 3,120 Vacation Intervals, of
which 947 remained available for sale. We plan to build 192 additional
"lodge-style" units, which would yield an additional 9,984 Vacation Intervals
available for sale. Vacation Intervals at the resort are currently priced from
$7,500 to $15,800 for one-week stays (and start at $5,500 for biennial
intervals). During 2002, 27 Vacation Intervals were sold.

     SILVERLEAF'S SEASIDE RESORT. Silverleaf's Seaside Resort is located in
Galveston, Texas, approximately 50 miles south of Houston, Texas. The resort
contains approximately 87 acres. At December 31, 2002, approximately 45 acres
were developed and 42 acres are currently planned by the Company to be used for
future development.

     At December 31, 2002, the resort had 84 units and an additional 198 are
planned for development. The two bedroom, two bath units are situated in
three-story twelveplex buildings. Amenities within each unit include two large
bedrooms, two bathrooms (one with a whirlpool tub), living room with sleeper
sofa, full kitchen, color television, and electronic door locks.

     With 635 feet of beachfront, the primary amenity at the resort is the Gulf
of Mexico. Other amenities include a lodge with kitchen, tennis court, swimming
pool, sand volleyball court, playground, picnic pavilion, horseshoes, and
shuffleboard. We are obligated to maintain and provide campground facilities for
members of the previous owner's campground system.

     At December 31, 2002, the resort contained 4,368 Vacation Intervals of
which 1,169 remained available for sale. We plan to build 198 additional units
which would yield an additional 10,296 Vacation Intervals for sale. Vacation
Intervals at the resort are currently priced from $8,500 to $23,500 for one-week
stays. During 2002, 77 Vacation Intervals were sold.

DESCRIPTION OF TIMESHARE RESORTS MANAGED BY THE COMPANY

    We acquired the management rights and an inventory of unsold Vacation
Intervals from Crown Resort Co., LLC in May 1998. We manage these resorts for a
fee. We have ceased all sales and development of these resorts.

    ALPINE BAY RESORT. Alpine Bay Resort is located in Talledega County,
Alabama, near Lake Logan Martin and is approximately 50 miles east of
Birmingham. The resort contains 54 units and includes a golf course, pro shop
lounge, outdoor pool, and tennis courts.

    HICKORY HILLS RESORT. Hickory Hills is located in Jackson County,
Mississippi, near the Pascagoula River and is approximately 20 miles east of
Biloxi. The resort contains 80 units and has a golf course, restaurant/lounge,
outdoor pool, clubhouse, fitness center, miniature golf course, tennis courts,
and playground.

                                       37

<PAGE>

    BEECH MOUNTAIN LAKES RESORT. Beech Mountain Lakes is located in Butler
Township, Luzerne County, Pennsylvania and is approximately 30 miles south of
Wilkes Barre-Scranton. The resort contains 54 units and has a restaurant/lounge,
indoor pool/sauna, clubhouse, fitness center and tennis courts.

    TREASURE LAKE RESORT. Treasure Lake is located in Sandy Township, Clearfield
County, Pennsylvania and is approximately 160 miles northeast of Pittsburgh. The
resort contains 145 units and has two golf courses, two lakes, four beaches,
campground, two restaurant/lounges, indoor pool/sauna, outdoor pool, clubhouse,
four playgrounds, tennis courts, and pontoon boat.

    FOXWOOD HILLS RESORT. Foxwood Hills is located in Oconee County, South
Carolina near Lake Hartwell and is approximately 100 miles northeast of Atlanta.
The resort contains 114 units and has a golf course, restaurant/lounge, indoor
pool/sauna, outdoor pool, clubhouse, miniature golf course, tennis courts, and
playground.

    TANSI RESORT. Tansi Resort is located in Cumberland County, Tennessee, and
is approximately 75 miles west of Knoxville. The resort contains 124 units and
has a golf course, restaurant/lounge, indoor pool/sauna, outdoor pool,
clubhouse, fitness center, miniature golf course, tennis courts, and playground.

    WESTWIND MANOR RESORT. Westwind Manor is located in Wise County, Texas, on
Lake Bridgeport and is approximately 65 miles northwest of the Dallas-Fort Worth
metroplex. The resort contains 37 units and has a golf course,
restaurant/lounge, outdoor pool, clubhouse, miniature golf course, tennis
courts, and playground.

POTENTIAL NEW RESORT

    BEECH MOUNTAIN RESORT. In December 1998, we acquired 1,998 acres of
undeveloped land near Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, which could be developed as a
Drive-to Resort. The primary recreational amenity available at this site is a
fishing lake. We have received regulatory approval to develop 408 units, which
would yield 21,216 Vacation Intervals for sale. We have not scheduled target
dates for construction, completion of initial units, or commencement of
marketing and sales efforts for this location.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The Company is subject to litigation arising in the normal course of its
business. Litigation has been initiated from time to time by persons seeking
individual recoveries for themselves, as well as, in some instances, persons
seeking recoveries on behalf of an alleged class. The Company has been able to
settle such claims in the past upon terms that it believes were immaterial to
its operations and financial condition. Such litigation includes claims
regarding matters concerning employment, tort, contract, truth-in-lending,
marketing and sale of Vacation Intervals, and other consumer protection related
matters.

     CERTAIN ALLEGED CLASS ACTION CLAIMS. A purported class action was filed
against the Company on October 19, 2001 by Plaintiffs who each purchased
Vacation Intervals from the Company. The Plaintiffs alleged that the Company
violated the Texas Deceptive Trade Practices Act and the Texas Timeshare Act by
failing to deliver to them complete copies of the contracts for the purchase of
the Vacation Intervals as they did not receive a complete legal description of
the Hill Country Resort as attached to the Declaration of Restrictions,
Covenants and Conditions of the Resort. The Plaintiffs also claimed that the
Company violated various provisions of the Texas Deceptive Trade Practices Act
with respect to the maintenance fees charged by the Company to its Vacation
Interval owners. In November 2002, the Court denied the Plaintiff's request for
class certification. In March 2003, additional Plaintiffs joined the case, and a
Fourth Amended Petition was filed against the Company and Silverleaf Club
alleging additional violations of the Texas Deceptive Trade Practices Act,
breach of fiduciary duty, negligent misrepresentation, and fraud. The class
allegations were also deleted form the amended Petition. The Plaintiffs seek
damages in the amount of $1.5 million, plus reasonable attorneys fees and court
costs. The Plaintiffs also seek rescission of their original purchase contracts
with the Company. The Company intends to vigorously defend against the
Plaintiffs' claims and believes it has valid defenses to the claims. Discovery
with regard to the Plaintiffs' claims is ongoing.

     A further purported class action was filed against the Company on February
26, 2002, by a couple who purchased a Vacation Interval from the Company. The
Plaintiffs allege that the Company violated the Texas Government Code by
charging a document preparation fee in regard to instruments affecting title to
real estate. Alternatively, the Plaintiffs allege that the $275 document
preparation fee constituted a partial prepayment that should have been credited
against their note and additionally seek a declaratory judgment. The petition
asserts Texas class action allegations and seeks recovery of the document
preparation fee and treble damages on behalf of both the plaintiffs and the
alleged class they purport to represent, and injunctive relief preventing the
Company from engaging in the unauthorized practice of law in connection with the
sale of its Vacation Intervals in Texas. The Company intends to contest the case
vigorously.

                                       38

<PAGE>

     CERTAIN CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS BY CONDOMINIUM OWNERS. The homeowner
associations of three condominium projects that a former subsidiary of the
Company constructed in Missouri filed separate actions against the Company and
one of its subsidiaries alleging construction defects and breach of management
agreements pursuant to which the Company is responsible for the management of
the projects. Two of the suits have been consolidated. One of the Company's
insurers has agreed to provided a defense to the Company, subject to a
reservation of rights. The Company paid approximately $1.3 million in 1999 and
2000 correcting a portion of the problems alleged by the Plaintiffs. The Company
believes that a substantial portion of these costs may be reimbursed by its
insurance carrier though the Company continues to contest additional claims
alleged by the Plaintiffs. The Company cannot predict the final outcome of these
claims and cannot estimate the additional costs it could incur.

     ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEEDINGS. The Company is the defendant in a housing
discrimination complaint filed with the United States Department of Housing and
Urban Development ("HUD"), which alleges that Fox River Resort engaged in one or
more discriminatory housing practices under the Federal Housing Law, 42 U.S.C.
Sections 3601-3619, because a unit utilized by the complainants was designed and
constructed without certain required elements of accessible design and because
the complainants were denied the opportunity for reasonable accommodation of the
disability of one of the complainants. The remedies requested in the complaint
include retrofitting units at Fox River Resort and all non-compliant locations
owned by the Company, monetary damages, injunction prohibiting the Company from
advertising and selling inaccessible timeshare units and other relief deemed
just and equitable by HUD. The Company and the complainants are voluntarily
participating in HUD's conciliation program.

     CERTAIN OTHER CLAIMS. In January 2003, a group of eight related individuals
and entities who are holders of certain of the Company's 10 1/2% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the "10 1/2% Notes") made oral claims against the
Company and a number of its present and former officers and directors concerning
the claimants' open market purchases of 10 1/2% Notes during 2000 and 2001. One
of the eight claimants previously owned common stock in the Company acquired
between 1998 and 2000 and also made claims against the Company with regard to
losses allegedly suffered in connection with open market purchases and sales of
the Company's common stock. In February 2003, these eight claimants, the
Company, and certain of its former officers and directors entered into a tolling
agreement for the purposes of preserving the claimants' rights during the term
of the agreement by tolling applicable statutes of limitations while
negotiations between the claimants and the Company take place. The 10 1/2% Notes
are not in default and the Company denies all liability with regard to the
alleged claims of these eight claimants. No litigation has been filed against
the Company or any of its affiliates by these eight claimants; however, there
can be no assurance that these claims will not ultimately result in litigation.
If such litigation is filed, the Company intends to vigorously defend against
it.

     Additional claims may be made against the Company in the future. Following
a complete assessment of such claims, the Company will either defend the claims
or attempt to settle such claims out of court if management believes that the
cost of settlement would be less than the cost to defend such matters.

     Various legal actions and claims may be instituted or asserted in the
future against the Company and its subsidiaries, including those arising out of
the Company's sales and marketing activities and contractual arrangements. Some
of the matters may involve compensatory, punitive or other treble damage claims
in very large amounts, which, if granted, could be materially adverse to the
Company's financial condition.

    Litigation is subject to many uncertainties, and the outcome of individual
litigated matters is not predictable with assurance. Reserves will be
established from time to time by the Company when deemed appropriate under
generally acceptable accounting principles. However, the outcome of a claim for
which the Company has not deemed a reserve to be necessary may be decided
unfavorably to the Company and could require the Company to pay damages or make
other expenditures in amounts or a range of amounts that could be materially
adverse to the Company.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     None.

                                     PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     The following table sets forth the high and low closing prices of the
Company's Common Stock for the quarterly periods indicated, which correspond to
the quarterly fiscal periods for financial reporting purposes. Prices for the
Common Stock are closing prices on the NYSE through June 2001 and closing bid
prices on the Pink Sheets after that date.

                                       39

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   HIGH        LOW
                                                 --------    -------
<S>                                              <C>         <C>
Year Ended December 31, 2000:
First Quarter..............................      $   7.19    $  4.00
Second Quarter.............................          4.94       2.69
Third Quarter..............................          4.06       2.69
Fourth Quarter.............................          3.88       2.50

Year Ended December 31, 2001:
First Quarter..............................      $   3.88    $   .89
Second Quarter.............................          1.01        .35
Third Quarter..............................           .65        .22
Fourth Quarter.............................           .30        .06

Year Ended December 31, 2002:
First Quarter..............................      $    .39    $   .07
Second Quarter.............................           .52        .19
Third Quarter..............................           .45        .27
Fourth Quarter.............................           .40        .45
</TABLE>

     The Company's Common Stock was traded on the NYSE until June 2001 when it
was suspended from trading and subsequently delisted in August 2001. The
suspension and subsequent delisting of the Company's Common Stock by the NYSE
was caused by a drop in the per share trading value of the Company's stock on
the NYSE that began in March 2001. This drop in per share trading value has
persisted and the Company ceased to meet NYSE listing criteria when its total
market capitalization remained below $15 million and its minimum share price
remained below $1 over a 30 trading-day period. Since being delisted by the
NYSE, the Company's Common Stock has been quoted since then on the Electronic
Quotation Service of Pink Sheets LLC under the symbol "SVLF." Because of the
various uncertainties related to the Company's future prospects, it is unlikely
that an active public trading market will develop for the Common Stock in the
foreseeable future and the Common Stock is expected to remain illiquid or
experience significant price and volume volatility. As a part of the May 2, 2002
Exchange Offer, the Company agreed to use its reasonable efforts to obtain a
listing of the Common Stock on the OTC Bulletin Board. However, the OTC Bulletin
Board is being phased out in late 2003 in favor of a new market to be known as
the "BBX." The BBX will be a listed marketplace operated by The Nasdaq Stock
Market, Inc., with qualitative listing standards but with no minimum share
price, income, or asset requirements. The qualitative listing standards will
include public interest standards, standards requiring a minimum public float, a
minimum level of public ownership, and adherence to minimum corporate governance
standards. The Company intends to apply for listing on the BBX when it becomes
operational; however, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
either meet or remain in compliance with the qualitative listing standards
imposed by the BBX.

     As of December 31, 2002, the Company believes that there were approximately
2,000 holders of its Common Stock, which is the only class of the Company's
equity securities outstanding.

     The Company's stock option plans provide for the award of nonqualified
stock options to directors, officers, and key employees, and the grant of
incentive stock options to salaried key employees. Nonqualified stock options
provide for the right to purchase common stock at a specified price which may be
less than or equal to fair market value on the date of grant (but not less than
par value). Nonqualified stock options may be granted for any term and upon such
conditions determined by the Board of Directors of the Company. The following
table provides information as of December 31, 2002, regarding the Company's
stock option plan.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           NUMBER OF SECURITIES TO BE                           NUMBER OF SECURITIES REMAINING
                                             ISSUED UPON EXERCISE OF       WEIGHTED AVERAGE     AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE ISSUANCE
                                              OUTSTANDING OPTIONS          EXERCISE PRICE OF      UNDER STOCK OPTIONS PLANS
                                                (IN MILLIONS)             OUTSTANDING OPTIONS            (IN MILLIONS)
                                           --------------------------     -------------------   ------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>                            <C>                   <C>
Equity Compensation Plans:

Approved by security holders...........              1.4                         $9.76                         2.4
Not approved by security holders......                --                            --                          --
                                                     ---                         -----                         ---
  Total................................              1.4                         $9.76                         2.4
</TABLE>

DIVIDEND POLICY

     The Company is, and will continue to be, restricted from paying dividends
and, therefore, does not intend to pay cash dividends on its Common Stock in the
foreseeable future. The Company currently intends to retain future earnings to
finance its operations and fund the growth of its business. Any payment of
future dividends will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the
Company and will depend upon, among other things, the Company's earnings,
financial condition, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, contractual
and other restrictions in respect of the payment of dividends, and other factors
that the Company's Board of Directors deems relevant.

                                       40

<PAGE>

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING INFORMATION

    The Selected Consolidated Historical Financial and Operating Information
should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and
notes thereto and Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations appearing elsewhere in this report on Form 10-K.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                               -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
                                                   1998             1999              2000             2001            2002
                                               -----------      -----------       -----------      -----------     -----------
<S>                                            <C>              <C>               <C>              <C>             <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
Revenues:
  Vacation Interval sales..................    $   134,413      $   192,767       $   234,781      $   139,359     $   122,805
  Sampler sales............................          1,356            1,665             3,574            3,904           3,634
                                               -----------      -----------       -----------      -----------     -----------
    Total sales............................        135,769          194,432           238,355          143,263         126,439

  Interest income..........................         16,885           28,271            37,807           41,220          37,537
  Management fee income....................          2,540            2,811               462            2,516           1,920
  Other income.............................          3,214            4,929             4,912            4,334           4,644
                                               -----------      -----------       -----------      -----------     -----------
    Total revenues.........................        158,408          230,443           281,536          191,333         170,540
                                               -----------      -----------       -----------      -----------     -----------

Costs and Operating Expenses:
  Cost of Vacation Interval sales..........         19,841           30,576            59,169           27,377          23,123
  Sales and marketing......................         66,581          101,823           125,456           78,597          66,384
  Provision for uncollectible notes........         16,205           19,441           108,751           30,311          24,562
  Operating, general and administrative....         17,187           27,263            36,879           35,435          32,547
  Depreciation and amortization............          3,442            5,692             7,537            6,463           5,184
  Interest expense and lender fees.........          6,961           16,847            32,750           35,016          22,193
  Impairment loss of long-lived assets.....             --               --             6,320            5,442              --
  Write-off of affiliate receivable........             --               --             7,499               --              --
                                               -----------      -----------       -----------      -----------     -----------
    Total costs and operating expenses.....        130,217          201,642           384,361          218,641         173,993
                                               -----------      -----------       -----------      -----------     -----------

Other income:
  Gain on sale of notes receivable.........             --               --             4,299               --           6,838
  Gain on early extinguishment of debt.....             --               --             3,455               --          17,885
                                               -----------      -----------       -----------      -----------     -----------
    Total other income.....................             --               --             7,754              --           24,723
                                               -----------      -----------       -----------      -----------     -----------

Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for
  income taxes......................                28,191           28,801           (95,071)         (27,308)         21,270
Provision (benefit) for income taxes.......         10,810           11,090           (35,191)             (99)         (1,523)
                                               -----------      -----------       -----------      -----------     -----------

Net income (loss)..........................    $    17,381      $    17,711       $   (59,880)     $   (27,209)    $    22,793
                                               ===========      ===========       ===========      ===========     ===========
Net income (loss) per share-- Basic and
Diluted (a)................................    $      1.38      $      1.37       $     (4.65)     $     (2.11)    $      0.79
                                               ===========      ===========       ===========      ===========     ===========
Weighted average number of shares
  outstanding -- Basic.....................     12,633,751       12,889,417        12,889,417       12,889,417      28,825,882
                                               ===========      ===========       ===========      ===========     ===========
Weighted average number of shares
  outstanding -- Diluted...................     12,682,982       12,890,044        12,889,417       12,889,417      28,825,882
                                               ===========      ===========       ===========      ===========     ===========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                        ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          1998         1999         2000         2001         2002
                                                        --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
                                                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                     <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash and cash equivalents ......................      $ 11,355     $  4,814     $  6,800     $  6,204     $  1,153
  Notes receivable, net of allowance
    for uncollectible notes ......................       171,535      282,290      263,792      278,592      233,237
  Amounts due from affiliates ....................         4,115        6,596          671        2,234          750
  Inventories ....................................        71,866      112,613      105,023      105,275      102,505
  Total assets ...................................       311,895      477,942      467,614      458,100      398,245
  Amounts due to affiliates ......................            --           --        3,285          565        2,221
  Notes payable and capital lease obligations ....        57,752      194,468      270,597      294,456      236,413
  Senior subordinated notes ......................        75,000       75,000       66,700       66,700       45,919
  Total liabilities ..............................       171,590      319,926      369,478      387,173      296,626
  Shareholders' equity ...........................       140,305      158,016       98,136       70,927      101,619

CASH FLOWS DATA:
  Net cash used in operating activities                 $ 99,512     $120,971     $125,494     $ 23,985     $ 11,592
</TABLE>

                                       41

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                     -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1998         1999         2000          2001         2002
                                                     --------     --------     --------      --------     --------
                                                                         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
  EBITDA (b) ...................................     $ 38,594     $ 51,340     $(54,784)     $ 14,171     $ 48,647
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
  Number of Existing Resorts at period end .....           18           18           19            19           19
  Number of Vacation Intervals sold (excluding
    Upgrades)(c) ...............................       13,046       15,996       16,216         9,741        8,224
  Number of in house Vacation Intervals sold ...        6,817       11,400       16,112        10,576        7,746
  Number of Vacation Intervals in inventory ....       14,453       17,073       15,554        20,913       24,121
  Average price of Vacation Intervals sold
    (excluding Upgrades)(c)(d) .................     $  8,042     $  8,901     $  9,768      $  9,688     $  9,846
  Average price of upgraded Vacation Intervals
    sold (net of exchanged interval) ...........     $  4,396     $  4,420     $  4,741      $  4,254     $  5,401
</TABLE>

----------

(a)  Net income (loss) per share is based on the weighted average number of
     shares outstanding.

(b)  EBITDA represents income (loss) from operations before interest expense and
     lender fees, income taxes, and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is
     presented because it is a widely accepted indicator of a company's
     financial performance. However, EBITDA should not be construed as an
     alternative to net income (loss) as a measure of the Company's operating
     results or to cash flows from operating activities (determined in
     accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) as a measure of
     liquidity. Since revenues from Vacation Interval sales include promissory
     notes received by the Company, EBITDA does not reflect cash flow available
     to the Company. Additionally, due to varying methods of reporting EBITDA
     within the timeshare industry, the computation of EBITDA for the Company
     may not be comparable to other companies in the timeshare industry which
     compute EBITDA in a different manner. The Company's management interprets
     trends in EBITDA to be an indicator of the Company's financial performance,
     in addition to net income (loss) and cash flows from operating activities
     (determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles).
     The following table reconciles EBITDA to net income (loss):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                         --------------------------------------------------------------
                                           1998         1999         2000          2001           2002
                                         --------     --------     --------      --------      --------
                                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                      <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
Net income (loss) ..................     $ 17,381     $ 17,711     $(59,880)     $(27,209)     $ 22,793
Depreciation and amortization ......        3,442        5,692        7,537         6,463         5,184
Interest expense and lender fees ...        6,961       16,847       32,750        35,016        22,193
Provision (benefit) for income taxes       10,810       11,090      (35,191)          (99)       (1,523)
                                         --------     --------     --------      --------      --------
EBITDA .............................     $ 38,594     $ 51,340     $(54,784)     $ 14,171      $ 48,647
                                         ========     ========     ========      ========      ========
</TABLE>

(c)  Vacation Intervals sold during the years ended December 31, 1998, 1999,
     2000, 2001, and 2002, include 3,860 biennial intervals (counted as 1,930
     annual Vacation Intervals), 5,936 biennial intervals (counted as 2,968
     annual Vacation Intervals), 6,230 biennial intervals (counted as 3,115
     annual Vacation Intervals), 3,061 biennial intervals (counted as 1,531
     annual Vacation Intervals), and 1,044 biennial intervals (counted as 522
     annual Vacation Intervals), respectively.

(d)  Includes annual and biennial Vacation Interval sales for one-bedroom and
     two-bedroom units.

                                       42

<PAGE>

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS

     The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the "Selected
Financial Data" and the Company's Financial Statements and the notes thereto and
other financial data included elsewhere herein. The following Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The
Company's actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these
forward-looking statements.

CLOSING OF EXCHANGE OFFER AND DEBT RESTRUCTURING

     On May 2, 2002, the Company completed an exchange offer (the "Exchange
Offer"), commenced on March 15, 2002, regarding its 10 1/2% senior subordinated
notes due 2008 (the "Old Notes"). A total of $56,934,000 in principal amount of
the Company's Old Notes were exchanged for a combination of $28,467,000 in
principal amount of the Company's new class of 6.0% senior subordinated notes
due 2007 ("Exchange Notes") and 23,937,489 shares of the Company's common stock,
representing approximately 65% of the common stock outstanding immediately
following the Exchange Offer. As a result of the Exchange Offer, the Company
recorded a pre-tax gain of $17.9 million in the second quarter of 2002. Under
the terms of the Exchange Offer, tendering holders collectively received cash
payments of $1,335,545 on May 16, 2002, and $334,455 on October 1, 2002. A total
of $9,766,000 in principal amount of the Company's Old Notes were not tendered
and remain outstanding. As a condition of the Exchange Offer, the Company paid
all past due interest to non-tendering holders of its Old Notes. Under the terms
of the Exchange Offer, the acceleration of the maturity date on the Old Notes,
which occurred in May 2001, was rescinded, and the original maturity date in
2008 was reinstated. Past due interest paid to nontendering holders of the Old
Notes was $1,827,806. The indenture under which the Old Notes were issued was
also consensually amended as a part of the Exchange Offer.

     The Company also completed amendments to its credit facilities with its
principal senior lenders as well as amendments to a $100 million conduit
facility through Silverleaf Finance I, Inc., the Company's off-balance-sheet,
wholly-owned special purpose entity ("SPE"). Finalization of the Exchange Offer
and the amendment of its principal credit facilities marks the completion of the
Company's debt restructuring announced on March 15, 2002, which was necessitated
by severe liquidity problems first announced by the Company on February 27,
2001. As a part of the debt restructuring, the Company's noteholders and senior
lenders waived all previously declared events of default.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     The Company generates revenues primarily from the sale and financing of
Vacation Intervals, including upgraded intervals. Additional revenues are
generated from management fees from the Management Clubs, lease income from
Sampler sales, and utility operations.

     The Company recognizes Vacation Interval sales revenues on the accrual
method in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 66,
"Accounting for Sales of Real Estate," and Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101,
"Revenue Recognition." A sale is recognized after a binding sales contract has
been executed, the buyer's price is fixed, the buyer has made a down payment of
at least 10%, the statutory rescission period has expired, and collectibility is
reasonably assured. If all accrual method criteria are met except that
construction is not substantially complete, revenues are recognized on the
percentage-of-completion basis. Under this method, the portion of revenue
applicable to costs incurred, as compared to total estimated construction and
direct selling costs, is recognized in the period of sale. The remaining amount
is deferred and recognized as Vacation Interval sales in future periods as the
remaining costs are incurred. Certain Vacation Interval sales transactions are
deferred until the minimum down payment has been received. The Company accounts
for these transactions utilizing the deposit method. Under this method, the sale
is not recognized, a receivable is not recorded, and inventory is not relieved.
Any cash received is carried as a deposit until the sale can be recognized. When
these types of sales are cancelled without a refund, deposits forfeited are
recognized as income and the interest portion is recognized as interest income.

     Sales of notes receivable from the Company to SPE that meet certain
underwriting criteria occur on a periodic basis. The Company allocates the
carrying amount between assets sold and retained interest based on their
relative fair values at the date of sale. The gain or loss on the sale is
determined based on the proceeds received and the recorded value of notes
receivable sold. The investment in the SPE is recorded at fair value. The fair
value of the investment in the SPE is estimated based on the present value of
future expected cash flows of the SPE's residual interest in the notes
receivable sold. The Company utilized the following key assumptions to estimate
the fair value of such cash flows: customer prepayment rate - 4.3%; expected
accounts paid in full as a result of upgrades - 6.2%; expected credit losses -
8.1%; discount rate - 19%; base interest rate - 4.4%; agent fee - 2%; and loan
servicing

                                       43

<PAGE>

fees - 1%. The Company's assumptions are based on experience with its notes
receivable portfolio, available market data, estimated prepayments, the cost of
servicing, and net transaction costs.

     The provision for uncollectible notes is recorded at an amount sufficient
to maintain the allowance for uncollectible notes at a level management
considers adequate to provide for anticipated losses resulting from customers'
failure to fulfill their obligations under the terms of their notes. The
allowance for uncollectible notes takes into consideration both notes held by
the Company and those sold with recourse. Such allowance for uncollectible notes
is adjusted based upon periodic analysis of the notes receivable portfolio,
historical credit loss experience, and current economic factors. In estimating
the allowance, the Company projects future cancellations related to each sales
year by using historical cancellations experience.

     The allowance for uncollectible notes is reduced by actual cancellations
and losses experienced, including losses related to previously sold notes
receivable which became delinquent and were reacquired pursuant to the recourse
obligations discussed herein. Actual cancellations and losses experienced
represents all notes identified by management as being probable of cancellation.
Recourse to the Company on sales of customer notes receivable is governed by the
agreements between the purchasers and the Company.

     The Company classifies the components of the provision for uncollectible
notes into the following three categories based on the nature of the item:
credit losses, customer returns (cancellations of sales whereby the customer
fails to make the first installment payment), and customer releases (voluntary
cancellations of properly recorded sales transactions which in the opinion of
management is consistent with the maintenance of overall customer goodwill). The
provision for uncollectible notes pertaining to credit losses, customer returns,
and customer releases are classified in provision for uncollectible notes,
Vacation Interval sales, and operating, general and administrative expenses,
respectively. Beginning in 2001, the Company ceased allocating a portion of the
provision to operating, general and administrative expenses.

     Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost
includes amounts for land, construction materials, direct labor and overhead,
taxes, and capitalized interest incurred in the construction or through the
acquisition of resort dwellings held for timeshare sale. These costs are
capitalized as inventory and are allocated to Vacation Intervals based upon
their relative sales values. Upon sale of a Vacation Interval, these costs are
charged to cost of sales on a specific identification basis. Vacation Intervals
reacquired are placed back into inventory at the lower of their original
historical cost basis or market value. Company management periodically reviews
the carrying value of its inventory on an individual project basis to ensure
that the carrying value does not exceed market value.

     Vacation Intervals may be reacquired as a result of (i) foreclosure (or
deed in lieu of foreclosure) and (ii) trade-in associated with the purchase of
an upgraded or downgraded Vacation Interval. Vacation Intervals reacquired are
recorded in inventory at the lower of their original cost or market value.
Vacation Intervals that have been reacquired are relieved from inventory on a
specific identification basis when resold. Inventory acquired prior to 1996
through the Company's program to reacquire Vacation Intervals owned but not
actively used by Silverleaf Owners has a significantly lower average cost basis
than recently constructed inventory, contributing significantly to historical
operating margins. New inventory added through the Company's construction and
acquisition programs has a higher average cost than the Company's pre-1996
inventory.

     The Company recognizes interest income as earned. Interest income is not
recognized on notes receivable that are four-plus payments late. The Company
reserves 75% of accrued interest income for notes that are three payments late,
50% for notes that are two payments late, 25% for notes that are one payment
late, and 10% for all current notes.

     The Company recognizes a maximum management fee of 15% of Silverleaf Club's
gross revenues and 10% to 20% of Crown Club's dues collected, subject to a
limitation of each Club's net income. However, if the Company does not receive
the maximum management fees, such deficiency is deferred for payment in
succeeding years, subject again to the net income limitation.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Since February 2001, when the Company disclosed significant liquidity
issues arising primarily from the failure to close a credit facility with its
largest secured creditor, management and its financial advisors have been
attempting to develop and implement a plan to return the Company to sound
financial condition. Before the Exchange Offer was closed on May 2, 2002, the
Company remained in default under its agreements with its three principal
secured lenders, but such lenders agreed to forbear taking any action as a
result of the Company's defaults and continue funding so long as the Company
complied with short-term secured financing arrangements with these lenders. Such
short-term arrangements allowed the Company to operate at reduced sales levels
as compared to original plans and prior years. With the exception of the
Company's inability to pay interest due on its senior subordinated notes, these
short-term arrangements were adequate to keep the Company's unsecured creditors
current on amounts owed.

                                       44

<PAGE>

     Under the Exchange Offer, $56,934,000 in principal amount of the Company's
10 1/2% senior subordinated notes were exchanged for a combination of
$28,467,000 in principal amount of the Company's new class of 6.0% senior
subordinated notes due 2007 and 23,937,489 shares of the Company's common stock,
representing approximately 65% of the common stock outstanding after the
Exchange Offer. Under the terms of the Exchange Offer, tendering holders
received cash payments of $1,335,545 on May 16, 2002, and $334,455 on October 1,
2002. A total of $9,766,000 in principal amount of the Company's 10 1/2% notes
were not tendered and remain outstanding. As a condition of the Exchange Offer,
the Company has paid all past due interest to non-tendering holders of its 10
1/2% notes. Under the terms of the Exchange Offer, the acceleration of the
maturity date on the 10 1/2% notes, which occurred in May 2001, has been
rescinded, and the original maturity date in 2008 has been reinstated. Past due
interest paid to non-tendering holders of the 10 1/2% notes was $1,827,806. The
indenture under which the 10 1/2% notes were issued was also consensually
amended as a part of the Exchange Offer.

     Management also negotiated two-year revolving, three-year term out
arrangements for $214 million with its three principal secured lenders, which
were closed at the same time as of the Exchange Offer. In addition, the Company
amended its $100 million off-balance-sheet credit facility through the Company's
SPE. Under these revised credit arrangements, two of the three creditors
converted $42.1 million of existing debt to a subordinated Tranche B. Tranche A
is secured by a first lien on currently pledged notes receivable. Tranche B is
secured by a second lien on the notes, a lien on resort assets, an assignment of
the Company's management contracts with the Clubs, a portfolio of unpledged
receivables currently ineligible for pledge under the existing facility, and a
security interest in the stock of SPE. Among other aspects of these revised
arrangements, the Company is required to operate within certain parameters of a
revised business model and satisfy the financial covenants set forth in the
Amended Senior Credit Facilities, including maintaining a minimum tangible net
worth of $100 million or greater, as defined, sales and marketing expenses as a
percentage of sales below 55.0% for the last three quarters of 2002 and below
52.5% thereafter, notes receivable delinquency rate below 25%, a minimum
interest coverage ratio of 1.1 to 1.0 (increasing to 1.25 to 1 in 2003), and
positive net income. However, such results beyond 2002 cannot be assured.

     It is vitally important to the Company's liquidity plan that the SPE
continue beyond the aforementioned two-year period. In addition, the Company's
business model assumes that expanded off-balance-sheet financing will be
available in 2003 and 2004. The Company will need an expanded facility to reduce
the outstanding balances on the Company's non-revolving credit facilities and to
finance future sales. The Company's ability to obtain additional
off-balance-sheet financing would be impacted if:

     -    Capital market credit facilities are not available; and

     -    The Company's customer notes receivable portfolio doesn't meet capital
          market requirements.

     The Company believes that the expanded facilities necessary in 2003 and
2004 will require enhanced eligibility requirements for customer notes
receivable. The Company has implemented revised sales and marketing practices
that the Company believes will result in higher quality notes receivable by 2003
and 2004. These revised sales and marketing practices require minimum credit
scores for most upgrading customers, require purchasers to have a major credit
card, require purchasers to have minimum family incomes determined
geographically, and further reduce the number of leads with credit scores below
certain thresholds from the telemarketing database. Company management does not
believe these changes will negatively impact the volume of Vacation Interval
sales. If the quality of the notes receivable portfolio does not improve
significantly by 2003, it is unlikely that the Company will be able to secure
additional off-balance-sheet facilities. In this case, the Company will attempt
to secure additional secured credit facilities.

     Assuming that the Company's financial performance in future periods
improves substantially as projected in its business model, the Company believes
it will have adequate financing to operate for the two-year revolving term of
the financing arrangements with the senior lenders. At that time, management
will be required to replace or renegotiate the revolving arrangements subject to
availability.

     Realization of inventory is dependent upon execution of management's
long-term sales plan for each resort, which extend for up to fifteen years. Such
sales plans depend upon management's ability to obtain financing to facilitate
the build-out of each resort and marketing of the Vacation Intervals over the
planned time period.

     Due to the uncertainties mentioned above, the independent auditors report
on the Company's financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2002
contains an explanatory paragraph concerning the Company's ability to continue
as a going concern.

     SOURCES OF CASH. The Company generates cash primarily from the cash
received on the sale of Vacation Intervals, the financing of customer notes
receivable from Silverleaf Owners, the sale of notes receivable to the SPE,
management fees, sampler sales, and resort and utility operations. The Company
typically receives a 10% down payment on sales of Vacation Intervals and
finances the remainder by receipt of a seven-year to ten-year customer
promissory note. The Company generates cash from the financing of

                                       45

<PAGE>

customer notes receivable by (i) borrowing at an advance rate of up to 75% of
eligible customer notes receivable, (ii) selling notes receivable, and (iii)
from the spread between interest received on customer notes receivable and
interest paid on related borrowings. Because the Company uses significant
amounts of cash in the development and marketing of Vacation Intervals, but
collects cash on customer notes receivable over a seven-year to ten-year period,
borrowing against receivables has historically been a necessary part of normal
operations. During the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, and 2002, the
Company's operating activities reflected net cash used in operating activities
of $125.5 million, $24.0 million, and $11.6 million, respectively. In 2002, the
decrease in cash used in operating activities was the result of a decrease in
new customer notes receivable due to a reduction in sales in 2002. In 2001, cash
used in operating activities decreased compared to 2000 as a result of a
decrease in notes receivable financed and income tax refunds received during the
year.

     Net cash provided by financing activities for the years ended December 31,
2000, 2001, and 2002, was $130.1 million, $24.9 million, and $8.1 million,
respectively. In 2002, the decrease in cash provided by financing activities was
the result of reduced borrowings against pledged notes receivable and increased
payments on borrowings against pledged notes receivable, partially offset by
proceeds from sales of notes receivable. In 2001, the decrease in cash provided
by financing activities compared to 2000 is primarily the result of a $93.3
million decrease in borrowings against pledged notes receivable and a $62.9
million decrease in sales of notes receivable, offset by a $51.0 million
decrease in payments on borrowings against pledged notes receivable. At December
31, 2002, the Company's revolving credit facilities provided for loans of up to
$266.5 million, of which approximately $232.9 million of principal and interest
related to advances under the credit facilities was outstanding. For the year
ended December 31, 2002, the weighted average cost of funds for all borrowings,
including senior subordinated debt, was 6.4%. Customer defaults have a
significant impact on cash available to the Company from financing customer
notes receivable in that notes more than 60 days past due are not eligible as
collateral. As a result, the Company must repay borrowings against such
delinquent notes.

     Effective October 30, 2000, the Company entered into a $100 million
revolving credit agreement to finance Vacation Interval notes receivable through
an off-balance-sheet SPE, formed on October 16, 2000. The agreement presently
has a term of 5 years. However, on April 30, 2004, the second anniversary date
of the amended facility, the SPE's lender under the credit agreement has the
right to put, transfer, and assign to the SPE all of its rights, title, and
interest in and to all of the assets securing the facility at a price equal to
the then outstanding principal balance under the facility. During 2000, the
Company sold $74.0 million of notes receivable to the SPE, which the Company
services for a fee. In conjunction with these sales, the Company received cash
consideration of $62.9 million, which was used to pay down borrowings under its
revolving loan facilities. During 2001, the Company made no sales of notes
receivable to the SPE. During 2002, the Company sold $83.4 million of notes
receivable to the SPE, which the Company services for a fee. In conjunction with
these sales, the Company received cash consideration of $68.9 million, which was
used to pay down borrowings under its revolving loan facilities. The SPE funded
all of these purchases through advances under a credit agreement arranged for
this purpose. Fees received by the Company for servicing sold notes are
calculated based on 1% of eligible notes held by the facility. Such fees were
$81,000, $613,000, and $547,000 for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, and
2002, respectively.

     At December 31, 2002, the SPE held notes receivable totaling $105.2
million, with related borrowings of $89.1 million. Except for the repurchase of
notes that fail to meet initial eligibility requirements, the Company is not
obligated to repurchase defaulted or any other contracts sold to the SPE. It is
anticipated, however, that the Company will place bids in accordance with the
terms of the conduit agreement to repurchase some defaulted contracts in public
auctions to facilitate the re-marketing of the underlying collateral. The
investment in the SPE was valued at $6.7 million at December 31, 2002.

     For regular federal income tax purposes, the Company reports substantially
all of the Vacation Interval sales it finances under the installment method.
Under this method, income on sales of Vacation Intervals is not recognized until
cash is received, either in the form of a down payment or as installment
payments on customer notes receivable. The deferral of income tax liability
conserves cash resources on a current basis. Interest is imposed, however, on
the amount of tax attributable to the installment payments for the period
beginning on the date of sale and ending on the date the payment is received. If
the Company is otherwise not subject to tax in a particular year, no interest is
imposed since the interest is based on the amount of tax paid in that year. The
consolidated financial statements do not contain an accrual for any interest
expense that would be paid on the deferred taxes related to the installment
method as the interest expense is not estimable. In addition, the Company is
subject to current alternative minimum tax ("AMT") as a result of the deferred
income that results from the installment sales treatment, although due to
existing AMT loss carryforwards, it is anticipated that no such current AMT
liability exists. Payment of AMT creates a deferred tax asset in the form of a
minimum tax credit, which, unless otherwise limited, reduces the future regular
tax liability attributable to Vacation Interval sales. In 1998, the Internal
Revenue Service approved a change in the method of accounting for installment
sales effective as of January 1, 1997. As a result, the Company's alternative
minimum taxable income for 1997 through 1999 was increased each year by
approximately $9.0 million for the pre-1997 adjustment, which resulted in the
Company paying substantial additional federal and state taxes in those years.
Subsequent to December 31, 2000, the Company applied for and received refunds of
$8.3 million and $1.6 million during 2001 and 2002, respectively, as the result
of the carryback of its 2000 AMT loss to 1999, 1998, and 1997. Accordingly, no
minimum tax credit exists currently.

                                       46

<PAGE>

     The net operating losses ("NOLs") expire between 2012 through 2021.
Realization of the deferred tax assets arising from NOLs is dependent on
generating sufficient taxable income prior to the expiration of the loss
carryforwards. Management currently does not believe that it will be able to
utilize its NOL from normal operations. At present, future NOL utilization is
expected to be limited to the temporary differences creating deferred tax
liabilities. If necessary, management could implement a strategy to accelerate
income recognition for federal income tax purposes to utilize the existing NOL.
The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable could be decreased if
estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced.

     Due to the Exchange Offer described in Footnote 3 of the financial
statements, an ownership change within the meaning of Section 382(g) of the
Internal Revenue Code ("the Code") occurred. As a result, a portion of the
Company's NOL is subject to an annual limitation for taxable years beginning
after the date of the exchange ("change date"), and a portion of the taxable
year which includes the change date. The annual limitation will be equal to the
value of the stock of the Company immediately before the ownership change,
multiplied by the long-term tax-exempt rate (i.e., the highest of the adjusted
Federal long-term rates in effect for any month in the three-calendar-month
period ending with the calendar month in which the change date occurs). This
annual limitation may be increased for any recognized built-in gain to the
extent allowed in Section 382(h) of the Code. The ownership change may also
limit, as described above, the use of the Company's minimum tax credit, if any,
as provided in Section 383 of the Code.

     Given its current economic condition, the Company's access to capital and
other financial markets is anticipated to be limited. However, to finance the
Company's growth, development, and any future expansion plans, the Company may
at some time be required to consider the issuance of other debt, equity, or
collateralized mortgage-backed securities, the proceeds of which would be used
to finance future acquisitions, refinance debt, finance mortgage receivables, or
for other purposes. Any debt incurred or issued by the Company may be secured or
unsecured, have fixed or variable rate interest, and may be subject to such
terms as management deems prudent.

     USES OF CASH. Investing activities typically reflect a net use of cash due
to capital additions and property acquisitions. Net cash used in investing
activities for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, and 2002 was $2.6
million, $1.5 million, and $1.5 million, respectively. In 2002, the cash used in
investing activities increased compared to 2001 primarily due to an increase in
equipment purchases in 2002. In 2001, the cash used in investing activities
decreased compared to 2000 primarily due to reduced purchases of property and
equipment. The Company evaluates sites for additional new resorts or
acquisitions on an ongoing basis. As of December 31, 2002, the Company had
construction commitments of approximately $6.3 million. Certain debt agreements
include restrictions on the Company's ability to pay dividends based on minimum
levels of net income and cash flow. The payment of dividends might also be
restricted by the Texas Business Corporation Act.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following table sets forth certain operating information for the
Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                   --------------------------
                                                   2000       2001       2002
                                                   ----       ----       ----
<S>                                               <C>        <C>        <C>
As a percentage of total revenues:
  Vacation Interval sales .................        83.4%      72.8%      72.0%
  Sampler sales ...........................         1.3        2.1        2.1
                                                  -----      -----      -----
          Total sales .....................        84.7       74.9       74.1
  Interest income .........................        13.4       21.5       22.0
  Management fee income ...................         0.2        1.3        1.1
  Other income ............................         1.7        2.3        2.8
                                                  -----      -----      -----
          Total revenues ..................       100.0%     100.0%     100.0%
As a percentage of Vacation Interval sales:
  Cost of Vacation Interval sales .........        25.2%      19.6%      18.8%
  Provision for uncollectible notes .......        46.3       21.8       20.0
As a percentage of total sales:
  Sales and marketing .....................        52.6%      54.9%      52.5%
As a percentage of total revenues:
  Operating, general and administrative ...        13.1%      18.5%      19.1%
  Depreciation and amortization ...........         2.7        3.4        3.0
  Impairment loss of long-lived assets ....         2.2        2.8         --
  Write-off of affiliate receivable .......         2.7         --         --
  Total costs and operating expenses ......       136.5%     114.3%     102.0%
As a percentage of interest income:
  Interest expense and lender fees ........        86.6%      84.9%      59.1%
As a percentage of total revenues:
  Gain on sale of notes receivable ........         1.5         --        4.0
  Gain on early extinguishment of debt ....         1.2         --       10.5
</TABLE>

                                       47

<PAGE>

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND DECEMBER 31,
2001

Revenues

     Revenues in 2002 were $170.5 million, representing a $20.8 million, or
10.9%, decrease compared to revenues of $191.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2001. This decrease primarily relates to decreases in Vacation
Interval sales and interest income discussed below.

     Vacation Interval sales decreased $16.6 million to $122.8 million, down
from $139.4 million in 2001. For the year ended December 31, 2002, the number of
Vacation Intervals sold, exclusive of in-house Vacation Intervals, decreased
15.6% to 8,224 from 9,741 in 2001; and the average price per interval increased
to $9,846 versus $9,688 in the same period of 2001. Total interval sales for
2002 included 1,044 biennial intervals (counted as 522 Vacation Intervals)
compared to 3,061 biennial intervals (counted as 1,531 Vacation Intervals) in
2001. During 2002, 7,746 in-house Vacation Intervals were sold at an average
price of $5,401, compared to 10,576 in-house Vacation Intervals sold at an
average price of $4,254 during the year ended December 31, 2001. Vacation
Interval sales decreased in 2002 compared to 2001 due to operational cutbacks
implemented during the first quarter of 2001.

     Sampler sales decreased to $3.6 million in 2002 compared to $3.9 million in
2001. Consistent with the overall decrease in Company operations, fewer samplers
were sold in 2002 compared to 2001. However, sampler sales are not recognized as
revenue until the Company's obligation has elapsed, which often does not occur
until the sampler contract expires eighteen months after the sale is
consummated. Hence, a significant portion of sampler sales recognized in 2002
relate to 2001 sales.

     Interest income decreased 8.9% to $37.5 million for the year ended December
31, 2002 from $41.2 million for 2001. This decrease primarily resulted from a
decrease in notes receivable, net of allowance for doubtful notes, in 2002
compared to 2001, primarily due to sales of notes receivable to the SPE.

     Management fee income, which consists of management fees collected from the
resorts' management clubs, cannot exceed the management clubs' net income.
Management fee income decreased $596,000 for the year ended December 31, 2002
versus the same period of 2001, due primarily to increased operating expenses at
the management clubs in 2002 compared to 2001.

     Other income consists of water and utilities income, marina income, golf
course and pro shop income, and other miscellaneous items. Other income
increased $310,000 to $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2002,
compared to $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. The increase
relates to increased water and utilities income in 2002 and a $114,000 gain
associated with the sale of land.

Cost of Sales

     Cost of sales as a percentage of Vacation Interval sales decreased to 18.8%
in 2002 from 19.6% in 2001. The decrease primarily resulted from an increase in
sales prices in 2002 compared to 2001. Overall, the $4.3 million decrease in
cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2002 compared to the same period
of 2001 was due to the decrease in Vacation Interval sales.

Sales and Marketing

     Sales and marketing costs as a percentage of total sales decreased to 52.5%
for the year ended December 31, 2002, from 54.9% for 2001. The decrease is
primarily attributable to the following cost saving measures implemented in 2001
as a result of the aforementioned liquidity issues: the closure of three outside
sales offices, closing three telemarketing centers, discontinuing certain lead
generation programs, and reducing headcount in both sales and marketing
functions.

                                       48

<PAGE>

     Since the third quarter of 2001, the Company has been operating under new
sales practices whereby no sales are permitted unless the touring customer has a
minimum income level beyond that previously required and has a valid major
credit card. Further, the marketing division is employing a best practices
program, which should facilitate marketing to customers who management believes
are more likely to be a good credit risk.

Provision for Uncollectible Notes

     Provision for uncollectible notes as a percentage of Vacation Interval
sales remained fairly constant at 20.0% for the year ended December 31, 2002
from 21.8% for 2001. The slight improvement was due to the improved sales
practices mentioned above. However, due to continuing economic concerns and the
relatively high level of defaults experienced in customer receivables throughout
2001 and 2002, the provision for uncollectible notes remained relatively high.
Management will continue its current collection programs and seek new programs
to reduce note defaults. However, there can be no assurance that these efforts
will be successful.

Operating, General and Administrative

     Operating, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of total
revenues increased to 19.1% in 2002 from 18.5% in 2001 due to the decrease in
Vacation Interval sales. Overall, operating, general and administrative expense
decreased by $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, as compared to
2001. This was due primarily to (i) $4.0 million of financial consulting and
legal fees incurred in 2001 associated with the restructuring of the Company's
debt, and (ii) $1.2 million in auditing fees incurred in 2001. In comparison, in
2002 the Company incurred $2.0 million of professional fees associated with the
restructuring of the Company's debt and $1.0 million in audit fees related to
completion of the 2000 audit. In addition, the Company substantially reduced its
corporate headcount in 2001 as part of the Company's downsizing efforts to align
overhead with the reduced sales levels.

Depreciation and Amortization

     Depreciation and amortization expense as a percentage of total revenues
decreased to 3.0% in 2002 from 3.4% in 2001. Overall, depreciation and
amortization expense decreased $1.3 million for the year ended December 31,
2002, as compared to 2001, primarily due to the write-off of $1.3 million of
fixed assets previously used in the sales and marketing functions in 2001 and a
general reduction in capital expenditures since 2000.

Impairment Loss of Long-Lived Assets

     The Company recognized an impairment loss of long-lived assets of $5.4
million in 2001, which primarily consisted of a $1.3 million write-off of fixed
assets related to the closure of three outside sales offices and three
telemarketing centers, a $1.4 million write-off of prepaid marketing costs
related to the discontinuance of certain lead generation programs, a $230,000
loss related to the renegotiation and transfer of a capital lease to Silverleaf
Club, and a $2.3 million impairment to write-down both corporate airplanes to
their estimated sales prices. There was no impairment loss of long-lived assets
during 2002.

Gain on Sale of Notes Receivable

     Gain on sale of notes receivable was $6.8 million for the year ended
December 31, 2002, compared to $0 in 2001. The gain in 2002 resulted from the
sale of $83.4 million of notes receivable to SPE. There were no such sales in
2001.

Gain on Early Extinguishment of Debt

     Gain on early extinguishment of debt was $17.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 2002, compared to $0 in 2001. The gain in 2002 resulted from the
early extinguishment of $56.9 million of 10 1/2% senior subordinated notes,
related to the restructuring of the Company's debt completed in May 2002. There
were no such early extinguishments of debt in 2001.

Interest Expense

    Interest expense as a percentage of interest income decreased to 59.1% for
the year ended December 31, 2002, compared to 84.9% for the year ended December
31, 2001. This decrease is primarily the result of decreased borrowings against
pledged notes receivable, a decrease in the Company's weighted average cost of
borrowing to 6.4% in 2002 from 8.1% in 2001, and reduced senior subordinated
notes due to the restructuring completed in May 2002.

                                       49

<PAGE>

Income (Loss) before Benefit for Income Taxes

     Income (loss) before benefit for income taxes increased to income of $21.3
million for the year ended December 31, 2002, as compared to a loss of $27.3
million for the year ended December 31, 2001, as a result of the aforementioned
operating results.

Benefit for Income Taxes

     Benefit for income taxes as a percentage of income (loss) before benefit
for income taxes was 7.2% for the year ended December 31, 2002, as compared to
0.4% for 2001. In 2002, the Company received a $1.6 million refund due to a tax
law change that allowed the Company to recoup additional AMT paid in previous
years. The effective income tax rate for 2002 and 2001 is also the result of the
2002 and 2001 projected income tax benefits being reduced by the effect of a
valuation allowance, which reduces the projected net deferred tax assets to zero
due to the unpredictability of recovery.

Net Income (Loss)

     Net income (loss) increased to income of $22.8 million for the year ended
December 31, 2002, as compared to a loss of $27.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 2001, as a result of the aforementioned operating results.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2001 AND DECEMBER 31,
2000

Revenues

     Revenues in 2001 were $191.3 million, representing a $90.2 million, or
32.0%, decrease compared to revenues of $281.5 million for the year ended
December 31, 2000. In February 2001, the Company failed to secure a new credit
facility with its largest secured creditor, which created significant liquidity
concerns. In addition, the Company's three primary secured lenders have only
provided the Company sufficient secured financing to sell at rates substantially
reduced from 1999 and 2000 levels.

     As a result, Vacation Intervals sales decreased $95.4 million to $139.4
million, down from $234.8 million in 2000. For the year ended December 31, 2001,
the number of Vacation Intervals sold, exclusive of in-house Vacation Intervals,
decreased 39.9% to 9,741 from 16,216 in 2000; and the average price per interval
remained fairly unchanged at $9,688 versus $9,768 in the same period of 2000.
Total interval sales for 2001 included 3,061 biennial intervals (counted as
1,531 Vacation Intervals) compared to 6,230 biennial intervals (counted as 3,115
Vacation Intervals) in 2000. During 2001, 10,576 in-house Vacation Intervals
were sold at an average price of $4,254, compared to 16,112 in-house Vacation
Intervals sold at an average price of $4,741 during the year ended December 31,
2000.

     Sampler sales increased to $3.9 million in 2001 compared to $3.6 million in
2000. Consistent with the overall decrease in Company operations, fewer samplers
were sold in 2001 compared to 2000. However, sampler sales are not recognized as
revenue until the Company's obligation has elapsed, which often does not occur
until the sampler contract expires eighteen months after the sale is
consummated. Hence, a significant portion of sampler sales recognized in 2001
relate to 2000 sales.

     Interest income increased 9.0% to $41.2 million for the year ended December
31, 2001 from $37.8 million for 2000. This increase primarily resulted from an
increase in notes receivable, net of allowance for doubtful notes, in 2001
compared to 2000.

     Management fee income, which consists of management fees collected from the
resorts' management clubs, cannot exceed the management clubs' net income.
Management fee income increased $2.1 million for the year ended December 31,
2001 versus the same period of 2000, due primarily to decreased operating
expenses at the management clubs in 2001 versus 2000.

     Other income consists of water and utilities income, condominium rental
income, marina income, golf course and pro shop income, and other miscellaneous
items. Other income decreased $578,000 to $4.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2001, compared to $4.9 million for the year ended December 31,
2000. The decrease relates to a $317,000 gain associated with the sale of land
recognized in the third quarter of 2000 and to the discontinuance of condominium
rentals.

Cost of Sales

     Cost of sales as a percentage of Vacation Interval sales decreased to 19.6%
in 2001 from 25.2% in 2000. Due to liquidity concerns experienced in the fourth
quarter of 2000, the Company reduced its future sales plan for most resorts and
discontinued its efforts to sell Crown intervals. As a result, in 2000 the
Company recorded an inventory write-down of $15.5 million based on a lower of
cost or market assessment and wrote-off $3.1 million of unsold Crown inventory
intervals. Excluding these items, cost of sales as a

                                       50

<PAGE>

percentage of sales increased as the Company's sales mix has shifted to more
recently constructed units, which were built at a higher average cost per
Vacation Interval.

Sales and Marketing

     Sales and marketing costs as a percentage of total sales increased to 54.9%
for the year ended December 31, 2001, from 52.6% for 2000. As a result of the
aforementioned liquidity issues, the Company made several changes during 2001,
including the closure of three outside sales offices, closing three
telemarketing centers, discontinuing certain lead generation programs, and
reducing headcount in both sales and marketing functions. Despite the cost
saving measures, sales and marketing costs as a percentage of total sales
increased due to the substantial decrease in sales and $2.0 million of
nonrecurring transition costs associated with these changes.

     Since the third quarter of 2001, the Company has been operating under new
sales practices whereby no sales are permitted unless the touring customer has a
minimum income level beyond that previously required and has a valid major
credit card. Further, the marketing division is employing a best practices
program, which should facilitate marketing to customers who management believes
are more likely to be a good credit risk.

Provision for Uncollectible Notes

     Provision for uncollectible notes as a percentage of Vacation Interval
sales decreased to 21.8% for the year ended December 31, 2001 from 46.3% for
2000. The percentage decrease is primarily due to a larger provision in 2000
attributable to the deterioration of the economy that came to public awareness
in late 2000 and the Company's decision to substantially reduce two programs in
2000 that had previously been used to remedy defaulted notes receivable. The
assumptions program, which had been used by the Company since December 1997 to
allow delinquent loans to be assumed by other customers, was virtually
eliminated due to its high cost of operation. The downgrade program, which was
implemented in April 2000 to supplement the assumptions program, allows
delinquent customers to downgrade to a more affordable product. In late 2000,
the downgrade program was reduced as it became apparent that this program did
not significantly reduce delinquencies. As a result of these changes, the
Company recognized additional reserves in 2000.

     Due to the high level of defaults experienced in customer receivables
throughout 2001, the provision for uncollectible notes remained relatively high
during 2001. Management believes the high provision percentage remained
necessary in 2001 because of continuing economic concerns and customers
concerned about the Company's liquidity issues began defaulting on their notes
after the Company's liquidity announcement in February 2001. Management will
continue its current collection programs and seek new programs to reduce note
defaults. However, there can be no assurance that these efforts will be
successful.

Operating, General and Administrative

     The Company substantially reduced its employee headcount in 2001 to align
its salary expense with its reduced sales levels. However, total operating,
general and administrative expenses as a percentage of total revenues increased
to 18.5% in 2001 from 13.1% in 2000. Even though certain operating, general and
administrative expenses were reduced as part of the Company's downsizing efforts
in 2001, total operating, general and administrative expense only decreased by
$1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, as compared to 2000. This was
due primarily to (i) $4.0 million of financial consulting and legal fees
incurred in 2001 associated with the restructuring of the Company's debt, and
(ii) $1.2 million in auditing fees incurred in 2001.

Depreciation and Amortization

     Depreciation and amortization expense as a percentage of total revenues
increased to 3.4% in 2001 from 2.7% in 2000, due to the decrease in revenues.
Overall, depreciation and amortization expense decreased $1.1 million for the
year ended December 31, 2001, as compared to 2000, primarily due to the
write-off of $1.3 million of fixed assets previously used in the sales and
marketing functions in the first quarter of 2001 and a general reduction in
capital expenditures in 2001.

Impairment Loss of Long-Lived Assets

     The Company recognized an impairment loss of long-lived assets of $5.4
million in 2001, compared to $6.3 million in 2000. The 2001 impairment loss
primarily consisted of a $1.3 million write-off of fixed assets related to the
closure of three outside sales offices and three telemarketing centers, a $1.4
million write-off of prepaid marketing costs related to the discontinuance of
certain lead generation programs, a $230,000 loss related to the renegotiation
and transfer of a capital lease to Silverleaf Club, and a $2.3 million
impairment to write-down both corporate planes to their estimated sales prices.

                                       51

<PAGE>

     Due to liquidity concerns experienced in the fourth quarter of 2000, the
Company was required to abandon plans to develop two resorts already in
predevelopment status, place one resort in predevelopment status on hold, and
abandon plans to sell at the Crown resorts. As a result, the Company recorded an
impairment of $5.4 million to write-down land to its estimated fair value and
land held for sale to its estimated sales price less estimated disposal costs.
Due to its decision to discontinue sales efforts of Crown intervals, the Company
also wrote-off $922,000 of intangible assets, originally recorded with the
acquisition of Crown resorts in May 1998, which management believes are not
recoverable under its new business model.

Interest Expense

     Interest expense as a percentage of interest income remained relatively
flat at 84.9% for the year ended December 31, 2001, compared to 86.6% for the
year ended December 31, 2000. In 2001, the Company incurred $3.3 million of
costs related to restructuring the Company's debt, which offset the decrease in
the Company's weighted average cost of borrowing from 9.6% in 2000 to 8.1% in
2001.

Write-off of Affiliate Receivable

     At December 31, 2000, due to the liquidity concerns and the planned
reduction in future sales, the Company anticipated that future membership dues
would not be sufficient to recover its advances to Silverleaf Club. Hence, the
Company's Board of Directors approved the write-off of $7.5 million of
uncollectible receivables from Silverleaf Club.

Gain on Sale of Notes Receivable

     Gain on sale of notes receivable was $0 for the year ended December 31,
2001, compared to $4.3 million in 2000, which resulted from the sale of $74
million of notes receivable to SPE in the fourth quarter of 2000. There were no
such sales in 2001.

Gain on Early Extinguishment of Debt

     Gain on early extinguishment of debt was $0 for the year ended December 31,
2001, compared to $3.5 million in 2000, which resulted from the early
extinguishment of $8.3 million of 10 1/2% senior subordinated notes during the
year ended December 31, 2000. There were no such early extinguishments of debt
in 2001.

Loss before Benefit for Income Taxes

     Loss before benefit for income taxes was a loss of $27.3 million for the
year ended December 31, 2001, as compared to a loss of $95.1 million for the
year ended December 31, 2000, as a result of the aforementioned operating
results.

Benefit for Income Taxes

     Benefit for income taxes as a percentage of loss before benefit for income
taxes was 0.4% for the year ended December 31, 2001, as compared to 37.0% for
2000. The decrease in the effective income tax rate is the result of the 2001
projected income tax benefit being reduced by the effect of a valuation
allowance, which reduces the projected net deferred tax assets to zero due to
the unpredictability of recovery.

Net Loss

     Net loss was $27.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, as
compared to $59.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2000, as a result of
the aforementioned operating results.

FUTURE CASH PAYMENTS

     Principal maturities of notes payable, capital lease obligations, and
senior subordinated notes are as follows at December 31, 2002 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>
2003..............................................         $ 68,517
2004..............................................           56,364
2005..............................................           47,657
2006..............................................           50,204
2007..............................................           49,405
Thereafter........................................           10,185
                                                           --------
          Total...................................         $282,332
                                                           ========
</TABLE>

                                       52

<PAGE>

     The future minimum annual commitments for the noncancelable lease
agreements are as follows at December 31, 2002 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              CAPITAL      OPERATING
                                                              LEASES        LEASES
                                                             --------     ----------
<S>                                                          <C>          <C>
2003...............................................          $ 1,389      $  1,977
2004...............................................            1,196         1,659
2005...............................................              238         1,542
2006...............................................                3         1,410
2007...............................................               --         1,287
Thereafter.........................................               --         2,015
                                                             -------      --------
Total minimum future lease payments................            2,826      $  9,890
                                                                          ========
Less amounts representing interest.................             (336)
                                                             -------
Present value of future minimum lease payments.....          $ 2,490
                                                             =======
</TABLE>

     At December 31, 2002, the Company's only purchase obligations were
construction commitments of approximately $6.3 million, all of which will be
paid in 2003.

     At December 31, 2002, the Company had no other long-term liabilities aside
from those mentioned in the above discussion concerning future cash payments.

INFLATION

     Inflation and changing prices have not had a material impact on the
Company's revenues, operating income, and net income during any of the Company's
three most recent fiscal years. However, to the extent inflationary trends
affect short-term interest rates, a portion of the Company's debt service costs
may be affected as well as the rates the Company charges on its customer notes
receivable.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

     SFAS No. 144 - In August 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, "Accounting for the
Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets" ("SFAS No. 144"), which supersedes
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of."
SFAS No. 144 establishes a single accounting method for long-lived assets to be
disposed of by sale, whether previously held and used or newly acquired, and
extends the presentation of discontinued operations to include more disposal
transactions. SFAS No. 144 also requires that an impairment loss be recognized
for assets held-for-use when the carrying amount of an asset (group) is not
recoverable. The carrying amount of an asset (group) is not recoverable if it
exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use
and eventual disposition of the asset (group), excluding interest charges.
Estimates of future cash flows used to test the recoverability of a long-lived
asset (group) must incorporate the entity's own assumptions about its use of the
asset (group) and must factor in all available evidence. SFAS No. 144 was
effective for the Company for the quarter ending March 31, 2002. The adoption of
SFAS No. 144 in 2002 did not have a material impact on the Company's results of
operations, financial position, or cash flows.

     SFAS No. 145 - In April 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 145, "Rescission of FASB
Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment to FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical
Corrections" ("SFAS No. 145"). SFAS No. 145 eliminates the current requirement
that gains and losses on debt extinguishment must be classified as extraordinary
items in the income statement. Instead, such gains and losses will be classified
as extraordinary items only if they are deemed to be unusual and infrequent, in
accordance with the current GAAP criteria for extraordinary classification. In
addition, SFAS No. 145 eliminates an inconsistency in lease accounting by
requiring that modifications of capital leases that result in reclassification
as operating leases be accounted for consistent with sale-leaseback accounting
rules. SFAS No. 145 also contains other non-substantive corrections to
authoritative accounting literature. The adoption of SFAS No. 145 in the fourth
quarter of 2002 required the Company to reclassify its extraordinary gains to
ordinary.

     SFAS No. 146 - In June 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
("FASB") issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 146, "Accounting
for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities" ("SFAS No. 146"). SFAS
No. 146 supersedes previous accounting guidance, principally Emerging Issues
Task Force ("EITF") Issue No. 94-3. SFAS No. 146 requires that the liability for
costs associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the
liability is incurred. Under EITF No. 94-3, a liability for an exit cost was
recognized at the date of a company's commitment to an exit plan. SFAS No. 146
also establishes that the liability should initially be measured and recorded at
fair value. Accordingly, SFAS No. 146 may affect the timing of recognizing
future restructuring costs as well as the amount recognized. SFAS No. 146 is
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 31,

                                       53

<PAGE>

2002. The adoption of SFAS No. 146 will not have any immediate effect on the
Company's results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

     FIN No. 45 - In November 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Interpretation No. 45, "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure
Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of
Others" ("FIN No. 45"). FIN No. 45 requires that a guarantor recognize a
liability for certain guarantees and enhance disclosures for such guarantees.
The recognition provisions of FIN No. 45 are applicable on a prospective basis
for guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The disclosure
requirements of FIN No. 45 are effective for financial statements for periods
ending after December 15, 2002. The Company has made the applicable disclosures
to its consolidated financial statements.

     SFAS No. 148 - In December 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation - Transition and Disclosure" ("SFAS No. 148"). SFAS No.
148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the
fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation.
Additionally, SFAS No. 148 amends the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," to require prominent disclosures in
the annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for
stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported
results. SFAS No. 148 is effective for financial statement for periods ending
after December 15, 2002. In compliance with SFAS No. 148, the Company has
elected to continue to follow the intrinsic value method in accounting for its
stock-based employee compensation as defined by Accounting Principles Board
Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and has made the
applicable disclosures to its consolidated financial statements.

     FIN No. 46 - In January 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Interpretation No. 46, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities"
("FIN No. 46"). FIN No. 46 requires existing unconsolidated variable interest
entities, as defined, to be consolidated by their primary beneficiaries if the
variable interest entities do not effectively disperse risks among parties
involved. FIN No. 46 is effective immediately for variable interest entities
created after January 31, 2003, and to variable interest entities in which an
enterprise obtains an interest after that date. FIN No. 46 applies to financial
statements beginning after June 15, 2003, to variable interest entities in which
an enterprise holds a variable interest that it acquired before February 1,
2003. The Company is still evaluating the impact the adoption of FIN No. 46 will
have on its results of operations, financial position, and cash flows.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     As of and for the year ended December 31, 2002, the Company had no
significant derivative financial instruments or foreign operations. Interest on
the Company's notes receivable portfolio, senior subordinated debt, capital
leases, and miscellaneous notes is fixed, whereas interest on the Company's
primary loan agreements, which totaled $231.9 million at December 31, 2002, is
variable. The impact of a one-point interest rate change on the outstanding
balance of variable-rate financial instruments at December 31, 2002, on the
Company's annual results of operations would be approximately $2.3 million or
approximately $0.08 per share.

     At December 31, 2002, the carrying value of the Company's notes receivable
portfolio approximates fair value because the weighted average interest rate on
the portfolio approximates current interest rates received on similar notes. If
interest rates on the Company's notes receivable are increased or perceived to
be above market rates, the fair market value of the Company's fixed-rate notes
will decline, which may negatively impact the Company's ability to sell new
notes. The impact of a one-point interest rate change on the portfolio could
result in a fair value impact of $6.0 million or approximately $0.21 per share.

     Credit Risk -- The Company is exposed to on-balance sheet credit risk
related to its notes receivable. The Company is exposed to off-balance sheet
credit risk related to notes sold.

     The Company offers financing to the buyers of Vacation Intervals at the
Company's resorts. These buyers generally make a down payment of at least 10% of
the purchase price and deliver a promissory note to the Company for the balance.
The promissory notes generally bear interest at a fixed rate, are payable over a
seven-year to ten-year period, and are secured by a first mortgage on the
Vacation Interval. The Company bears the risk of defaults on these promissory
notes, and this risk is heightened inasmuch as the Company generally does not
verify the credit history of its customers and will provide financing if the
customer is presently employed and meets certain household income criteria.

     If a buyer of a Vacation Interval defaults, the Company generally must
foreclose on the Vacation Interval and attempt to resell it; the associated
marketing, selling, and administrative costs from the original sale are not
recovered; and such costs must be incurred again to resell the Vacation
Interval. Although the Company in many cases may have recourse against a
Vacation Interval buyer for the unpaid price, certain states have laws that
limit the Company's ability to recover personal judgments against customers who
have defaulted on their loans. Accordingly, the Company has generally not
pursued this remedy.

                                       54

<PAGE>

     Interest Rate Risk -- The Company has historically derived net interest
income from its financing activities because the interest rates it charges its
customers who finance the purchase of their Vacation Intervals exceed the
interest rates the Company pays to its lenders. Because the Company's
indebtedness bears interest at variable rates and the Company's customer
receivables bear interest at fixed rates, increases in interest rates will erode
the spread in interest rates that the Company has historically obtained and
could cause the rate on the Company's borrowings to exceed the rate at which the
Company provides financing to its customers. The Company has not engaged in
interest rate hedging transactions. Therefore, any increase in interest rates,
particularly if sustained, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
results of operations, cash flows, and financial position.

     Availability of Funding Sources -- The Company funds substantially all of
the notes receivable, timeshare inventories, and land inventories which it
originates or purchases with borrowings through its financing facilities, sales
of notes receivable, internally generated funds, and proceeds from public debt
and equity offerings. Borrowings are in turn repaid with the proceeds received
by the Company from repayments of such notes receivable. To the extent that the
Company is not successful in maintaining or replacing existing financings, it
would have to curtail its operations or sell assets, thereby having a material
adverse effect on the Company's results of operations, cash flows, and financial
condition.

     Geographic Concentration -- The Company's notes receivable are primarily
originated in Texas, Missouri, Illinois, Massachusetts, and Georgia. The risk
inherent in such concentrations is dependent upon regional and general economic
stability, which affects property values and the financial stability of the
borrowers. The Company's Vacation Interval inventories are concentrated in
Texas, Missouri, Illinois, Massachusetts, and Georgia. The risk inherent in such
concentrations is in the continued popularity of the resort destinations, which
affects the marketability of the Company's products and the collection of notes
receivable.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     See the information set forth on Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
appearing on page F-1 of this report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     On June 19, 2002, we dismissed Deloitte & Touche LLP ("Deloitte") as our
independent auditors. Deloitte's dismissal was recommended by our Audit
Committee and approved by our Board of Directors. Effective June 19, 2002, we
appointed BDO Seidman LLP ("BDO") to serve as our new independent auditors.

     Deloitte's report on our consolidated financial statements for the year
ended December 31, 1999 did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of
opinion and was not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or
accounting principles. Deloitte's report on our consolidated financial
statements for the year ended December 31, 2000 contained a disclaimer of
opinion because of the possible material effects of the uncertainty related to
our difficulties in meeting our loan agreement covenants and financing needs,
our losses from operations, and our negative cash flows from operating
activities, which raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a
going concern.

     In connection with our audits for the years ended December 31, 1999 and
2000 and subsequently through the date of Deloitte's dismissal, we had no
disagreements with Deloitte on any matter of accounting principle or practice,
financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which
disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Deloitte, would have
caused Deloitte to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in
its report on our consolidated financial statements.

    Deloitte advised us in a letter dated March 12, 2002 to our Board of
Directors that, in connection with Deloitte's audit of our consolidated
financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2000, Deloitte had noted
certain matters involving our internal controls and our operations that Deloitte
considered to be reportable conditions and a material weakness under standards
established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.
Reportable conditions involve matters coming to the auditor's attention relating
to significant deficiencies in the design or operation of an entity's internal
control that, in the auditor's judgment, could adversely affect the entity's
ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial data consistent with
the assertions of management in the financial statements. A material weakness is
a condition in which the design or operation of one or more of the internal
control components does not reduce to a relatively low level the risk that
misstatements caused by error or fraud in amounts that would be material in
relation to the consolidated financial statements being audited may occur and
not be detected within a timely period by employees in the normal course of
performing their assigned functions.

                                       55

<PAGE>

                                    PART III

                                   MANAGEMENT

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     The information required by this Item 10 will be set forth in the Company's
definitive proxy statement under the headings "Compliance with Section 16(a)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934" and "Directors and Executive
Officers".

     The following table sets forth certain information concerning each person
who was a director or executive officer of the Company as of December 31, 2002.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        NAME                         AGE                        POSITION
        ----                         ---                        --------
<S>                                  <C>      <C>
Robert E. Mead                        56      Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Sharon K. Brayfield*                  42      Director and President
David T. O'Connor                     60      Executive Vice President -- Sales
Harry J. White, Jr.                   48      Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer
Edward L. Lahart                      38      Executive Vice President -- Operations
Michael D. Jones                      36      Vice President -- Information Services
Robert G. Levy                        54      Vice President -- Resort Operations
Darla Cordova                         38      Vice President -- Employee and Marketing Services
Herman Jay Hankamer                   63      Vice President -- Resort Development
Anthony C. Luis                       56      Vice President -- Owner Based Marketing and Sales
Lelori ("Buzz") Marconi               50      Executive Vice President --  Marketing Operations
Sandra G. Cearley                     41      Secretary
James B. Francis, Jr.                 54      Director
J Richard Budd, III                   50      Director
Herbert B. Hirsch                     66      Director
R. Janet Whitmore                     48      Director
</TABLE>

--------------------
     *resigned as a director effective May 15, 2002

     ROBERT E. MEAD, founded the Company, has served as its Chairman of the
Board since its inception, and has served as its Chief Executive Officer since
May 1990. Mr. Mead began his career in hotel and motel management and also
operated his own construction company. Mr. Mead has over 22 years of experience
in the timeshare industry, with special expertise in the areas of consumer
finance, hospitality management, and real estate development.

     SHARON K. BRAYFIELD, has served as the President of the Company since 1992
and manages all of the Company's day to day activities. Ms. Brayfield began her
career with an affiliated company in 1982 as the Public Relations Director of
Ozark Mountain Resort. In 1989, she was promoted to Executive Vice President of
Resort Operations for an affiliated company and in 1991 was named Chief
Operations Officer of the Company. Ms. Brayfield resigned as a director on May
15, 2002.

     DAVID T. O'CONNOR, has over 24 years of experience in real estate and
timeshare sales and has worked periodically with Mr. Mead over the past 18
years. Mr. O'Connor has served as the Company's Executive Vice President --
Sales for the past six years and as Vice President -- Sales since 1991. In such
capacities he directed all field sales, including the design and preparation of
all training materials, incentive programs, and follow-up sales procedures.

     HARRY J. WHITE, JR., joined the Company in June 1998 as Chief Financial
Officer and has responsibility for all accounting, financial reporting, and
taxation issues. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. White was Chief Financial
Officer of Thousand Trails, Inc. from 1992 to 1998 and previously was a senior
manager with Deloitte & Touche LLP.

     EDWARD L. LAHART, has served as Executive Vice President -- Operations
since October 2002. Prior to that time, Mr. Lahart served as Vice President --
Corporate Operations since June 1998 and in various capacities in the Company's
Credit and Collections department from 1989 to 1998.

                                       56

<PAGE>

     MICHAEL D. JONES, was appointed Vice President -- Information Services in
May 1999. For more than five years prior to that time, Mr. Jones served in
various positions with the Company, including Network Manager, Payroll Manager,
and Director of Information Services.

     ROBERT G. LEVY, was appointed Vice President -- Resort Operations in March
1997 and administers the Company's Management Agreement with the Silverleaf
Club. Since 1990, Mr. Levy has held a variety of managerial positions with
Silverleaf Club including Project Manager, General Manager, Texas Regional
Manager, and Director of Operations. Prior thereto, Mr. Levy spent 18 years in
hotel, motel, and resort management, and was associated with the Sheraton,
Ramada Inn, and Holiday Inn hotel chains.

     DARLA CORDOVA, was elected as Vice President -- Employee and Marketing
Services in May 2001. Prior to that time, Ms. Cordova served as Controller -
Sales and Marketing.

     HERMAN JAY HANKAMER, has served as Vice President -- Resort Development
since September 2002. Prior to that time, Mr. Hankamer was Director of
Construction since July 1999.

     ANTHONY C. LUIS, was appointed Vice President -- Owner Based Marketing and
Sales in October 2002. Prior to that time, Mr. Luis served in various positions
in the Marketing Department since 1998.

     LELORI ("BUZZ") MARCONI, was elected as Executive Vice President --
Marketing Operations in January 2002. Prior to that time, Mr. Marconi served as
Vice President -- Marketing Operations since August 2001 and Call Center
Director since 1997.

     SANDRA G. CEARLEY, has served as Secretary of the Company since its
inception. Ms. Cearley maintains corporate minute books, oversees regulatory
filings, and coordinates legal matters with the Company's attorneys.

     JAMES B. FRANCIS, JR., was elected as a Director of the Company in July
1997. During 1996, Mr. Francis' company, Francis Enterprises, Inc., served as a
consultant to the Company in connection with governmental and public affairs.
From 1980 to 1996, Mr. Francis was a partner in the firm of Bright & Co., which
managed various business investments, including the Dallas Cowboys Football
Club.

RECONSTITUTION OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS AFTER DECEMBER 31, 2001

         The composition of the Company's Board of Directors has changed
materially since December 31, 2001. One of the principal conditions of the
Exchange Offer consummated on May 2, 2002, was a reconstitution of the Company's
existing Board of Directors to add three new independent directors. On May 15,
2002, three new independent directors were added to the Board of Directors in
accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer. Messrs. Mead and Francis remain
as two of the Company's five directors.

         The three new directors who joined Messrs. Mead and Francis on the
Board on May 16, 2002 are:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        NAME                      AGE               POSITION
        ----                      ---               --------
<S>                               <C>               <C>
J Richard Budd, III               50                Director
Herbert B. Hirsch                 66                Director
R. Janet Whitmore                 48                Director
</TABLE>

         J. RICHARD BUDD, III, was elected as a director of the Company in May
2002 following his nomination by an ad hoc committee of noteholders pursuant to
the terms of the Exchange Offer. Since January 2001, Mr. Budd has been a partner
in the restructuring advisory firm of Marotta Gund Budd & Dzera, LLC. From 1998
until 2001, Mr. Budd served as an independent advisor to troubled companies and
to creditors of troubled companies. From 1996 to 1998 Mr. Budd was Senior Vice
President of Metallurg, Inc., an international specialty metals producer. Mr.
Budd is also a director of APW, Ltd.

         HERBERT B. HIRSCH, was elected as a director of the Company in May 2002
under the terms of the Exchange Offer. From 1988 to January 2002, Mr. Hirsch
served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Mego Financial
Corp., a developer and operator of timeshare resort properties.

         R. JANET WHITMORE, was elected a director of the Company in May 2002
following her nomination by an ad hoc committee of noteholders pursuant to the
terms of the Exchange Offer. Ms. Whitmore has provided consulting services to
Divi Resorts, a resort and timeshare sales and marketing company in the
Caribbean, since 2000. From 1976 to 2000, Ms. Whitmore was employed by Mobil
Corporation in various engineering and financial positions, including Controller
of Global Petrochemicals and Chief Financial Analyst. Ms. Whitmore is the sister
of Bradford T. Whitmore, a principal of Grace and Grace Investments, a major
shareholder of the Company. See footnote "n" to the table under the heading
"Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" commencing on
page 62 hereof.

                                       57

<PAGE>

         Additional material changes to the Company's corporate governance
structure occurred on May 16, 2002, including abolition of the executive
committee of the Board of Directors and designation of new committee assignments
for the Board's other two principal standing committees, the audit committee and
the compensation committee.

         In May 2002, Ms. Whitmore and Messrs. Budd and Francis were appointed
to the audit committee. Mr. Hirsch was appointed to the audit committee in
January 2003. Mr. Budd serves as the chairman of the audit committee.

         The composition of the compensation committee of the Board also changed
on May 16, 2002. Ms. Whitmore now serves as chairman of the compensation
committee. The other two members of the compensation committee are Messrs. Budd
and Hirsch.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

     The following table sets forth the annual base salary and other annual
compensation earned in 2000, 2001, and 2002 by the Company's Chief Executive
Officer and each of the other four most highly-compensated executive officers
whose cash compensation (salary and bonus) exceeded $100,000 (the "Named
Executive Officers").

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         LONG-TERM
                                                  ANNUAL COMPENSATION ($)               COMPENSATION
                                                  -----------------------               ------------
                                                                       OTHER           # OF SECURITIES
   NAME AND PRINCIPAL                                                  ANNUAL            UNDERLYING
      POSITION                YEAR     SALARY (a)       BONUS       COMPENSATION (b)    OPTIONS/SARs
      -------                 ----     ----------       -----       ----------------    ------------
<S>                           <C>      <C>            <C>           <C>                <C>
Robert E. Mead, .........     2000     $  499,857             --             --                --
  Chief Executive Officer     2001     $  500,000             --             --                --
                              2002     $  500,000             --             --                --

Sharon K. Brayfield, ....     2000     $  435,000     $   74,729             --            20,000
  President                   2001     $  435,000     $    6,525             --                --
                              2002     $  435,000             --             --                --

David T. O'Connor, ......     2000             --     $  101,916     $1,016,895                --
  Executive Vice              2001             --     $   40,940     $  722,874                --
  President - Sales           2002             --     $   23,351     $  677,332                --

Harry J. White, Jr ......     2000     $  220,000     $   22,994             --            10,000
  Chief Financial             2001     $  225,000             --             --                --
  Officer and Treasurer       2002     $  250,000     $   50,000             --                --

Edward L. Lahart ........     2000     $   90,000     $   57,889             --            10,000
  Executive Vice              2001     $  100,000     $   55,862             --                --
  President - Operations      2002     $  143,959     $   65,219             --                --
</TABLE>

---------

     (a)  The amounts shown are before elective contributions by the Named
          Executive Officers in the form of salary reductions under the
          Company's Section 125 Flexible Benefit Plan. Such plan is available to
          all employees, including the Named Executive Officers.

     (b)  Except as otherwise noted, these amounts represent additional
          compensation based on sales of Vacation Intervals and other sales
          related criteria. See "Executive Compensation -- Employment and
          Noncompetition Agreements" for a discussion of other annual
          compensation.

EMPLOYMENT AND NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENTS

     Effective January 1, 2000, Mr. Mead entered into a three-year employment
agreement with the Company, which provides for an annual base salary of
$500,000, a company vehicle, and other fringe benefits such as health insurance,
vacation, and sick leave as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company
from time to time. The employment agreement expired on January 1, 2003, and Mr.
Mead has continued to be employed under the same terms.

     Effective April 15, 2002, Ms. Brayfield entered into a two-year employment
agreement with the Company, which provides for an annual base salary of
$435,000, a company vehicle, and other fringe benefits such as health insurance,
vacation, and sick leave as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company
from time to time.

                                       58

<PAGE>

     Effective January 1, 2000, Mr. O'Connor entered into a three-year
employment agreement with the Company, which, as amended, provides for base
compensation payable equal to five-tenths percent (0.5%) of the Company's net
sales from outside sales and six-tenths percent (0.6%) of the Company's net
sales from in-house sales, plus incentive bonuses based upon performance, a
company vehicle, and other fringe benefits such as health insurance, vacation,
and sick leave as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company from time
to time. The employment agreement expired on January 1, 2003, and Mr. O'Connor
has continued to be employed under the same terms.

     Effective June 29, 1998, Mr. White entered into an employment agreement
with the Company, which provides for an annual base salary, currently $250,000,
a company vehicle, and other fringe benefits such as health insurance, vacation,
and sick leave as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company from time
to time. The agreement provides for severance pay equal to six months of Mr.
White's then current salary if his services are terminated at any time for a
reason other than good cause.

     The agreements with Ms. Brayfield and Messrs. Mead and O'Connor also
provide that for a period of two years following the termination of his or her
services with the Company, he or she will not engage in or carry on, directly or
indirectly, either for himself or herself or as a member of a partnership or
other entity or as a stockholder, investor, officer or director of a corporation
or as an employee, agent, associate, or contractor of any person, partnership,
corporation, or other entity, any business in competition with the business of
the Company or its affiliates in any county of any state of the United States in
which the Company or its affiliates conduct such business or market the products
of such business immediately prior to the effective date of termination. Each of
the agreements also provides that such employees will not (i) influence any
employee or independent contractor to terminate its relationship with the
Company or (ii) disclose any confidential information of the Company at any
time.

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

1997 Stock Option Plan

     The Company adopted the 1997 Stock Option Plan (the "1997 Plan") in May
1997 to attract and retain directors, officers, and key employees of the
Company. The 1997 Plan was amended by the Company's shareholders at the 1998
Annual Meeting of Shareholders to increase the number of options which may be
granted under the 1997 Plan to 1,600,000 and to modify the number of outside
directors who, as members of the Compensation Committee, may administer the 1997
Plan. The following is a summary of the provisions of the 1997 Plan. This
summary does not purport to be a complete statement of the provisions of the
1997 Plan and is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the 1997 Plan.

     The purpose of the 1997 Plan is to afford certain of the Company's
directors, officers and key employees and the directors, officers and key
employees of any subsidiary corporation or parent corporation of the Company who
are responsible for the continued growth of the Company, an opportunity to
acquire a proprietary interest in the Company, and thus to create in such
directors, officers and key employees an increased interest in and a greater
concern for the welfare of the Company. The Company, by means of the 1997 Plan,
seeks to retain the services of persons now holding key positions and to secure
the services of persons capable of filling such positions. The 1997 Plan
provides for the award to directors, officers, and key employees of nonqualified
stock options and provides for the grant to salaried key employees of options
intended to qualify as "incentive stock options" under Section 422 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). The Company has filed a
Registration Statement to register such shares.

     Nonqualified stock options provide for the right to purchase common stock
at a specified price which may be less than fair market value on the date of
grant (but not less than par value). "Fair market value" per share shall be
deemed to be the average of the high and low quotations at which the Company's
shares of common stock are sold on a national securities exchange, or if not
sold on a national securities exchange, the closing bid and asked quotations in
the over-the-counter market for the Company's shares on such date. If no public
market exists for the Company's shares on any date on which the fair market
value per share is to be determined, the Compensation Committee shall, in its
sole discretion and best, good faith judgment, determine the fair market value
of a share. Nonqualified stock options may be granted for any term and upon such
conditions determined by the Compensation Committee.

     Incentive stock options are designed to comply with the provisions of the
Code and are subject to restrictions contained therein, including exercise
prices equal to at least 100% of fair market value of common stock on the grant
date and a ten year restriction on their term; however, incentive stock options
granted to any person owning more than 10% of the voting power of the stock of
the Company shall have exercise prices equal to at least 110% of the fair market
value of the common stock on the grant date and shall not be exercisable after
five years from the date the option is granted. Except as otherwise provided
under the Code, to the extent that the aggregate fair market value of Shares
with respect to which Incentive Options are exercisable for the first time by an
employee during any calendar year exceeds $100,000, such Incentive Options shall
be treated as Non-Qualified Options.

                                       59

<PAGE>

     The 1997 Plan may either be administered by the Compensation Committee or
the Board of Directors which selects the individuals to whom options are to be
granted and determines the number of shares granted to each optionee. For the
period ending December 31, 2002, the Compensation Committee and the Board of
Directors made all decisions concerning administration of the 1997 Plan. See
"Executive Compensation -- Report of Compensation Committee."

     An optionee may exercise all or any portion of an option that is
exercisable by providing written notice of such exercise to the Corporate
Secretary of the Company at the principal business office of the Company,
specifying the number of shares to be purchased and specifying a business day
not more than fifteen days from the date such notice is given, for the payment
of the purchase price in cash or by certified check. Options are not
transferable by the optionee other than by will or the laws of descent and
distribution, and an option may be exercised only by the optionee.

     An option shall terminate upon termination of the directorship, office or
employment of an optionee with the Company or its subsidiary, except that if an
optionee dies while serving as a director or officer or while in the employ of
the Company or one of its subsidiaries, the optionee's estate may exercise the
unexercised portion of the option. If the directorship, office or employment of
an optionee is terminated by reason of the optionee's retirement, disability, or
dismissal other than "for cause" while such optionee is entitled to exercise all
or any portion of an option, the optionee shall have the right to exercise the
option, to the extent not theretofore exercised, at any time up to and including
(i) three months after the date of such termination of directorship, office or
employment in the case of termination by reason of retirement or dismissal other
than for cause and (ii) one year after the date of termination of directorship,
office, or employment in the case of termination by reason of disability. If an
optionee voluntarily terminates his directorship, office or employment, or is
discharged for cause, any option granted shall, unless otherwise specified by
the Compensation Committee pursuant to the terms and condition of the grant of
the option, forthwith terminate with respect to any unexercised portion thereof.
All terminated options shall be returned to the 1997 Plan and shall be available
for future grants to other optionees.

     The 1997 Plan will terminate on May 15, 2007 (the "Termination Date"), the
tenth anniversary of the day the 1997 Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors
of the Company and approved by its shareholders. Any options granted prior to
the Termination Date and which remain unexercised may extend beyond that date in
accordance with the terms of the grant thereof.

     Under the 1997 Plan, the Board of Directors of the Company reserves the
right to exercise the powers and functions of the Compensation Committee. Also,
the Board of Directors reserves the right to amend the 1997 Plan at any time;
however, the Board of Directors may not, without the approval of the
shareholders of the Company (i) increase the total number of shares reserved for
options under the 1997 Plan (other than for certain changes in the capital
structure of the Company), (ii) reduce the required exercise price of any
incentive stock options, or (iii) modify the provisions of the 1997 Plan
regarding eligibility.

2002 STOCK OPTION PLAN

     On July 30, 2002, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors
adopted the Silverleaf Resorts, Inc. 2002 Stock Option Plan (the "2002 Plan"),
subject to shareholder approval at the 2003 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. The
purpose of the 2002 Plan is to afford certain of the Company's directors,
officers and key employees, and the directors, officers and key employees of any
subsidiary corporation or parent corporation of the Company who are responsible
for the continued growth of the Company, an opportunity to acquire a proprietary
interest in the Company, and thus to create in such directors, officers and key
employees an increased interest in and a greater concern for the welfare of the
Company. The Company, by means of the 2002 Plan, seeks to retain the services of
persons now holding key positions and to secure the services of persons capable
of filling such positions. The Company currently has five directors; sixteen
officers, including Mr. Mead, who are each deemed an executive officer of the
Company; and approximately thirty other key employees who may be eligible to
receive options granted under the 2002 Plan. The number of each group could
significantly vary over time.

     Nonqualified stock options provide for the right to purchase common stock
at a specified price which may be less than fair market value on the date of
grant (but not less than par value). "Fair market value" per share shall be
deemed to be the average of the high and low quotations at which the Company's
shares of common stock are sold on a national securities exchange, or if not
sold on a national securities exchange, the closing bid and asked quotations in
the over-the-counter market for the Company's shares on such date. If no public
market exists for the Company's shares on any date on which the fair market
value per share is to be determined, the Compensation Committee shall, in its
sole discretion and best, good faith judgment, determine the fair market value
of a share. Nonqualified stock options may be granted for any term and upon such
conditions determined by the Compensation Committee.

     Incentive stock options are designed to comply with the provisions of the
Code and are subject to restrictions contained therein, including exercise
prices equal to at least 100% of fair market value of common stock on the grant
date and a ten year restriction on their term; however, incentive stock options
granted to any person owning more than 10% of the voting power of the stock of
the

                                       60

<PAGE>

Company shall have exercise prices equal to at least 110% of the fair market
value of the common stock on the grant date and shall not be exercisable after
five years from the date the option is granted. Except as otherwise provided
under the Code, to the extent that the aggregate fair market value of Shares
with respect to which Incentive Options are exercisable for the first time by an
employee during any calendar year exceeds $100,000, such Incentive Options shall
be treated as Non-Qualified Options.

     The 2002 Plan may either be administered by the Compensation Committee or
the Board of Directors which selects the individuals to whom options are to be
granted and determines the number of shares granted to each optionee. For the
period ending December 31, 2002, the Compensation Committee and the Board of
Directors made all decisions concerning administration of the 2002 Plan.

     An optionee may exercise all or any portion of an option that is
exercisable by providing written notice of such exercise to the Corporate
Secretary of the Company at the principal business office of the Company,
specifying the number of shares to be purchased and specifying a business day
not more than fifteen days from the date such notice is given, for the payment
of the purchase price in cash or by certified check. Options are not
transferable by the optionee other than by will or the laws of descent and
distribution, and an option may be exercised only by the optionee.

     An option shall terminate upon termination of the directorship, office or
employment of an optionee with the Company or its subsidiary, except that if an
optionee dies while serving as a director or officer or while in the employ of
the Company or one of its subsidiaries, the optionee's estate may exercise the
unexercised portion of the option. If the directorship, office or employment of
an optionee is terminated by reason of the optionee's retirement, disability, or
dismissal other than "for cause" while such optionee is entitled to exercise all
or any portion of an option, the optionee shall have the right to exercise the
option, to the extent not theretofore exercised, at any time up to and including
(i) three months after the date of such termination of directorship, office or
employment in the case of termination by reason of retirement or dismissal other
than for cause and (ii) one year after the date of termination of directorship,
office, or employment in the case of termination by reason of disability. If an
optionee voluntarily terminates his directorship, office or employment, or is
discharged for cause, any option granted shall, unless otherwise specified by
the Compensation Committee pursuant to the terms and condition of the grant of
the option, forthwith terminate with respect to any unexercised portion thereof.
All terminated options shall be returned to the 2002 Plan and shall be available
for future grants to other optionees. An option shall also terminate upon a
"change of control" of the Company. A change of control would occur upon the
sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or upon any
merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which the Company is not the
surviving corporation. Upon a change of control, the Company shall pay to each
optionee an amount equal to the difference between the fair market price per
share on the date immediately prior to the change of control and the exercise
price.

     If the 2002 Plan is approved by the shareholders at the 2003 Annual
Meeting, the 2002 Plan will terminate on July 30, 2012 (the "Termination Date"),
the tenth anniversary of the day the 2002 Plan was adopted by the Compensation
Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company. Any options granted prior to
the Termination Date and which remain unexercised may extend beyond that date in
accordance with the terms of the grant thereof. However, if the 2002 Plan is not
approved by the Company's shareholders before July 30, 2003, the 2002 Plan will
terminate.

     Under the 2002 Plan, the Board of Directors of the Company reserves the
right to exercise the powers and functions of the Compensation Committee. Also,
the Board of Directors reserves the right to amend the 2002 Plan at any time;
however, the Board of Directors may not, without the approval of the
shareholders of the Company (i) increase the total number of shares reserved for
options under the 2002 Plan (other than for certain changes in the capital
structure of the Company), (ii) reduce the required exercise price of any
incentive stock options, or (iii) modify the provisions of the 2002 Plan
regarding eligibility.

Federal Tax Rules Applicable to 1997 Plan and 2002 Plan

     The following are the federal tax rules generally applicable to options
granted under the 1997 Plan and the 2002 Plan. The grant of a stock option will
not be a taxable event for the participant nor a tax deduction for the Company.
The participant will have no taxable income upon exercising an incentive stock
option within the meaning of section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (except that the alternative minimum tax may apply). Upon exercising
a stock option that is not an incentive option, the participant must recognize
ordinary income in an amount equal to the difference between the exercise price
and the fair market value of the stock on the exercise date and the Company
receives a tax deduction equal to the amount of ordinary income recognized by
the participant. The tax treatment upon disposition of shares of the Company's
Common Stock acquired under the 1997 Plan or the 2002 Plan through the exercise
of a stock option will depend on how long such shares have been held, and on
whether or not such shares were acquired by exercising an incentive stock
option.

                                       61

<PAGE>

OPTION GRANTS DURING YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002

     No options were granted under the 1997 Plan or the 2002 Plan during the
year ended December 31, 2002 to any of the Named Executive Officers. No options
were exercised during 2002 by any of the Named Executive Officers.

Options Exercises and Year-End Value Table.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               NUMBER OF UNEXERCISED          VALUE OF UNEXERCISED IN-THE-
                              SHARES                              OPTIONS/SARs AT             MONEY OPTIONS/SARs AT FISCAL
                            ACQUIRED ON                        FISCAL YEAR-END(#)(a)                 YEAR-END($)(a)
                             EXERCISE        VALUE              --------------------          ----------------------------
       NAME                     (#)        REALIZED($)      EXERCISABLE    UNEXERCISABLE      EXERCISABLE    UNEXERCISABLE
------------------         ------------    -----------      -----------    -------------      ------------   -------------
<S>                        <C>             <C>              <C>            <C>                <C>            <C>
Robert E. Mead........          --             --                  --              --              --              --
Sharon K. Brayfield...          --             --             153,750          16,250              --              --
David T. O'Connor.....          --             --             337,500          12,500              --              --
Harry J. White, Jr....          --             --              62,500           7,500              --              --
Edward L. Lahart                --             --              33,750           6,250              --              --
</TABLE>

----------

(a)      The Unexercised Options of the Named Executive Officers were not
         in-the-money at fiscal year end; therefore, the options had no value as
         of December 31, 2002.

     Section 162(m) Limitation. In general, under Section 162(m) of the Code,
income tax deductions of publicly-held corporations may be limited to the extent
total compensation (including base salary, annual bonus, stock option exercises
and non-qualified benefits paid) for certain executive officers exceeds $1
million (less the amount of any "excess parachute payments" as defined in
Section 280G of the Code) in any one year. However, under Section 162(m), the
deduction limit does not apply to certain "performance-based compensation"
established by an independent compensation committee, which is adequately
disclosed to, and approved by, the shareholders.

     Discretionary Performance Awards. Performance awards, including bonuses,
may be granted by the Compensation Committee on an individual or group basis.
Generally, these awards will be based upon specific agreements or performance
criteria and will be paid in cash.

     401(k) Plan. Effective January 1, 1999, the Company established the
Silverleaf Resorts, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the "401(k) Plan"), a qualified defined
contribution retirement plan covering employees 21 years of age or older who
have completed one year of service. The 401(k) Plan allows eligible employees to
defer receipt of up to 15% of their compensation and contribute such amounts to
various investment funds. The employee contributions vest immediately. Other
than normal costs of administration, the Company has no obligation to make any
payments under the 401(k) Plan.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     Set forth in the following table is the beneficial ownership of the
Company's Common Stock as of June 19, 2003 by (i) those persons known to the
Company to be the beneficial owners of more than five percent of the outstanding
shares, (ii) each current director and the five executive officers of the
Company named under the table titled "Executive Compensation" and (iii) all
directors and executive officers as a group.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              SHARES      PERCENT
                                                                           BENEFICIALLY     OF
     NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER(a)                    POSITION                   OWNED      CLASS(b)
------------------------------------        -----------------------            -----      --------
<S>                                         <C>                            <C>            <C>
Robert E. Mead(c)........................   Chairman of the Board and       11,349,417      30.82
                                            Chief Executive Officer
Sharon K. Brayfield(c)(d)................   President and Director             240,267        *
David T. O'Connor(c)(e)..................   Executive Vice                     337,500        *
                                            President -- Sales
Harry J. White, Jr.(c)(f)................   Chief Financial Officer and         64,500        *
                                            Treasurer
Edward L. Lahart(c)(g)...................   Executive Vice President -          33,900        *
                                            Operations
J. Richard Budd (h)(i)...................   Director                            98,333        *
James B. Francis, Jr.(j)(k)..............   Director                           100,333        *
Herbert B. Hirsch(l)(i)                     Director                            38,333
R. Janet Whitmore(m)(i)..................   Director                           117,133        *
All Directors and Executive Officers as a
    Group  (16 persons)..................                                   12,481,126      33.08
Grace Brothers, Ltd. and Grace
    Investments, Ltd(n)..................                                   11,571,425      31.42
</TABLE>

                                       62

<PAGE>

----------

* Less than 1%.

(a)       Except as otherwise indicated, each beneficial owner has the sole
          power to vote and to dispose of all shares of Common Stock owned by
          such beneficial owner.

(b)       Pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in
          calculating percentage ownership, each person is deemed to
          beneficially own the shares subject to options exercisable within
          sixty days, but shares subject to options owned by others (even if
          exercisable within sixty days) are not deemed to be outstanding
          shares. In calculating the percentage ownership of the directors and
          officers as a group, the shares subject to options exercisable by
          directors and officers within sixty days are included within the
          number of shares beneficially owned.

(c)       The address of such person is 1221 River Bend Drive, Suite 120,
          Dallas, Texas 75247.

(d)       Includes options to purchase 153,750 shares of stock which options are
          either currently exercisable or which will become exercisable within
          sixty days from the date hereof.

(e)       Includes options to purchase 337,500 shares of stock which options are
          either currently exercisable or which will become exercisable within
          sixty days from the date hereof.

(f)       Includes options to purchase 62,500 shares which options are either
          currently exercisable or which will become exercisable within sixty
          days from the date hereof.

(g)       Includes options to purchase 33,750 shares which options are
          exercisable within sixty days from the date hereof.

(h)       The address of such person is 360 Lexington Ave, Third Floor, New
          York, NY 10017.

(i)       Includes options to purchase 38,333 shares which options are currently
          exercisable or which will become exercisable within sixty days from
          the date hereof.

(j)       The address of such person is 2911 Turtle Creek Boulevard, Suite 925,
          Dallas, Texas 75219.

(k)       Includes options to purchase 98,333 shares which options are
          exercisable within sixty days from the date hereof.

(l)       The address of such person is 64 Hurdle Fence Drive, Avon, Connecticut
          06001.

(m)       The address of such person is 10305 Oaklyn Drive, Potomac, Maryland
          20854.

(n)       This information is based upon information provided by Grace Brothers,
          Ltd. ("Grace") and Grace Investments, Ltd. ("Grace Investments") on
          Schedule 13D dated May 15, 2002 and filed with the Securities and
          Exchange Commission. Bradford T. Whitmore ("Whitmore") and Spurgeon
          Corporation ("Spurgeon") are the general partners of Grace and Grace
          Investments. Grace beneficially owns 7,577,219 shares, and Grace
          Investments beneficially owns 3,994,206 shares. As general partners of
          Grace and Grace Investments, Whitmore and Spurgeon may be deemed
          beneficial owners of 11,571,425 shares, although they disclaim
          beneficial ownership. Mr. Whitmore is the brother of R. Janet
          Whitmore, a current director and nominee for re-election as director
          of the Company. Mr. Whitmore was a member of an ad hoc committee of
          noteholders who nominated two persons for election to the Board of
          Directors pursuant to the terms of the exchange offer more fully
          described below. Ms. Whitmore disclaims any beneficial interest in the
          shares owned by Grace and Grace Investments.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     In March 1997, Mr. Mead entered into a lease agreement with the Company,
which granted him the exclusive right to use approximately 500 acres adjoining
one of the Company's resort properties for hunting purposes. This land is
subject to deed restrictions, which prohibit the construction of new units, and
most of this land is located in a flood plain. The land will remain available to
Silverleaf Owners for hiking and nature trails. In exchange for these lease
rights, Mr. Mead agreed to pay the annual property taxes on this land. These
property taxes were approximately $7,000 for the year ended December 31, 2002.
This lease agreement has a ten-year term and may be renewed by Mr. Mead for four
additional ten-year terms.

     The William H. Francis Trust (the "Trust"), a trust for which Mr. Francis
serves as trustee, is entitled to a 10% net profits interest from sales of
certain land in Mississippi. The net profits interest was granted to the Trust
pursuant to a Net Profits Agreement dated July 20, 1995 between the Trust and a
subsidiary of the Company which was dissolved after its assets and liabilities,
including the Net

                                       63

<PAGE>

Profits Agreement, were acquired by the Company. Pursuant to the Net Profits
Agreement, Mr. Francis agreed to provide consulting services to the Company.
During 2001, the Company sold additional parcels of this land and accrued a
liability of $17,286 to the affiliate, which was not paid prior to December 31,
2002. As of December 31, 2002, the Company owns approximately 11 acres of land
that is subject to this net profits interest.

     For information concerning employment agreements with certain officers see
"Employment and Noncompetition Agreements."

ITEM 14. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

     We maintain a system of internal controls and disclosure controls and
procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance as to the reliability of our
published financial statements and other public disclosures, including the
disclosures contained in this report. Our board of directors, operating through
its audit committee, which is composed entirely of independent outside
directors, provides oversight to the financial reporting process.

     Within the 90-day period prior to the filing of this report, an evaluation
was carried out by management of the Company, under the supervision and with the
participation of its chief executive officer and chief financial officer, of the
effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures as defined in
Rule 13a-14(c) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act").
Based upon that evaluation, the chief executive officer and the chief financial
officer of the Company concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and
procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by
the Company in its reports filed under the Exchange Act is accumulated and
communicated to the Company's management, including its chief executive officer
and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding
required disclosure.

     There have been no significant changes in our internal controls or in other
factors which could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the
date of management's evaluation.

     We have previously devoted considerable attention and resources to
remediating identified weaknesses in our internal controls. In connection with
its report on the Company's financial statements for the year ended December 31,
2000, our current and former independent auditors, Deloitte & Touche LLP,
identified to management and the audit committee of the board of directors
certain conditions in the design and operation of our internal accounting
controls. Deloitte & Touche LLP concluded that such conditions, considered
collectively, constituted a material weakness in our internal controls. Such
conditions included: deficiencies in the implementation and monitoring of
internal control procedures, deficiencies and processing errors in the
accounting process for notes payable, inadequate testing of borrowing bases for
compliance with loan covenants, deficiencies in the accounting process for sales
and notes receivable and in the methodology for estimating the allowance for
doubtful accounts, errors in some instances in recordation of prepaid assets and
fixed assets, and weaknesses in the design, documentation, and supervision of
certain aspects of our security administration policies and procedures
concerning our management information systems. Both prior to and following the
completion of our debt restructuring plan discussed in note 2 of Item 1 of this
report, our management worked to remediate the conditions identified by Deloitte
& Touche LLP. Additionally, our new audit committee, which is comprised entirely
of independent directors appointed in May 2002, retained a third party
consulting firm, Smith, Gray, Boyer & Daniell, PLLC, which is a member of the
SEC Practice Section of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
in June 2002, to fully and independently assess the Company's internal controls,
as well as the remediation efforts of management. In August 2002, the consulting
firm was retained by the audit committee to perform on an outsourced basis the
internal audit function for the Company. In this capacity, the consulting firm
has periodically provided the audit committee and management with reports
concerning our remediation of conditions identified by Deloitte & Touche LLP and
the effectiveness of internal controls. During the consulting firm's evaluation
of our internal controls in November 2002, the consulting firm reported that no
significant deficiencies came to its attention in the design or operation of
internal controls which, in its judgment, could adversely affect our ability to
record, process, summarize, and report in a timely manner accurate financial
data and disclosure information, and the firm noted no material weaknesses in
the design or operation of our internal controls. We continue to evaluate the
effectiveness of our remedial actions to address the conditions identified by
Deloitte & Touche LLP as well as our overall disclosure controls and procedures.

                                     PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

     (a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                                     DESCRIPTION
-------                                                     -----------
<S>                 <C>
   3.1              --   Charter of Silverleaf Resorts, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 1 dated May
                         16, 1997 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-24273).
</TABLE>

                                       64

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                 <C>
   3.2              --   Bylaws of Silverleaf Resorts, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Registrant's Form 10-K for
                         year ended December 31, 1997).

   4.1              --   Form of Stock Certificate of Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 1 dated
                         May 16, 1997 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-24273).

   4.2              --   Amended and Restated Indenture dated May 2, 2002, between the Company, Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National
                         Association, as Trustee, and the Subsidiary Guarantors for the Company's 10 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes
                         due 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30,
                         2002).

   4.3              --   Certificate No. 001 of 10 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 in the amount of $75,000,000
                         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for quarter ended March 31, 1998).

   4.4              --   Subsidiary Guarantee dated April 8, 1998 by Silverleaf Berkshires, Inc.; Bull's Eye Marketing, Inc.;
                         Silverleaf Resort Acquisitions, Inc.; Silverleaf Travel, Inc.; Database Research, Inc.; and Villages Land,
                         Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,
                         1998).

   4.5              --   Indenture dated May 2, 2002, between the Company, Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as
                         Trustee, and the Subsidiary Guarantors for the Company's 6% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007
                         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002).

   4.6              --   Certificate No. 001 of 6% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 in the amount of $28,467,000 (incorporated by
                         reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002).

   4.7              --   Subsidiary Guarantee dated May 2, 2002 by Awards Verification Center, Inc., Silverleaf Travel, Inc.,
                         Silverleaf Resort Acquisitions, Inc., Bull's Eye Marketing, Inc., Silverleaf Berkshires, Inc., and
                         eStarCommunications, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the
                         quarter ended June 30, 2002).

   9.1              --   Voting Trust Agreement dated November 1, 1999 between Robert E. Mead and Judith F. Mead (incorporated by
                         reference to Exhibit 9.1 of the Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999).

  10.1              --   Form of Registration Rights Agreement between Registrant and Robert E. Mead (incorporated by reference to
                         Exhibit 10.1 to Amendment No. 1 dated May 16, 1997 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File
                         No. 333-24273).

  10.2              --   Employment Agreement with Harry J. White, Jr. (incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant's
                         Form 10-Q for quarter ended June 30, 1998).

  10.3              --   1997 Stock Option Plan of Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Amendment No. 1 dated
                         May 16, 1997 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-24273).

  10.4              --   Silverleaf Club Agreement between the Silverleaf Club and the resort clubs named therein (incorporated by
                         reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-24273).

  10.5              --   Management Agreement between Registrant and the Silverleaf Club (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5
                         to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-24273).

  10.6              --   Revolving Loan and Security Agreement, dated October 1996, by CS First Boston Mortgage Capital Corp.
                         ("CSFBMCC") and Silverleaf Vacation Club, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Registrant's
                         Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-24273).

  10.7              --   Amendment No. 1 to Revolving Loan and Security Agreement, dated November 8, 1996, between CSFBMCC and
                         Silverleaf Vacation Club, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Registrant's Registration
                         Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-24273).

  10.8              --   Form of Indemnification Agreement (between Registrant and all officers, directors, and proposed directors)
                         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No.
                         333-24273).

  10.9              --   Resort Affiliation and Owners Association Agreement between Resort Condominiums International, Inc.,
                         Ascension Resorts, Ltd., and Hill Country Resort Condoshare Club, dated July 29, 1995 (similar agreements
                         for all other Existing Owned Resorts) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Registrant's
                         Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-24273).

 10.10              --   First Amendment to Silverleaf Club Agreement, dated March 28, 1990, among Silverleaf Club, Ozark Mountain
                         Resort Club, Holiday Hills Resort Club, the Holly Lake Club, The Villages Condoshare Association, The
                         Villages Club, Piney Shores Club, and Hill Country Resort Condoshare Club (incorporated by reference to
                         Exhibit 10.22 to Amendment No. 1 dated May 16, 1997 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1,
                         File No. 333-24273).

 10.11              --   First Amendment to Management Agreement, dated January 1, 1993, between Master Endless Escape Club and
                         Ascension Resorts, Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to Amendment No. 1 dated May 16, 1997
                         to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-24273).

 10.12              --   Silverleaf Club Agreement dated September 25, 1997, between Registrant and Timber Creek Resort Club
                         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for quarter ended September 30,
                         1997).

 10.13              --   Second Amendment to Management Agreement, dated December 31, 1997, between Silverleaf Club and Registrant
                         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for year Ended
                         December 31, 1997).

 10.14              --   Silverleaf Club Agreement, dated January 5, 1998, between Silverleaf Club and Oak N' Spruce Resort Club
                         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended
                         December 31, 1997).

 10.15              --   Master Club Agreement, dated November 13, 1997, between Master Club and Fox River Resort Club (incorporated
                         by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 1997).

 10.16              --   Letter Agreement dated March 16, 1998, between the Company and Heller Financial, Inc. (incorporated by
                         reference to Exhibit 10.44 to Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1, File No. 333-47427 filed March 16, 1998).

 10.17              --   Bill of Sale and Blanket Assignment dated May 28, 1998, between the Company and Crown Resort Co., LLC
                         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for quarter ended June 30, 1998).
</TABLE>

                                       65

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                 <C>
 10.18              --   Management Agreement dated October 13, 1998, by and between the Company and Eagle Greens, Ltd.
                         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for quarter ended September 30, 1998).

 10.19              --   First Amendment to 1997 Stock Option Plan for Silverleaf Resorts, Inc., effective as of May 20, 1998
                         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1998).

 10.20              --   Amended and Restated Receivables Loan and Security Agreement dated September 1, 1999, between the Company
                         and Heller Financial, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the
                         quarter ended September 30, 1999).

 10.21              --   Amended and Restated Inventory Loan and Security Agreement dated September 1, 1999, between the Company and
                         Heller Financial, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter
                         ended September 30, 1999).

 10.22              --   Second Amendment to 1997 Stock Option Plan dated November 19, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                         10.46 to Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999).

 10.23              --   Eighth Amendment to Management Agreement, dated March 9, 1999, between the Registrant and the Silverleaf
                         Club (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.47 to Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
                         1999).

 10.24              --   Purchase and Contribution Agreement, dated October 30, 2000, between the Company, as Seller, and Silverleaf
                         Finance I, Inc., as Purchaser (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the
                         quarter ended September 30, 2000.)

 10.25              --   Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Receivables Loan and Security Agreement dated April 30, 20002
                         between the Company and Heller Financial, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant's
                         Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002).

 10.26              --   Fourth Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Inventory Loan and Security Agreement dated April 30, 2002
                         between the Company and Heller Financial, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant's
                         Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002).

 10.27              --   Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of April 30, 2002 between the Company and
                         Sovereign Bank, as Agent, and Liberty Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant's Form
                         10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002).

 10.28              --   Amended And Restated Loan, Security And Agency Agreement (Tranche A), dated as of April 30, 2002, by and
                         among the Company, Textron Financial Corporation, as a Lender and as facility agent and collateral agent
                         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002).

 10.29              --   Amended And Restated Loan, Security And Agency Agreement (Tranche B), dated as of April 30, 2002, by and
                         among the Company, Textron Financial Corporation and Bank of Scotland, as Lenders and Textron Financial
                         Corporation, as and collateral agent ("Agent") (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Registrant's
                         Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002).

 10.30              --   First Amendment To Loan And Security Agreement (Tranche C), dated as of April 30, 2002, entered into by and
                         between the Company and Textron Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to
                         Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002).

 10.31              --   This Second Amendment To Loan And Security Agreement dated as of April 30, 2002 by and between the Company
                         and Textron Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for
                         the quarter ended June 30, 2002).

 10.32              --   Amended And Restated Receivables Loan and Security Agreement Dated as of April 30, 2002 among Silverleaf
                         Finance I, Inc., as the Borrower, the Company, as the Servicer, Autobahn Funding Company LLC, as a Lender,
                         DZ Bank AG Deutsche Zentral-Genossenschaftsbank, Frankfurt AM Main, as the Agent, U.S. Bank Trust National
                         Association, as the Agent's Bank, and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as the Backup
                         Servicer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June
                         30, 2002).

 10.33              --   Amendment Agreement No. 1, dated as of April 30, 2002 Purchase And Contribution Agreement dated as of
                         October 30, 2000 between the Company and Silverleaf Finance I, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                         10.9 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002).

 10.34              --   Employment Agreement dated April 18, 2002 between the Company and Sharon K. Brayfield (incorporated by
                         reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002).

 10.35              --   First Amendment to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated September 30, 2002 by and among
                         the Company, Sovereign Bank and Liberty Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 of the
                         Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).

*10.36              --   Resort Affiliation Agreement between Interval International, Inc. and Beartown Development Inc., as the
                         predecessor of the Company with respect to the Oak N' Spruce Resort in Lee, Massachusetts.

*21.1               --   Subsidiaries of Silverleaf Resorts, Inc.

*99.1               --   Certification of CEO Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

*99.2               --   Certification of CFO Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
</TABLE>

---------------------

*      Filed herewith

     (b)  No reports on Form 8-K were filed by the Company during the
three-month period ended December 31, 2002.

     (c)  The exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K have been listed
in Item 15(a) above. The exhibits listed in Item 15(a) above are either (a)
filed with this report, or (b) have previously been filed with the SEC and are
incorporated herein by reference to the particular previous filing.

     (d)  Financial Statement Schedules

None. Schedules are omitted because of the absence of the conditions under which
they are required or because the information required by such omitted schedules
is set forth in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

                                       66

<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized in the City of Dallas,
State of Texas, on June 19, 2003.

                                              SILVERLEAF RESORTS, INC.
                                              By: /s/ ROBERT E. MEAD
                                                  ----------------------------
                                              Name:  Robert E. Mead
                                              Title: Chairman of the Board and
                                                     Chief Executive Officer

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on behalf of the
Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               SIGNATURE                               TITLE                     DATE
---------------------------------------    -----------------------------    --------------
<S>                                        <C>                              <C>
  /s/ ROBERT E. MEAD                       Chairman of the Board and        June 19, 2003
---------------------------------------    Chief Executive Officer
    Robert E. Mead                         (Principal Executive Officer)

  /s/ HARRY J. WHITE, JR,                  Chief Financial Officer          June 19, 2003
  ------------------------------------     (Principal Financial
    Harry J. White, Jr.                    and Accounting Officer)

  /s/ J. RICHARD BUDD, III                 Director                         June 19, 2003
--------------------------------------
    J. Richard Budd, III

  /s/ JAMES B. FRANCIS, JR.                Director                         June 19, 2003
--------------------------------------
    James B. Francis, Jr.

  /s/ HERBERT B. HIRSCH                    Director                         June 19, 2003
--------------------------------------
    Herbert B. Hirsch

  /s/ R. JANET WHITMORE                    Director                         June 19, 2003
--------------------------------------
   R. Janet Whitmore
</TABLE>

                                  CERTIFICATION

     I, Robert E. Mead, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, certify that:

         1.       I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K/A of
Silverleaf Resorts, Inc.;

         2.       Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary
to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
annual report; and

         3.       Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other
financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows
of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report.

         4.       The registrant's other certifying officers and I are
responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we
have:

                  (a)      designed such disclosure controls and procedures to
         ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including
         its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within
         those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual
         report is being prepared;

                                       67

<PAGE>

                  (b)      evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's
         disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to
         the filing date of this annual report (the "Evaluation Date"); and

                  (c)      presented in this annual report are conclusions about
         the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on
         our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

         5.       The registrant's other certifying officers and I have
disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant's auditors and
the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing
the equivalent function):

                  (a)      all significant deficiencies in the design or
         operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the
         registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial
         data and have identified for the registrant's auditors any material
         weaknesses in internal controls; and

                  (b)      any fraud, whether or not material, that involves
         management or other employees who have a significant role in the
         registrant's internal controls; and

         6.       The registrant's other certifying officers and I have
indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in
internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal
controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any
corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material
weaknesses.

Date: June 19, 2003                         /s/ ROBERT E. MEAD
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Robert E. Mead
                                            Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

                                  CERTIFICATION

     I, Harry J. White, Jr., Chief Financial Officer, certify that:

         1.       I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K/A of
Silverleaf Resorts, Inc.;

         2.       Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary
to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
annual report; and

         3.       Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other
financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows
of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report.

         4.       The registrant's other certifying officers and I are
responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we
have:

                  (a)      designed such disclosure controls and procedures to
         ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including
         its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within
         those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual
         report is being prepared;

                  (b)      evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's
         disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to
         the filing date of this annual report (the "Evaluation Date"); and

                  (c)      presented in this annual report are conclusions about
         the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on
         our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

         5.       The registrant's other certifying officers and I have
disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant's auditors and
the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing
the equivalent function):

                                       68

<PAGE>

                  (a)      all significant deficiencies in the design or
         operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the
         registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial
         data and have identified for the registrant's auditors any material
         weaknesses in internal controls; and

                  (b)      any fraud, whether or not material, that involves
         management or other employees who have a significant role in the
         registrant's internal controls; and

         6.       The registrant's other certifying officers and I have
indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in
internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal
controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any
corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material
weaknesses.

Date: June 19, 2003                                 /s/ HARRY J. WHITE, JR.
                                                    ----------------------------
                                                    Harry J. White, Jr.
                                                    Chief Financial Officer

                                       69

<PAGE>

                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                      PAGE
                                                                                                                      ----
<S>                                                                                                                   <C>
Independent Auditors' Report........................................................................................   F-2

Financial Statements

  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2001 and 2002......................................................   F-3

  Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, and 2002.......................   F-4

  Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, and 2002.............   F-5

  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, and 2002.......................   F-6

  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements........................................................................   F-7
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Silverleaf Resorts, Inc.
Dallas, Texas

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Silverleaf
Resorts, Inc. as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 and the related consolidated
statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2002. These financial statements
are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted
in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Silverleaf Resorts,
Inc. at December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002, in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the
Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the
financial statements, the Company has incurred losses from operations in 2000
and 2001 and negative cash flow in 2000, 2001, and 2002. The history of losses
and negative operating cash flows raises substantial doubt about the Company's
ability to continue as a going concern. While the Restructuring Plan completed
May 2, 2002 is intended to provide the Company with a sufficient level of
liquidity, there is no certainty that the Company will be able to continue to
comply with the restructured terms of the loan agreements. Management's plans in
regard to these matters are also described in Notes 2 and 3. The financial
statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of
this uncertainty.

/s/ BDO Seidman, LLP
Dallas, Texas
March 26, 2003

                                      F-2

<PAGE>

                    SILVERLEAF RESORTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                                                    ----------------------
                                                                      2001          2002
                                                                    --------      --------
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>
                            ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents......................................     $  6,204      $  1,153
Restricted cash................................................        4,721         3,624
Notes receivable, net of allowance for uncollectible notes of
   $54,744 and $28,547, respectively...........................      278,592       233,237
Accrued interest receivable....................................        2,572         2,325
Investment in special purpose entity...........................        4,793         6,656
Amounts due from affiliates....................................        2,234           750
Inventories....................................................      105,275       102,505
Land, equipment, buildings, and utilities, net.................       37,331        33,778
Income taxes receivable........................................          164            --
Land held for sale.............................................        5,161         4,545
Prepaid and other assets.......................................       11,053         9,672
                                                                    --------      --------
          TOTAL ASSETS.........................................     $458,100      $398,245
                                                                    ========      ========

              LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

LIABILITIES
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses........................     $  9,203      $  7,394
  Accrued interest payable.....................................       10,749         1,269
  Amounts due to affiliates....................................          565         2,221
  Unearned revenues............................................        5,500         3,410
  Notes payable and capital lease obligations..................      294,456       236,413
  Senior subordinated notes....................................       66,700        45,919
                                                                    --------      --------
          Total Liabilities....................................      387,173       296,626

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
  Preferred stock, 10,000,000 shares authorized................           --            --
  Common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 100,000,000 shares
   authorized, 13,311,517 and 37,249,006 shares issued,
   respectively, and 12,889,417 and 36,826,906 shares
   outstanding, respectively...................................          133           372
  Additional paid-in capital...................................      109,339       116,999
  Deficit......................................................      (33,546)      (10,753)
  Treasury stock, at cost (422,100 shares).....................       (4,999)       (4,999)
                                                                    --------      --------
          Total Shareholders' Equity...........................       70,927       101,619
                                                                    --------      --------
          TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY...........     $458,100      $398,245
                                                                    ========      ========
</TABLE>

See independent auditors' report and notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-3

<PAGE>

                    SILVERLEAF RESORTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                         ----------------------------------------
                                                             2000           2001          2002
                                                         -----------    -----------   -----------
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>           <C>
REVENUES:
  Vacation Interval sales..............................  $   234,781    $   139,359   $   122,805
  Sampler sales........................................        3,574          3,904         3,634
                                                         -----------    -----------   -----------
    Total sales........................................      238,355        143,263       126,439

  Interest income......................................       37,807         41,220        37,537
  Management fee income................................          462          2,516         1,920
  Other income.........................................        4,912          4,334         4,644
                                                         -----------    -----------   -----------
          Total revenues...............................      281,536        191,333       170,540
                                                         -----------    -----------   -----------
COSTS AND OPERATING EXPENSES:
  Cost of Vacation Interval sales......................       59,169         27,377        23,123
  Sales and marketing..................................      125,456         78,597        66,384
  Provision for uncollectible notes....................      108,751         30,311        24,562
  Operating, general and administrative................       36,879         35,435        32,547
  Depreciation and amortization........................        7,537          6,463         5,184
  Interest expense and lender fees.....................       32,750         35,016        22,193
  Impairment loss of long-lived assets.................        6,320          5,442            --
  Write-off of affiliate receivable....................        7,499             --            --
                                                         -----------    -----------   -----------
          Total costs and operating expenses...........      384,361        218,641       173,993
                                                         -----------    -----------   -----------
OTHER INCOME:
  Gain on sale of notes receivable.....................        4,299             --         6,838
  Gain on early extinguishment of debt.................        3,455             --        17,885
                                                         -----------    -----------   -----------
          Total other income...........................        7,754             --        24,723
                                                         -----------    -----------   -----------

          Income (loss) before benefit for income taxes      (95,071)       (27,308)       21,270
          Benefit for income taxes ....................      (35,191)           (99)       (1,523)
                                                         -----------    -----------   -----------

NET INCOME (LOSS)......................................  $   (59,880)   $   (27,209)  $    22,793
                                                         ===========    ===========   ===========
NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE -- Basic and Diluted.......
          Net income (loss)............................  $     (4.65)   $     (2.11)  $      0.79
                                                         ===========    ===========   ===========
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES
  OUTSTANDING -- Basic and Diluted.....................   12,889,417     12,889,417    28,825,882
                                                         ===========    ===========   ===========
</TABLE>

See independent auditors' report and notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-4

<PAGE>

                    SILVERLEAF RESORTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          COMMON STOCK
                                     -----------------------
                                      NUMBER OF     $0.01         ADDITIONAL   RETAINED        TREASURY STOCK
                                       SHARES        PAR           PAID-IN     EARNINGS    ----------------------
                                       ISSUED       VALUE          CAPITAL    (DEFICIT)      SHARES       COST          TOTAL
                                     ----------  -----------      ---------   ---------    ----------   ---------     ---------
<S>                                  <C>         <C>              <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
JANUARY 1, 2000................      13,311,517  $       133      $ 109,339   $  53,543      422,100    $ (4,999)     $ 158,016

  Net loss.....................              --           --             --     (59,880)          --          --        (59,880)
                                     ----------  -----------      ---------   ---------      -------    --------      ---------
DECEMBER 31, 2000..............      13,311,517          133        109,339      (6,337)     422,100      (4,999)        98,136

  Net loss.....................              --           --             --     (27,209)          --          --        (27,209)
                                     ----------  -----------      ---------   ---------      -------    --------      ---------
DECEMBER 31, 2001..............      13,311,517          133        109,339     (33,546)     422,100      (4,999)        70,927

  Issuance of common stock.....      23,937,489          239          7,660          --           --          --          7,899
  Net income...................              --           --             --      22,793           --          --         22,793
                                     ----------  -----------      ---------   ---------      -------    --------      ---------
DECEMBER 31, 2002..............      37,249,006  $       372      $ 116,999   $ (10,753)     422,100    $ (4,999)     $ 101,619
                                     ==========  ===========      =========   =========      =======    ========      =========
</TABLE>

See independent auditors' report and notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-5

<PAGE>

                    SILVERLEAF RESORTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                             ---------------------------------------
                                                               2000           2001           2002
                                                             ---------      ---------      ---------
<S>                                                          <C>            <C>            <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income (loss) ....................................     $ (59,880)     $ (27,209)     $  22,793
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net
   cash used in operating activities:
     Provision for uncollectible notes .................       108,751         30,311         24,562
     Depreciation and amortization .....................         7,537          6,463          5,184
     Gain on sale of notes receivable ..................        (4,299)            --         (6,838)
     Gain on early extinguishment of debt ..............        (3,455)            --        (17,885)
     Gain on sale of investment ........................          (317)            --             --
     Impairment loss of long-lived assets ..............         6,320          5,442             --
     Write-off of affiliate receivable .................         7,499             --             --
     Deferred income taxes .............................       (26,088)          (168)            --
     Cash effect from changes in assets and liabilities:
       Restricted cash .................................          (757)        (3,061)         1,097
       Notes receivable ................................      (156,403)       (48,376)       (39,239)
       Accrued interest receivable .....................            61           (378)           247
       Investment in Special Purpose Entity ............        (5,280)           487         (1,863)
       Amounts due from affiliates .....................         1,711         (3,190)         3,140
       Inventories .....................................         6,856          2,877            754
       Prepaid and other assets ........................           235          3,746           (985)
       Income taxes receivable .........................       (12,511)        12,347            164
       Accounts payable and accrued expenses ...........         2,554         (6,749)        (1,809)
       Accrued interest payable ........................           648          7,480          1,176
       Unearned revenues ...............................         1,509         (4,007)        (2,090)
       Income taxes payable ............................          (185)            --             --
                                                             ---------      ---------      ---------
          Net cash used in operating activities ........      (125,494)       (23,985)       (11,592)
                                                             ---------      ---------      ---------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchases of land, equipment, buildings, and utilities        (3,076)        (1,606)        (2,153)
  Land held for sale ...................................           454             95            616
                                                             ---------      ---------      ---------
          Net cash used in investing activities ........        (2,622)        (1,511)        (1,537)
                                                             ---------      ---------      ---------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from borrowings from unaffiliated entities ..       193,639        100,314         84,668
  Payments on borrowings to unaffiliated entities ......      (126,404)       (75,414)      (145,476)
  Proceeds from sales of notes receivable ..............        62,867             --         68,886
                                                             ---------      ---------      ---------
          Net cash provided by financing activities ....       130,102         24,900          8,078
                                                             ---------      ---------      ---------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
  EQUIVALENTS ..........................................         1,986           (596)        (5,051)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:
   BEGINNING OF PERIOD .................................         4,814          6,800          6,204
                                                             ---------      ---------      ---------
   END OF PERIOD .......................................     $   6,800      $   6,204      $   1,153
                                                             =========      =========      =========

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Interest paid, net of amounts capitalized ............     $  31,381      $  22,527      $  17,864
  Income taxes paid (refunds received) .................         3,630        (12,347)        (1,563)

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Land and equipment acquired under capital leases .....         4,337            171             --
  Issuance of common stock in connection with the
   Exchange Offer ......................................            --             --          7,899
  Issuance of senior subordinated debt .................            --             --         28,467
  Retirement of senior subordinated debt ...............            --             --         56,934
</TABLE>

See independent auditors' report and notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-6

<PAGE>

                    SILVERLEAF RESORTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2000, 2001, AND 2002

1.   NATURE OF BUSINESS

     Silverleaf Resorts, Inc., a Texas Corporation (the "Company" or
"Silverleaf") is in the business of marketing and selling vacation intervals
("Vacation Intervals"). Silverleaf's principal activities, in this regard,
consist of (i) developing and acquiring timeshare resorts; (ii) marketing and
selling one-week annual and biennial Vacation Intervals to new owners; (iii)
marketing and selling upgraded Vacation Intervals to existing Silverleaf owners
("Silverleaf Owners"); (iv) providing financing for the purchase of Vacation
Intervals; and (v) operating timeshare resorts. The Company has in-house sales,
marketing, financing, and property management capabilities and coordinates all
aspects of the operation of its 19 owned or managed resorts (the "Existing
Resorts") and the development of any new timeshare resort, including site
selection, design, and construction. Sales of Vacation Intervals are marketed to
individuals primarily through direct mail and telephone solicitation.

     Each Existing Resort has a timeshare owners' association (a "Club"). Each
Club operates through a centralized organization to manage the Existing Resorts
on a collective basis. The principal such organization is Silverleaf Club.
Certain resorts, which are managed, but not owned, by the Company, are operated
through Crown Club. Crown Club is not actually a separate entity, but consists
of several individual Club management agreements (which have terms of two to
five years with a minimum of two renewal options remaining). Silverleaf Club and
Crown Club, in turn, have contracted with the Company to perform the
supervisory, management, and maintenance functions at the Existing Resorts. All
costs of operating the Existing Resorts, including management fees to the
Company, are to be covered by monthly dues paid by Silverleaf Owners to their
respective Clubs as well as income generated by the operation of certain
amenities at the Existing Resorts. Subject to availability of funds from the
Clubs, the Company is entitled to a management fee to compensate it for the
services provided.

     In addition to Vacation Interval sales revenues, interest income derived
from financing activities, and management fees received from the Clubs, the
Company generates additional revenue from leasing unsold intervals (i.e.,
sampler sales), utility operations related to the resorts, and other sources.
All of the operations are directly related to the resort real estate development
industry.

     The consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the
years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, and 2002 reflect the operations of the
Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Villages Land, Inc. ("VLI"),
Silverleaf Travel, Inc., Awards Verification Center, Inc., Silverleaf Resort
Acquisitions, Inc., Bull's Eye Marketing, Inc., Silverleaf Berkshires, Inc., and
eStarCommunications, Inc. VLI was liquidated in 2000.

2.   BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a
going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and
satisfaction of liabilities in the ordinary course of business. As shown in the
accompanying financial statements, during the years ended December 31, 2000 and
2001, the Company incurred net losses of $59.9 million and $27.2 million,
respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2002, net income of $22.8 million
included $17.9 million gain on early extinguishment of debt and $6.8 million
gain on sale of notes receivable. The Company also experienced negative cash
flows from operating activities of $125.5 million, $24.0 million, and $11.6
million during the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, and 2002, respectively.
These conditions give rise to substantial doubt about the Company's ability to
continue as a going concern.

     The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include any
adjustments relating to the recoverability of recorded assets or liabilities
that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going
concern. The Company's continuation as a going concern is dependent upon its
ability to generate sufficient cash flow to meet its obligations on a timely
basis, to comply with the terms and covenants of its financing agreements, to
obtain additional financing or refinancing as may be required, and ultimately to
attain profitable operations.

     As discussed in Note 3, the Company finalized refinancing and restructuring
transactions on May 2, 2002, related to its debt to provide liquidity to the
Company. However, the terms of the debt refinancing and restructuring require
the Company to comply with certain financial covenants that necessitate
achievement of significant improvements in future operating results over the
operating results for 2000 and 2001. Ongoing compliance with those covenants
requires that improvements be made and sustained in several areas of the
Company's operations. The principal changes in operations that management
believes will be necessary to satisfy the

                                      F-7

<PAGE>

financial covenants are to reduce sales and marketing expense as a percentage of
sales, to improve profitability, and to improve customer credit quality, which
the Company believes will result in reduced credit losses.

     During the second and third quarters of 2001, the Company closed three
outside sales offices, closed three telemarketing centers, and reduced headcount
in sales, marketing, and general and administrative functions. These changes
resulted in $2.7 million of asset write-offs, including $1.4 million of prepaid
booth rentals and marketing supplies and $1.3 million of fixed assets related to
the closed sales offices and closed telemarketing centers. As a result of these
actions, management believes that the necessary operating changes needed to
reduce sales and marketing expense to an appropriate level are being
implemented.

     Due to the high level of defaults experienced in customer receivables
during 2000, which continued throughout 2001 and 2002, the Company's provision
for uncollectible notes was relatively high as a percentage of Vacation Interval
sales during 2000, 2001, and 2002. Management believes the high level of
defaults experienced in recent years was due to the deterioration of the economy
in the United States, which began to have a significant impact on the Company's
existing customers and on consumer confidence in general in late 2000, and a
substantial reduction by the Company in two programs that were previously used
to remedy defaulted notes receivable. Management believes the high level of
defaults since 2000 was also attributable to the fact that customers concerned
about the Company's liquidity issues began defaulting on their notes after the
Company's liquidity announcement in February 2001.

     Since the third quarter of 2001, the Company has been operating under new
sales practices whereby no sales are permitted unless the touring customer has a
minimum income level beyond that previously required and has a valid major
credit card. Further, the marketing division is employing a best practices
program, which management believes should facilitate marketing to customers who
are more likely to be a good credit risk. However, should there be further
deterioration in the economy, and if enhanced sales practices do not result in
sufficiently improved collections, the Company may not be able to realize
improvements in the overall credit quality of its notes receivable portfolio
that these actions are designed to achieve.

     While the Company announced the completion of its restructuring and
refinancing transactions on May 2, 2002, the Company's ability to continue as a
going concern is dependent on other factors as well, including the achievement
of the improvements to the Company's operations described above. In addition,
the Amended Senior Credit Facilities require the Company to satisfy certain
financial covenants. To date, the Company has been able to improve its operating
results to achieve compliance with the financial covenants set forth in the
Amended Senior Credit Facilities. However, the Company's plan to utilize certain
of its assets, predominantly inventory, extends for periods of up to fifteen
years. Accordingly, the Company will need to either extend the Amended Senior
Credit Facilities or obtain new sources of financing through the issuance of
other debt, equity, or collateralized mortgage-backed securities, the proceeds
of which would be used to refinance the debt under the Amended Senior Credit
Facilities, finance mortgages receivable, or for other purposes. The Company may
not have these additional sources of financing available to it at the times when
such financings are necessary.

3.   DEBT RESTRUCTURING

     Since February 2001, when the Company disclosed significant liquidity
issues arising primarily from the failure to close a credit facility with its
largest secured creditor, management and its financial advisors have been
attempting to develop and implement a plan to return the Company to sound
financial condition. During this period, the Company negotiated and closed
short-term secured financing arrangements with three principal secured lenders,
which allowed it to operate at reduced sales levels as compared to original
plans and prior years.

     Until the May 2, 2002 closing of the Company's debt restructuring plan
("Exchange Offer"), the Company remained in default under its agreements with
its three principal secured lenders, but they each agreed to forbear taking any
action as a result of the Company's defaults and to continue funding so long as
the Company complied with the terms of the short-term financing arrangements
with these lenders. These short-term arrangements were originally due to expire
on March 31, 2002, but were extended to allow for the closing of the Exchange
Offer. Under the Exchange Offer, $56,934,000 in principal amount of the
Company's 10 1/2% senior subordinated notes were exchanged for a combination of
$28,467,000 in principal amount of the Company's new class of 6.0% senior
subordinated notes due 2007 and 23,937,489 shares of the Company's common stock,
representing approximately 65% of the common stock outstanding after the
Exchange Offer. As a result of the Exchange Offer, the Company recorded a
pre-tax gain of $17.9 million in the second quarter of 2002. Under the terms of
the Exchange Offer, tendering holders collectively received cash payments of
$1,335,545 on May 16, 2002, and a further payment of $334,455 on October 1,
2002. A total of $9,766,000 in principal amount of the Company's 10 1/2% notes
were not tendered and remain outstanding. As a condition of the Exchange Offer,
the Company has paid all past due interest to non-tendering holders of its 10
1/2% notes. In addition, the acceleration of the maturity date on the 10 1/2%
notes which occurred in May 2001 has been rescinded, and the original maturity
date in 2008 has been reinstated. Past due interest paid to non-tendering
holders of the 10 1/2% notes was $1,827,806. The indenture under which the 10
1/2% notes were issued was also

                                      F-8

<PAGE>

consensually amended as a part of the Exchange Offer. Prior to the Exchange
Offer, the Company had been in monetary default with respect to the interest
owed on its 10 1/2% notes since May 2001.

     The Company accounted for the debt exchange in accordance with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 15, "Accounting by Debtors and Creditors for
Troubled Debt Restructurings" ("SFAS No. 15"). Under SFAS No. 15, the Company
recorded the fair value of equity issued and established a total liability
relating to the notes issued in the exchange equal to the aggregate principal
amount plus $8.5 million, representing all interest payable over the term of the
notes. Under SFAS No. 15, the Company will not record interest expense in future
periods for the cash interest required to be paid to the note holders. All
future cash interest payments on the notes will reduce the accrued liability
referred to above.

     Management also negotiated two-year revolving, three-year term out
arrangements for $214 million with its three principal secured lenders, which
were closed at the same time as the Exchange Offer. In addition, the Company
amended its $100 million off-balance-sheet credit facility through Silverleaf
Finance I, Inc., the Company's wholly-owned special purpose entity ("SPE").
Under these revised credit arrangements, two of the three creditors converted
$42.1 million of existing debt to a subordinated Tranche B. Tranche A is secured
by a first lien on currently pledged notes receivable. Tranche B is secured by a
second lien on the notes, a lien on resort assets, an assignment of the
Company's management contracts with the Clubs, a portfolio of unpledged
receivables currently ineligible for pledge under the existing facility, and a
security interest in the stock of the SPE. Among other aspects of these revised
arrangements, the Company is required to operate within certain parameters of a
revised business model and satisfy the financial covenants set forth in the
Amended Senior Credit Facilities, including maintaining a minimum tangible net
worth of $100 million or greater, as defined, sales and marketing expenses as a
percentage of sales below 55.0% for the last three quarters of 2002 and below
52.5% thereafter, notes receivable delinquency rate below 25%, a minimum
interest coverage ratio of 1.1 to 1.0 (increasing to 1.25 to 1 in 2003), and
positive net income. However, such results beyond 2002 cannot be assured.

     It is vitally important to the Company's liquidity plan that the SPE
continue beyond the aforementioned two-year period. In addition, the Company's
business model assumes that expanded off-balance-sheet financing will be
available in 2003 and 2004. The Company will need an expanded facility to reduce
the outstanding balances on the Company's non-revolving credit facilities and to
finance future sales. The Company's ability to obtain additional
off-balance-sheet financing would be impacted if:

     -    Capital market credit facilities are not available; and

     -    The Company's customer notes receivable portfolio doesn't meet capital
          market requirements.

     The Company believes that the expanded facilities necessary in 2003 and
2004 will require enhanced eligibility requirements for customer notes
receivable. The Company has implemented revised sales practices that the Company
believes will result in higher quality notes receivable by 2003 and 2004. If the
quality of the notes receivable portfolio does not improve significantly by
2003, it is unlikely that the Company will be able to secure additional
off-balance-sheet facilities. In this case, the Company will attempt to secure
additional secured credit facilities.

     Assuming that the Company's financial performance in future periods
improves substantially as projected in its business model, the Company believes
it will have adequate financing to operate for the two-year revolving term of
the credit arrangements with the senior lenders. At that time, management will
be required to replace or renegotiate the revolving arrangements subject to
availability.

4.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES SUMMARY

     Principles of Consolidation -- The consolidated financial statements
include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, excluding
the SPE. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been
eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

     Revenue and Expense Recognition -- A substantial portion of Vacation
Interval sales are made in exchange for mortgage notes receivable, which are
secured by a deed of trust on the Vacation Interval sold. The Company recognizes
the sale of a Vacation Interval under the accrual method after a binding sales
contract has been executed, the buyer has made a down payment of at least 10%,
and the statutory rescission period has expired. If all accrual method criteria
are met except that construction is not substantially complete, revenues are
recognized on the percentage-of-completion basis. Under this method, the portion
of revenue applicable to costs incurred, as compared to total estimated
construction and direct selling costs, is recognized in the period of sale. The
remaining amount is deferred and recognized as the remaining costs are incurred.
The deferral of sales and costs related to the percentage-of-completion method
is not significant.

                                      F-9

<PAGE>

     Certain Vacation Interval sales transactions are deferred until the minimum
down payment has been received. The Company accounts for these transactions
utilizing the deposit method. Under this method, the sale is not recognized, a
receivable is not recorded, and inventory is not relieved. Any cash received is
carried as a deposit until the sale can be recognized. When these types of sales
are cancelled without a refund, deposits forfeited are recognized as income and
the interest portion is recognized as interest income.

     In addition to sales of Vacation Intervals to new prospective owners, the
Company sells upgraded Vacation Intervals to existing Silverleaf Owners.
Revenues are recognized on these upgrade Vacation Interval sales when the
criteria described above are satisfied. The revenue recognized is the net of the
incremental increase in the upgrade sales price and cost of sales is the
incremental increase in the cost of the Vacation Interval purchased.

     A provision for estimated customer returns is reported net against Vacation
Interval sales. Customer returns represent cancellations of sales transactions
in which the customer fails to make the first installment payment.

     The Company recognizes interest income as earned. Interest income is
accrued on notes receivable, net of an estimated amount that will not be
collected, until the individual notes become 90 days delinquent. Once a note
becomes 90 days delinquent, the accrual of additional interest income ceases
until collection is deemed probable.

     Revenues related to one-time sampler contracts, which entitles the
prospective owner to sample a resort during certain periods, are recognized when
earned. Revenue recognition is deferred until the customer uses the stay,
purchases a Vacation Interval, or allows the contract to expire.

     The Company receives fees for management services provided to the Clubs.
These revenues are recognized on an accrual basis in the period the services are
provided if collection is deemed probable.

     Utilities, services, and other income are recognized on an accrual basis in
the period service is provided.

     Sales and marketing costs are charged to expense in the period incurred.
Commissions, however, are recognized in the same period as the related sales.

     Cash and Cash Equivalents -- Cash and cash equivalents consist of all
highly liquid investments with an original maturity at the date of purchase of
three months or less. Cash and cash equivalents include cash, certificates of
deposit, and money market funds.

     Restricted Cash -- Restricted cash consists of certificates of deposit that
serve as collateral for construction bonds and cash restricted for repayment of
debt.

     Investment in Special Purpose Entity -- Sales of notes receivable from the
Company to its SPE that meet certain underwriting criteria occur on a periodic
basis. . The gain or loss on the sale is determined based on the proceeds
received, the fair value assigned to the investment in SPE, and the recorded
value of notes receivable sold. The fair value of the investment in the SPE is
estimated based on the present value of future expected cash flows of the
Company's residual interest in the notes receivable sold. The Company utilized
the following key assumptions to estimate the fair value of such cash flows:
customer prepayment rate - 4.3%; expected accounts paid in full as a result of
upgrades - 6.2%; expected credit losses - 8.1%; discount rate - 19%; base
interest rate - 4.4%; agent fee - 2%; and loan servicing fees - 1%. The
Company's assumptions are based on experience with its notes receivable
portfolio, available market data, estimated prepayments, the cost of servicing,
and net transaction costs. Such assumptions are assessed quarterly and, if
necessary, adjustments are made to the carrying value of the investment in SPE.

     At December 31, 2002, the sensitivity of the current fair value of residual
cash flows to immediate 10 percent and 20 percent adverse changes to key
assumptions are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                       <C>
Customer Prepayment Rate:
     Impact on fair value of a 10% adverse change         $      25
     Impact on fair value of a 20% adverse change         $      80

Accounts Paid In Full as a Result of Upgrades Rate:
     Impact on fair value of a 10% adverse change         $      41
     Impact on fair value of a 20% adverse change         $      84

Expected Credit Losses Rate:
     Impact on fair value of a 10% adverse change         $   1,994
     Impact on fair value of a 20% adverse change         $   4,057

Discount Rate:
     Impact on fair value of a 10% adverse change         $     241
     Impact on fair value of a 20% adverse change         $     463
</TABLE>

                                      F-10

<PAGE>

     Provision for Uncollectible Notes -- Such provision is recorded at an
amount sufficient to maintain the allowance for uncollectible notes at a level
management considers adequate to provide for anticipated losses resulting from
customers' failure to fulfill their obligations under the terms of their notes.
Such allowance for uncollectible notes is adjusted based upon periodic analysis
of the notes receivable portfolio, historical credit loss experience, and
current economic factors. Credit losses take three forms. The first is the full
cancellation of the note, whereby the customer is relieved of the obligation and
the Company recovers the underlying inventory. The second form is a deemed
cancellation, whereby the Company records the cancellation of all notes that
become 90 days delinquent, net of notes that are no longer 90 days delinquent.
The third form is the note receivable reduction that occurs when a customer
trades a higher value product for a lower value product. In estimating the
allowance, the Company projects future cancellations, net of recovery of the
related inventory, for each sales year by using historical cancellations
experience.

     The allowance for uncollectible notes is reduced by actual cancellations
and losses experienced, including losses related to previously sold notes
receivable which became delinquent and were reacquired pursuant to the recourse
obligations discussed herein. Actual cancellations and losses experienced
represents all notes identified by management as being probable of cancellation.
Recourse to the Company on sales of customer notes receivable is governed by the
agreements between the purchasers and the Company.

     The Company classifies the components of the provision for uncollectible
notes into the following three categories based on the nature of the item:
credit losses, customer returns (cancellations of sales whereby the customer
fails to make the first installment payment), and customer releases (voluntary
cancellations of properly recorded sales transactions which in the opinion of
management is consistent with the maintenance of overall customer goodwill). The
provision for uncollectible notes pertaining to credit losses, customer returns,
and customer releases are classified in provision for uncollectible notes,
Vacation Interval sales, and operating, general and administrative expenses,
respectively. Beginning in 2001, the Company ceased allocating a portion of the
provision to operating, general and administrative expenses.

     Inventories -- Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value.
Cost includes amounts for land, construction materials, direct labor and
overhead, taxes, and capitalized interest incurred in the construction or
through the acquisition of resort dwellings held for timeshare sale. Timeshare
unit costs are capitalized as inventory and are allocated to Vacation Intervals
based upon their relative sales values. Upon sale of a Vacation Interval, these
costs are charged to cost of sales on a specific identification basis. Vacation
Intervals reacquired are placed back into inventory at the lower of their
original historical cost basis or market value.

     The Company estimates the total cost to complete all amenities at each
resort. This cost includes both costs incurred to date and expected costs to be
incurred. The Company allocates the estimated total amenities cost to cost of
Vacation Interval sales based on Vacation Intervals sold in a given period as a
percentage of total Vacation Intervals expected to sell over the life of a
particular resort project.

     Company management periodically reviews the carrying value of its inventory
on an individual project basis to ensure that the carrying value does not exceed
market value.

     Land, Equipment, Buildings, and Utilities -- Land, equipment (including
equipment under capital lease), buildings, and utilities are stated at cost,
which includes amounts for construction materials, direct labor and overhead,
and capitalized interest. When assets are disposed of, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed, and any resulting gain or loss is
reflected in income for the period. Maintenance and repairs are charged to
expense as incurred; significant betterments and renewals, which extend the
useful life of a particular asset, are capitalized. Depreciation is calculated
for all fixed assets, other than land, using the straight-line method over the
estimated useful life of the assets, ranging from 3 to 20 years. Company
management periodically reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset
may not be recoverable.

     Prepaid and Other Assets -- Prepaid and other assets consists primarily of
prepaid insurance, prepaid postage, intangibles, commitment fees, debt issuance
costs, novelty inventories, deposits, and miscellaneous receivables. Commitment
fees and debt issuance costs are amortized over the life of the related debt.
Intangibles, other than goodwill, are amortized over their useful lives, which
do not exceed ten years.

     Income Taxes -- Deferred income taxes are recorded for temporary
differences between the bases of assets and liabilities as recognized by tax
laws and their carrying value as reported in the consolidated financial
statements. A provision is made or benefit recognized for deferred income taxes
relating to temporary differences for financial reporting purposes. To the
extent a deferred tax asset does not meet the criteria of "more likely than not"
for realization, a valuation allowance is recorded.

                                      F-11

<PAGE>

     Earnings (Loss) Per Share -- Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by
dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average shares outstanding. Earnings
per share assuming dilution is computed by dividing net income by the weighted
average number of shares and potentially dilutive shares outstanding. The number
of potentially dilutive shares is computed using the treasury stock method,
which assumes that the increase in the number of shares resulting from the
exercise of the stock options is reduced by the number of shares that could have
been repurchased by the Company with the proceeds from the exercise of the stock
options.

     For the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, and 2002, basic and diluted
weighted average shares were equal. Outstanding stock options were not dilutive
in those years because the exercise price for such options substantially
exceeded the market price for the Company's shares.

     Stock-Based Compensation - In December 2002, the Financial Accounting
Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148,
"Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation -- Transition and Disclosure" ("SFAS
148"). SFAS 148 amends the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123, "Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation," and APB Opinion No. 28, "Interim Financial
Reporting," to require disclosure in the summary of significant accounting
policies of the effects of an entity's accounting policy with respect to
stock-based employee compensation on reported net income and earnings per share
in annual and interim financial statements. While SFAS No. 148 does not amend
SFAS No. 123 to require companies to account for employee stock options using
the fair value method, the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 148 are applicable
to all companies with stock-based employee compensation, regardless of whether
they account for that compensation using the fair value method of SFAS No. 123
or the intrinsic value method of APB Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock
Issued to Employee" ("APB No. 25").

     As allowed by SFAS No. 123, the Company has elected to continue to utilize
the accounting method prescribed by APB No. 25, provide the disclosure
requirements of SFAS No. 123 and, as of December 31, 2002, adopted the
disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 148. Although the Company selected an
accounting policy which requires only the excess of the market value of its
common stock over the exercise price of options granted to be recorded as
compensation expense (intrinsic method), pro forma information regarding net
income (loss) is required as if the Company had accounted for its employee stock
options under the fair value method of SFAS No. 123. Pro forma net income (loss)
applicable to the options granted is not likely to be representative of the
effects on reported net income (loss) for future years. The fair value for these
options is estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing
model. Stock compensation determined under the intrinsic method is recognized
over the vesting period using the straight-line method.

     Had compensation cost for the Company's stock option grants been determined
based on the fair value at the date of grants in accordance with the provisions
of SFAS No. 123, the Company's net income (loss) and net income (loss) per share
would have been the following pro forma amounts:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                2000           2001          2002
                                                             ---------      ---------      --------
<S>                                                          <C>            <C>            <C>
Net income (loss), as reported                               $ (59,880)     $ (27,209)     $ 22,793
Stock-based compensation expense recorded
   under the intrinsic value method                                 --             --            --
Pro forma stock-based compensation expense
   computed under the fair value method                         (2,196)          (691)         (752)
                                                             ---------      ---------      --------
Pro forma net income (loss)                                  $ (62,076)     $ (27,900)     $ 22,041
                                                             =========      =========      ========
Net income (loss) per share, basic
         As reported                                         $   (4.65)     $   (2.11)     $   0.79
         Pro forma                                           $   (4.65)     $   (2.11)     $   0.79
Net income (loss) per share, diluted
         As reported                                         $   (4.82)     $   (2.16)     $   0.76
         Pro forma                                           $   (4.82)     $   (2.16)     $   0.76
</TABLE>

     The fair value of the stock options granted during 2000 and 2002 were $3.42
and $0.31, respectively. There were no stock options granted in 2001. The fair
value of the stock options granted is estimated on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average
assumptions: expected volatility ranging from 147.4% to 217.3% for all grants,
risk-free interest rates which vary for each grant and range from 5.5% to 12.2%,
expected life of 7 years for all grants, and no distribution yield for all
grants.

     Use of Estimates -- The preparation of the consolidated financial
statements requires the use of management's estimates and assumptions in
determining the carrying values of certain assets and liabilities and disclosure
of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial
statements and the reported amounts for certain revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimated. Significant
management estimates include the allowance for uncollectible notes and the
future sales plan used to allocate certain inventories to cost of sales.

                                      F-12

<PAGE>

     Reclassifications -- Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2000
and 2001 consolidated financial statements to conform to the 2002 presentation.
These reclassifications had no effect on net income (loss). The most significant
reclassification to the consolidated statements of operations relates to the
gain on early extinguishment of debt. The gain on early extinguishment of debt
is no longer classified as an extraordinary gain.

     Recent Accounting Pronouncements --

     SFAS No. 144 - In August 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, "Accounting for the
Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets" ("SFAS No. 144"), which supersedes
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of."
SFAS No. 144 establishes a single accounting method for long-lived assets to be
disposed of by sale, whether previously held and used or newly acquired, and
extends the presentation of discontinued operations to include more disposal
transactions. SFAS No. 144 also requires that an impairment loss be recognized
for assets held-for-use when the carrying amount of an asset (group) is not
recoverable. The carrying amount of an asset (group) is not recoverable if it
exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use
and eventual disposition of the asset (group), excluding interest charges.
Estimates of future cash flows used to test the recoverability of a long-lived
asset (group) must incorporate the entity's own assumptions about its use of the
asset (group) and must factor in all available evidence. SFAS No. 144 was
effective for the Company for the quarter ending March 31, 2002. The adoption of
SFAS No. 144 in 2002 did not have a material impact on the Company's results of
operations, financial position, or cash flows.

     SFAS No. 145 - In April 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 145, "Rescission of FASB
Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment to FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical
Corrections" ("SFAS No. 145"). SFAS No. 145 eliminates the current requirement
that gains and losses on debt extinguishment must be classified as extraordinary
items in the income statement. Instead, such gains and losses will be classified
as extraordinary items only if they are deemed to be unusual and infrequent, in
accordance with the current GAAP criteria for extraordinary classification. In
addition, SFAS No. 145 eliminates an inconsistency in lease accounting by
requiring that modifications of capital leases that result in reclassification
as operating leases be accounted for consistent with sale-leaseback accounting
rules. SFAS No. 145 also contains other non-substantive corrections to
authoritative accounting literature. The adoption of SFAS No. 145 in the fourth
quarter of 2002 required the Company to reclassify its extraordinary gains to
ordinary.

     SFAS No. 146 - In June 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
("FASB") issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 146, "Accounting
for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities" ("SFAS No. 146"). SFAS
No. 146 supersedes previous accounting guidance, principally Emerging Issues
Task Force ("EITF") Issue No. 94-3. SFAS No. 146 requires that the liability for
costs associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the
liability is incurred. Under EITF No. 94-3, a liability for an exit cost was
recognized at the date of a company's commitment to an exit plan. SFAS No. 146
also establishes that the liability should initially be measured and recorded at
fair value. Accordingly, SFAS No. 146 may affect the timing of recognizing
future restructuring costs as well as the amount recognized. SFAS No. 146 is
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2002. The adoption of
SFAS No. 146 will not have any immediate effect on the Company's results of
operations, financial position, or cash flows.

     FIN No. 45 - In November 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Interpretation No. 45, "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure
Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of
Others" ("FIN No. 45"). FIN No. 45 requires that a guarantor recognize a
liability for certain guarantees and enhance disclosures for such guarantees.
The recognition provisions of FIN No. 45 are applicable on a prospective basis
for guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The disclosure
requirements of FIN No. 45 are effective for financial statements for periods
ending after December 15, 2002. The Company has made the applicable disclosures
to its consolidated financial statements.

     SFAS No. 148 - In December 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation - Transition and Disclosure" ("SFAS No. 148"). SFAS No.
148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the
fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation.
Additionally, SFAS No. 148 amends the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," to require prominent disclosures in
the annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for
stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported
results. SFAS No. 148 is effective for financial statement for periods ending
after December 15, 2002. In compliance with SFAS No. 148, the Company has
elected to continue to follow the intrinsic value method in accounting for its
stock-based employee compensation as defined by Accounting Principles Board
Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and has made the
applicable disclosures to its consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-13

<PAGE>

     FIN No. 46 - In January 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Interpretation No. 46, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities"
("FIN No. 46"). FIN No. 46 requires existing unconsolidated variable interest
entities, as defined, to be consolidated by their primary beneficiaries if the
variable interest entities do not effectively disperse risks among parties
involved. FIN No. 46 is effective immediately for variable interest entities
created after January 31, 2003, and to variable interest entities in which an
enterprise obtains an interest after that date. FIN No. 46 applies to financial
statements beginning after June 15, 2003, to variable interest entities in which
an enterprise holds a variable interest that it acquired before February 1,
2003. The Company is still evaluating the impact the adoption of FIN No. 46 will
have on its results of operations, financial position, and cash flows.

5. CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK

     Credit Risk -- The Company is exposed to on-balance sheet credit risk
related to its notes receivable. The Company is exposed to off-balance sheet
credit risk related to notes sold.

     The Company offers financing to the buyers of Vacation Intervals at the
Company's resorts. These buyers generally make a down payment of at least 10% of
the purchase price and deliver a promissory note to the Company for the balance.
The promissory notes generally bear interest at a fixed rate, are payable over a
seven-year to ten-year period, and are secured by a first mortgage on the
Vacation Interval. The Company bears the risk of defaults on these promissory
notes, and this risk is heightened inasmuch as the Company generally does not
verify the credit history of its customers and will provide financing if the
customer is presently employed and meets certain household income criteria.

     If a buyer of a Vacation Interval defaults, the Company generally must
foreclose on the Vacation Interval and attempt to resell it; the associated
marketing, selling, and administrative costs from the original sale are not
recovered; and such costs must be incurred again to resell the Vacation
Interval. Although the Company in many cases may have recourse against a
Vacation Interval buyer for the unpaid price, certain states have laws that
limit the Company's ability to recover personal judgments against customers who
have defaulted on their loans. Accordingly, the Company has generally not
pursued this remedy.

     Interest Rate Risk -- The Company has historically derived net interest
income from its financing activities because the interest rates it charges its
customers who finance the purchase of their Vacation Intervals exceed the
interest rates the Company pays to its lenders. Because the Company's
indebtedness bears interest at variable rates and the Company's customer
receivables bear interest at fixed rates, increases in interest rates will erode
the spread in interest rates that the Company has historically obtained and
could cause the rate on the Company's borrowings to exceed the rate at which the
Company provides financing to its customers. The Company has not engaged in
interest rate hedging transactions. Therefore, any increase in interest rates,
particularly if sustained, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
results of operations, cash flows, and financial position.

     Availability of Funding Sources -- The Company funds substantially all of
the notes receivable, timeshare inventories, and land inventories which it
originates or purchases with borrowings through its financing facilities, sales
of notes receivable, internally generated funds, and proceeds from public debt
and equity offerings. Borrowings are in turn repaid with the proceeds received
by the Company from repayments of such notes receivable. To the extent that the
Company is not successful in maintaining or replacing existing financings, it
would have to curtail its operations or sell assets, thereby having a material
adverse effect on the Company's results of operations, cash flows, and financial
condition.

     Geographic Concentration -- The Company's notes receivable are primarily
originated in Texas, Missouri, Illinois, Massachusetts, and Georgia. The risk
inherent in such concentrations is dependent upon regional and general economic
stability, which affects property values and the financial stability of the
borrowers. The Company's Vacation Interval inventories are concentrated in
Texas, Missouri, Illinois, Massachusetts, and Georgia. The risk inherent in such
concentrations is in the continued popularity of the resort destinations, which
affects the marketability of the Company's products and the collection of notes
receivable.

6. NOTES RECEIVABLE

     The Company provides financing to the purchasers of Vacation Intervals,
which are collateralized by their interest in such Vacation Intervals. The notes
receivable generally have initial terms of seven to ten years. The average yield
on outstanding notes receivable at December 31, 2002 was approximately 14.4%. In
connection with the sampler program, the Company routinely enters into notes
receivable with terms of 10 months. Notes receivable from sampler sales were
$1.4 million and $1.2 million at December 31, 2001 and 2002, respectively, and
are non-interest bearing.

     In connection with promotional sales to certain customers, the Company
entered into non-interest bearing notes receivable of $443,000 and $16,000 for
the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002, respectively. The Company had a
remaining note discount of $550,000 and $326,000 for these notes receivable in
aggregate as of December 31, 2001 and 2002, respectively, utilizing a 10%

                                      F-14

<PAGE>

discount rate. In addition, the Company ceased accruing interest on delinquent
notes of $46.4 million and $36.7 million as of December 31, 2001 and 2002,
respectively, as collection of interest on such notes was deemed improbable.

    Notes receivable are scheduled to mature as follows at December 31, 2002 (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                           <C>
2003....................................      $  25,849
2004....................................         27,973
2005....................................         30,709
2006....................................         32,662
2007....................................         30,916
2008....................................         20,544
Thereafter..............................         93,457
                                              ---------
                                                262,110
Less discounts on notes.................           (326)
Less allowance for uncollectible notes..        (28,547)
                                              ---------
          Notes receivable, net.........      $ 233,237
                                              =========
</TABLE>

     There were no notes sold with recourse during the years ended December 31,
2000, 2001, and 2002. Outstanding principal maturities of notes receivable sold
with recourse as of December 31, 2001 and 2002 were $366,000 and $123,000,
respectively. The Company carries an allowance for doubtful accounts related to
these notes of $100,000 and $13,000 at December 31, 2001 and 2002, respectively.

     Effective October 30, 2000, the Company entered into a $100 million
revolving credit agreement to finance Vacation Interval notes receivable through
an off-balance-sheet SPE, formed on October 16, 2000. The agreement presently
has a term of 5 years. However, on April 30, 2004, the second anniversary date
of the amended facility, the SPE's lender under the credit agreement shall have
the right to put, transfer, and assign to the SPE all of its rights, title, and
interest in and to all of the assets securing the facility at a price equal to
the then outstanding principal balance under the facility.

     During 2000, the Company sold $74.0 million of notes receivable to the SPE
and recognized pre-tax gains of $4.3 million. In conjunction with these sales,
the Company received cash consideration of $62.9 million, which was used to pay
down borrowings under its revolving loan facilities. During 2001, the Company
made no sales of notes receivable to the SPE. During 2002, the Company sold
$83.4 million of notes receivable to the SPE and recognized pre-tax gains of
$6.8 million. In conjunction with these sales, the Company received cash
consideration of $68.9 million, which was used to pay down borrowings under its
revolving loan facilities. The SPE funded all of these purchases through
advances under a credit agreement arranged for this purpose.

     At December 31, 2002, the SPE held notes receivable totaling $105.2
million, with related borrowings of $89.1 million. The Company continues to
service all notes receivable sold for a fee of 1% of eligible notes held by the
SPE. Fees received by the Company for servicing sold notes were $81,000,
$613,000, and $547,000 for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, and 2002,
respectively. Such fees received approximate the Company's internal cost of
servicing such notes. As a result, the related servicing asset or liability was
estimated to be insignificant.

     The Company is not obligated to repurchase defaulted or any other contracts
sold to the SPE. It is anticipated, however, that the Company will place bids in
accordance with the terms of the conduit agreement to repurchase some defaulted
contracts in public auctions to facilitate the re-marketing of the underlying
collateral. For the year ended December 31, 2002, the Company paid approximately
$171,000 to repurchase such notes.

     The Company considers accounts over 60 days past due to be delinquent. As
of December 31, 2002, $4.7 million of notes receivable, net of accounts charged
off, were considered delinquent. An additional $53.9 million of notes would have
been considered to be delinquent had the Company not granted payment concessions
to the customers, which brings a delinquent note current and extends the
maturity date if two consecutive payments are made.

     The activity in gross notes receivable is as follows for the years ended
December 31, 2001 and 2002 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  --------------------
                                                                    2001        2002
                                                                  --------    --------
<S>                                                               <C>         <C>
Balance, beginning of period.......................               $338,570    $333,336
Sales..............................................                113,486     107,517
Collections........................................                (68,375)    (59,157)
Receivables charged off............................                (50,345)    (36,486)
Sold notes receivable..............................                     --     (83,426)
                                                                  --------    --------
Balance, end of period.............................               $333,336    $261,784
                                                                  ========    ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-15

<PAGE>

     The activity in the allowance for uncollectible notes is as follows for the
years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, and 2002 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  -------------------------------
                                                                    2000        2001       2002
                                                                  --------    --------   --------
<S>                                                               <C>         <C>        <C>
Balance, beginning of period...................................   $ 32,023    $ 74,778   $ 54,744
Provision for credit losses....................................    108,751      30,311     24,562
Provision for customer releases charged to operating, general,
  and administrative expenses..................................      1,131          --         --
Receivables charged off........................................    (56,475)    (50,345)   (36,486)
Allowance related to notes sold................................    (10,652)         --    (14,273)
                                                                  --------    --------   --------
Balance, end of period.........................................   $ 74,778    $ 54,744   $ 28,547
                                                                  ========    ========   ========
</TABLE>

     The provision for customer returns, which are cancellations of sales
whereby the customer fails to make the first installment payment, are recorded
as a charge to Vacation Interval sales. For the years ended December 31, 2000,
2001, and 2002, the provision for customer returns was $7.0 million, $9.1
million, and $4.0 million, respectively.

     In 2000, the Company substantially increased its provision for
uncollectible notes to provide for the poorer performance in the Company's notes
receivable portfolio, which resulted from a general downturn in the economy and
the elimination of certain programs that had been in place to remedy defaulted
loans.

7. INVENTORIES

     Inventories consist of the following at December 31, 2001 and 2002 (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  ----------------------
                                                                     2001         2002
                                                                  ---------     --------
<S>                                                               <C>           <C>
Timeshare units................................................   $  44,644     $ 41,951
Amenities......................................................      36,232       37,588
Land...........................................................       8,280        8,072
Recovery of canceled and traded intervals......................      16,061       14,825
Other..........................................................          58           69
                                                                  ---------     --------
          Total................................................   $ 105,275     $102,505
                                                                  =========     ========
</TABLE>

     Due to liquidity issues experienced in 2000 and early 2001, the Company
reduced its future sales plans for most resorts and discontinued its efforts to
sell Crown intervals. As a result, the Company recorded an inventory write-down
of $15.5 million based upon a lower of cost or market assessment, and wrote-off
$3.1 million of unsold Crown inventory intervals. These write-offs are included
in Cost of Vacation Interval Sales in 2000.

     Realization of inventories is dependent upon execution of management's
long-term sales plan for each resort, which extend for up to fifteen years. Such
sales plans depend upon management's ability to obtain financing to facilitate
the build-out of each resort and marketing of the Vacation Intervals over the
planned time period.

8. LAND, EQUIPMENT, BUILDINGS, AND UTILITIES

     Land, equipment, buildings, and utilities consist of the following at
December 31, 2001 and 2002 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  --------------------
                                                                    2001        2002
                                                                  --------    --------
<S>                                                                <C>         <C>
Land.................................................             $  4,776    $  4,776
Vehicles and equipment...............................                4,887       4,188
Utility plant, buildings, and facilities.............               12,800      13,805
Office equipment and furniture.......................               27,679      28,597
Improvements.........................................               11,421      11,510
                                                                  --------    --------
                                                                    61,563      62,876
Less accumulated depreciation........................              (24,232)    (29,098)
                                                                  --------    --------
Land, equipment, buildings, and utilities, net.......             $ 37,331    $ 33,778
                                                                  ========    ========
</TABLE>

     Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31,
2000, 2001, and 2002 was $7.5 million, $6.5 million, and $5.2 million,
respectively, which included amortization expense related to intangible assets
included in prepaid and other assets of $308,000, $0, and $0 in 2000, 2001, and
2002, respectively.

     Due to liquidity concerns experienced in the fourth quarter of 2000, the
Company recorded an impairment loss of long-lived assets of $6.3 million, which
includes an impairment of $5.4 million to write-down land to estimated fair
value and land held for sale to

                                      F-16

<PAGE>

estimated sales price less disposal costs as a result of the Company's plan to
discontinue development of certain properties and $922,000 to write-off
intangible assets associated with the discontinuance of sales efforts related to
Crown intervals.

     In 2001, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $5.4 million, which
primarily represents a $1.3 million write-off of fixed assets related to the
closure of three sales offices and three telemarketing centers, a $1.4 million
write-off of prepaid booth rentals and marketing supplies, $2.3 million related
to the write-down of two Company airplanes to their estimated sales prices less
costs to sell, and a $230,000 loss related to a lease termination.

9. INCOME TAXES

     Income tax benefit consists of the following components for the years ended
December 31, 2000, 2001, and 2002 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    2000        2001       2002
                                                                  --------    --------   --------
<S>                                                               <C>         <C>        <C>
Current income tax expense (benefit)..................            $ (9,103)   $     69   $ (1,523)
Deferred income tax expense (benefit).................             (26,088)       (168)        --
                                                                  --------    --------   --------
          Total income tax (benefit)..................            $(35,191)   $    (99)  $ (1,523)
                                                                  ========    ========   ========
</TABLE>

     A reconciliation of income tax benefit on reported pre-tax income (loss) at
statutory rates to actual income tax benefit for the years ended December 31,
2000, 2001, and 2002 is as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       2000                     2001                2002
                                                               --------------------      ------------------   ------------------
                                                               DOLLARS       RATE        DOLLARS      RATE     DOLLARS     RATE
                                                               --------    --------      --------    ------   ---------   ------
<S>                                                            <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>
Income tax expense (benefit) at statutory rates.........       $(33,275)    (35.0)%      $ (9,523)   (35.0)%  $   7,444    35.0%
State income taxes, net of Federal
  Income tax benefit....................................         (2,434)     (2.6)%          (846)    (3.1)%        666     3.1%
Deferred tax asset allowance............................             --        --          16,498     60.6%      (9,804)  (46.1)%
Reconciliation to 2000 tax return.......................             --        --          (6,192)   (22.8)%         --      --
Other, primarily permanent differences..................            518       0.6%            (36)    (0.1)%        171     0.8%
                                                               --------     -----        --------    -----    ---------   -----
         Total income tax expense (benefit).............       $(35,191)    (37.0)%      $    (99)    (0.4)%  $  (1,523)   (7.2)%
                                                               ========     =====        ========    =====    =========   =====
</TABLE>

     Deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2001 and 2002
are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     2001                2002
                                                                   --------            --------
<S>                                                                 <C>                 <C>
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Depreciation ................................................    $  3,469            $  4,085
  Installment sales income ....................................      95,027              94,518
                                                                   --------            --------
          Total deferred tax liabilities ......................      98,496              98,603

Deferred tax assets:
  Net operating loss carryforward - pre Exchange Offer ........     107,718              75,876
  Net operating loss carryforward - post Exchange Offer .......          --              23,708
  Impairment of long-lived assets .............................       5,307               5,307
  Alternative minimum tax credit ..............................       1,563                  --
  Other .......................................................         406                 406
                                                                   --------            --------
          Total deferred tax assets ...........................     114,994             105,297
                                                                   --------            --------

          Net deferred tax liability (asset) ..................     (16,498)              6,694
                                                                   ========            ========

          Deferred tax asset allowance ........................      16,498               6,694
                                                                   --------            --------

          Net deferred tax liability ..........................    $     --            $     --
                                                                   ========            ========
</TABLE>

     The Company reports substantially all Vacation Interval sales, which it
finances, on the installment method for federal income tax purposes. Under the
installment method, the Company does not recognize income on sales of Vacation
Intervals until the down payment or installment payment on customer receivables
are received by the Company. Interest is imposed, however, on the amount of tax
attributable to the installment payments for the period beginning on the date of
sale and ending on the date the payment is received. If the Company is otherwise
not subject to tax in a particular year, no interest is imposed since the
interest is based on the amount of tax paid in that year. The consolidated
financial statements do not contain an accrual for any interest expense that
would be paid on the deferred taxes related to the installment method. The
amount of interest expense is not estimable as of December 31, 2002.

     The Company has been subject to Alternative Minimum Tax ("AMT") as a result
of the deferred income that results from the installment sales treatment of
Vacation Interval sales for regular tax purposes. However, due to existing AMT
loss carryforwards, it is anticipated that no such current AMT liability exists.
The current AMT payable balance was adjusted in 1997 to reflect the change in
method of accounting for installment sales under AMT granted by the Internal
Revenue Service, effective as of January 1, 1997. As a result, the Company's
alternative minimum taxable income for 1997 through 1999 was increased each year
by approximately $9 million, which resulted in the Company paying substantial
additional federal and state taxes in those years. Subsequent to December

                                      F-17

<PAGE>

31, 2000, the Company applied for and received refunds of $8.3 and $1.6 million
during 2001 and 2002, respectively, as the result of the carryback of its 2000
AMT loss to 1999, 1998, and 1997. The AMT liability creates a deferred tax asset
in the form of a minimum tax credit, which, unless otherwise limited, reduces
any future tax liability from regular federal income tax. This deferred tax
asset has an unlimited carryover period.

     The net operating losses ("NOL") expire between 2012 through 2021.
Realization of the deferred tax assets arising from NOL is dependent on
generating sufficient taxable income prior to the expiration of the loss
carryforwards. Management currently does not believe that it will be able to
utilize its NOL as a result of normal operations. At present, future NOL
utilization is expected to be limited to the temporary differences creating
deferred tax liabilities. If necessary, management could implement a strategy to
accelerate income recognition for federal income tax purposes to utilize the
existing NOL. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable could
be decreased if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward
period are reduced.

     Due to the Exchange Offer described in Note 3, an ownership change within
the meaning of Section 382(g) of the Internal Revenue Code ("the Code") has
occurred. As a result, the Company's NOL is subject to an annual limitation for
the current and future taxable years. The annual limitation will be equal to the
value of the stock of the Company immediately before the ownership change,
multiplied by the long-term tax-exempt rate (i.e., the highest of the adjusted
Federal long-term rates in effect for any month in the three-calendar-month
period ending with the calendar month in which the change date occurs). This
annual limitation may be increased for any recognized built-in gain to the
extent allowed in Section 382(h) of the Code.

     The following are the expiration dates and the approximate net operating
loss carryforwards at December 31, 2002 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              EXPIRATION DATES
------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>
2012......................................        $    8,973
2018......................................            36,372
2019......................................            57,853
2020......................................           132,078
2021......................................            23,383
                                                  ----------
                                                  $  258,659
                                                  ==========
</TABLE>

10. DEBT

     Notes payable, capital lease obligations, and senior subordinated notes as
of December 31, 2001 and 2002 are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                              --------------------
                                                                                2001        2002
                                                                              --------    --------
<S>                                                                           <C>         <C>
$60 million loan agreement, which contains certain financial
   covenants, due August 2002, principal and interest payable from
   the proceeds obtained on customer notes receivable pledged as
   collateral for the note, at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.55%
   (additional draws are no longer available under this facility;
   upon the completion of the debt restructuring described in Note 3,
   maturity was extended to August 2003)..................................    $ 15,969    $  9,836
$70 million loan agreement, capacity reduced by amounts outstanding
   under the $10 million inventory loan agreement (and the $10
   million supplemental revolving loan agreement as of December 31,
   2001), which contains certain financial covenants, due August
   2004, principal and interest payable from the proceeds obtained on
   customer notes receivable pledged as collateral for the note, at
   an interest rate of LIBOR plus 2.65% (operating under forbearance
   at December 31, 2001; additional draws are no longer available
   under this facility)...................................................      35,614      25,549
$10 million supplemental revolving loan agreement, which contains
   certain financial covenants, due August 2002 (extended to March
   2007 upon completion of the debt restructuring described in Note
   3), principal and interest payable from the proceeds obtained on
   customer notes receivable pledged as collateral for the note, at
   an interest rate of LIBOR plus 2.67% (revolving under forbearance
   at December 31, 2001)..................................................       9,468       8,536
$75 million revolving loan agreement, which contains certain financial
   covenants, due April 2005, principal and interest payable from the
   proceeds obtained on customer notes receivable pledged as
   collateral for the note, at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.00%
   (revolving under forbearance at December 31, 2001; upon completion
   of the debt restructuring described in Note 3, the revolving loan
   agreement was amended to limit the outstanding balance to $72 million,
   consisting of $56.9 million revolver with an interest rate of
   LIBOR plus 3% with a 6% floor and a $15.1 million term loan with an
   interest rate of 8%; both facilities mature March 2007)................      71,072      46,078
$15.1 million term loan with an interest rate of 8%, maturing in
   March 2007)............................................................          --      14,665
$75 million revolving loan agreement, which contains certain
   financial covenants, due November 2005, principal and interest
   payable from the proceeds obtained on customer notes receivable
   pledged as collateral for the note, at an interest rate of LIBOR
   plus 2.67% (revolving under forbearance at December 31, 2001; upon
</TABLE>

                                      F-18

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                           <C>         <C>
   completion of the debt restructuring described in Note 3, the
   revolving loan agreement was amended to limit the outstanding
   balance to $71 million, consisting of $56.1 million revolver with
   an interest rate of LIBOR plus 3% with a 6% floor and a $14.9
   million term loan with an interest rate of 8%; both facilities
   mature March 2007).....................................................      69,734      44,288
$14.9 million term loan with an interest rate of 8%, maturing in
   March 2007)............................................................          --      14,461
$10.2 million revolving loan agreement, which contains certain
   financial covenants, due April 2006, principal and interest payable
   from the proceeds obtained on customer notes receivable pledged as
   collateral for the note, at an interest rate of Prime plus 2.00%
   (revolving under forbearance at December 31, 2001; upon completion
   of the debt restructuring described in Note 3, the revolving loan
   agreement was amended to form a $8.1 million revolver with an
   interest rate of Prime plus 3% with a 6% floor and a $2.1 million
   term loan with an interest rate of 8%; both facilities mature
   March 2007)............................................................      10,200       6,493
$2.1 million term loan with an interest rate of 8%, maturing in March
   2007)..................................................................          --       2,078
$45 million revolving loan agreement ($55 million as of December 31,
   2001), which contains certain financial covenants, due August 2005,
   principal and interest payable from the proceeds obtained on
   customer notes receivable pledged as collateral for the note, at an
   interest rate of Prime (Prime plus 2.00% as of December 31, 2001)
   (revolving under forbearance at December 31, 2001; upon completion
   of the debt restructuring described in Note 3, the revolving loan
   agreement was amended to limit the outstanding balance to $48
   million, consisting of $38.0 million revolver with an interest rate
   of Federal Funds plus 2.75% with a 6% floor and a $10.0 million
   term loan with an interest rate of 8%; both facilities mature
   March 2007)............................................................      54,641      31,128
$10 million term loan with an interest rate of 8%, maturing in March
   2007)..................................................................          --       9,465
$10 million inventory loan agreement, which contains certain
   financial covenants, due August 2002 (extended to March 2007 upon
   completion of the debt restructuring described in Note 3), interest
   payable monthly, at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.50%
   (revolving under forbearance at December 31, 2001).....................       9,936       9,936
$10 million inventory loan agreement, which contains certain financial
   covenants, due March 31, 2002 (extended to March 2007 upon
   completion of the debt restructuring described in Note 3),
   interest payable monthly, at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.25%
   (revolving under forbearance at December 31, 2001).....................       9,375       9,375
Various notes, due from January 2002 through November 2009,
   collateralized by various assets with interest rates ranging from
   0.9% to 17.0%..........................................................       3,227       2,035
                                                                              --------     -------
          Total notes payable.............................................     289,236     233,923
Capital lease obligations.................................................       5,220       2,490
                                                                              --------     -------
          Total notes payable and capital lease obligations...............     294,456     236,413

6.0% senior subordinated notes, due 2007, interest payable
   semiannually on April 1 and October 1, guaranteed by all of the
   Company's present and future domestic restricted subsidiaries (see
   debt restructuring described in Note 3)................................          --      28,467
10 1/2% senior subordinated notes, subordinate to the 6.0% senior
   subordinated notes above, due 2008, interest payable semiannually
   on April 1 and October 1, guaranteed by all of the Company's
   present and future domestic restricted subsidiaries (in default at
   December 31, 2001; see debt restructuring described in Note 3)..             66,700       9,766
Interest on the 6.0% senior subordinated notes, due 2007, interest
   payable semiannually on April 1 and October 1, guaranteed by all
   of the Company's present and future domestic restricted
   subsidiaries (see debt restructuring described in Note 3)..............          --       7,686
                                                                              --------    --------
          Total senior subordinated notes.................................      66,700      45,919
                                                                              --------    --------

          Total...........................................................    $361,156    $282,332
                                                                              ========    ========
</TABLE>

     At December 31, 2002, LIBOR rates were from 1.76% to 1.82%, and the Prime
rate was 4.25%.

     Certain of the above debt agreements include restrictions on the Company's
ability to pay dividends based on minimum levels of net income and cash flow.
The debt agreements contain covenants including requirements that the Company
(i) preserve and maintain the collateral securing the loans; (ii) pay all taxes
and other obligations relating to the collateral; and (iii) refrain from selling
or transferring the collateral or permitting any encumbrances on the collateral.
The debt agreements also contain restrictive covenants, which include (i)
restrictions on liens against and dispositions of collateral, (ii) restrictions
on distributions to affiliates and prepayments of loans from affiliates, (iii)
restrictions on changes in control and management of the Company, (iv)
restrictions on sales of substantially all of the assets of the Company, and (v)
restrictions on mergers, consolidations, or other reorganizations of the
Company. Under certain credit facilities, a sale of all or substantially all of
the assets of the Company, a merger, consolidation, or reorganization of the
Company, or other changes of control of the ownership of the Company, would
constitute an event of default and permit the lenders to accelerate the maturity
thereof.

     Such credit facilities also contain operating covenants requiring the
Company to (i) maintain an aggregate minimum tangible net worth ranging from
$17.5 million to $110 million, minimum liquidity, including a debt to equity
ratio of not greater than 2.5 to 1 and a liquidity ratio of not less than 5%, an
interest coverage ratio of at least 2 to 1, a marketing expense ratio of no more
than 0.55 to 1, a

                                      F-19

<PAGE>

consolidated cash flow to consolidated interest expense ratio of at least 2 to
1, and total tangible capital funds greater than $200 million plus 75% of net
income beginning October 1999; (ii) maintain its legal existence and be in good
standing in any jurisdiction where it conducts business; (iii) remain in the
active management of the Resorts; and (iv) refrain from modifying or terminating
certain timeshare documents. The credit facilities also include customary events
of default, including, without limitation (i) failure to pay principal,
interest, or fees when due, (ii) untruth of any representation of warranty,
(iii) failure to perform or timely observe covenants, (iv) defaults under other
indebtedness, and (v) bankruptcy.

     Upon completion of the Exchange Offer described in Note 3, the operating
covenants described at (i) above were replaced by new operating covenants that
require that the Company maintain a minimum tangible net worth of $100 million
or greater, as defined, sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of sales
below 55.0% for the last three quarters of 2002 and below 52.5% thereafter,
notes receivable delinquency rate below 25%, a minimum interest coverage ratio
of 1.1 to 1 (increasing to 1.25 to 1 in 2003), and positive net income. As of
December 31, 2002, the Company was in compliance with these operating covenants.
However, such future results cannot be assured.

     Notes payable secured by customer notes receivable require that collections
from customers be remitted to the lenders upon receipt. In addition, the Company
is required to calculate the appropriate "Borrowing Base" for each note payable
monthly. Such Borrowing Base determines whether the loans are collateralized in
accordance with the applicable loan agreements and whether additional amounts
can be borrowed. In preparing the monthly Borrowing Base reports for the
lenders, the Company has classified certain notes as eligible for Borrowing Base
that might be considered ineligible in accordance with the loan agreements. A
significant portion of the potentially ineligible notes relates to cancelled
notes from customers who have upgraded to a higher value product and notes that
have been subject to payment concessions.

     The Company has developed programs under which customers may be granted
payment concessions in order to encourage delinquent customers to make
additional payments. The effect of these concessions is to extend the term of
the customer notes. Upon granting a concession, the Company considers the
customer account to be current. Under the Company's notes payable agreements,
customer notes that are less than 60 days past due are considered eligible as
Borrowing Base. As of December 31, 2001 and 2002, a total of $53.3 million and
$50.2 million of customer notes, respectively, have been considered eligible for
Borrowing Base purposes which would have been considered ineligible had payment
concessions and the related reclassification as current not been granted. In
addition, as of December 31, 2001 and 2002, approximately $247,000 and $260,000,
respectively, of cancelled notes from customers who have upgraded to a different
product have been treated as eligible for Borrowing Base purposes.

     Principal maturities of notes payable, capital lease obligations, and
senior subordinated notes are as follows at December 31, 2002 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                         <C>
2003..............................................          $ 68,517
2004..............................................            56,364
2005..............................................            47,657
2006..............................................            50,204
2007..............................................            49,405
Thereafter........................................            10,185
                                                            --------
          Total...................................          $282,332
                                                            ========
</TABLE>

     Total interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, and
2002 was $32.8 million, $35.0 million, and $22.2 million, respectively. Interest
of $2.0 million, $1.2 million, and $271,000 was capitalized during the years
ended December 31, 2000, 2001, and 2002, respectively.

     As of December 31, 2002, eligible customer notes receivable with a face
amount of $240.7 million and interval inventory of $19.3 million were pledged as
collateral.

11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     In 2000, operating, general and administrative expense includes $3.5
million related to lawsuit settlements.

     The homeowners' associations of three condominium projects that a former
subsidiary of the Company constructed in Missouri filed separate actions of
unspecified amounts against the Company alleging construction defects and breach
of management agreements. During 2000, the Company incurred $1.3 million to
correct a portion of the problems alleged by the plaintiffs and has not accrued
any additional costs. At this time, the Company cannot predict the final outcome
of these claims and cannot estimate the additional costs it could incur.

                                      F-20

<PAGE>

     A purported class action was filed against the Company on October 19, 2001
by Plaintiffs who each purchased Vacation Intervals from the Company. The
Plaintiffs alleged that the Company violated the Texas Deceptive Trade Practices
Act and the Texas Timeshare Act by failing to deliver to them complete copies of
the contracts for the purchase of the Vacation Intervals as they did not receive
a complete legal description of the Hill Country Resort as attached to the
Declaration of Restrictions, Covenants and Conditions of the Resort. The
Plaintiffs also claimed that the Company violated various provisions of the
Texas Deceptive Trade Practices Act with respect to the maintenance fees charged
by the Company to its Vacation Interval owners. In November 2002, the Court
denied the Plaintiff's request for class certification. In March 2003,
additional Plaintiffs joined the case, and a Fourth Amended Petition was filed
against the Company and Silverleaf Club alleging additional violations of the
Texas Deceptive Trade Practices Act, breach of fiduciary duty, negligent
misrepresentation, and fraud. The class allegations were also deleted form the
amended Petition. The Plaintiffs seek damages in the amount of $1.5 million,
plus reasonable attorneys fees and court costs. The Plaintiffs also seek
rescission of their original purchase contracts with the Company. The Company
intends to vigorously defend against the Plaintiffs' claims and believes it has
valid defenses to the claims. Discovery with regard to the Plaintiffs' claims is
ongoing. The Company has not yet fully assessed the claims and has not recorded
an accrual for this case.

     A further purported class action was filed against the Company on February
26, 2002, by a couple who purchased a Vacation Interval from the Company. The
Plaintiffs allege that the Company violated the Texas Government Code by
charging a document preparation fee in regard to instruments affecting title to
real estate. Alternatively, the Plaintiffs allege that the $275 document
preparation fee constituted a partial prepayment that should have been credited
against their note and additionally seek a declaratory judgment. The petition
asserts Texas class action allegations and seeks recovery of the document
preparation fee and treble damages on behalf of both the plaintiffs and the
alleged class they purport to represent, and injunctive relief preventing the
Company from engaging in the unauthorized practice of law in connection with the
sale of its Vacation Intervals in Texas. The Company intends to contest the case
vigorously.

     In January 2003, a group of eight related individuals and entities who are
holders of certain of the Company's 10 1/2% senior subordinated notes due 2008
(the "10 1/2% Notes") made oral claims against the Company and a number of its
present and former officers and directors concerning the claimants' open market
purchases of 10 1/2% Notes during 2000 and 2001. One of the eight claimants
previously owned common stock in the Company acquired between 1998 and 2000 and
also made claims against the Company with regard to losses allegedly suffered in
connection with open market purchases and sales of the Company's common stock.
In February 2003, these eight claimants, the Company, and certain of its former
officers and directors entered into a tolling agreement for the purposes of
preserving the claimants' rights during the term of the agreement by tolling
applicable statutes of limitations while negotiations between the claimants and
the Company take place. The 10 1/2% Notes are not in default and the Company
denies all liability with regard to the alleged claims of these eight claimants.
No litigation has been filed against the Company or any of its affiliates by
these eight claimants; however, there can be no assurance that these claims will
not ultimately result in litigation. If such litigation is filed, the Company
intends to vigorously defend against it.

     The Company is currently subject to other litigation arising in the normal
course of its business. From time to time, such litigation includes claims
regarding employment, tort, contract, truth-in-lending, the marketing and sale
of Vacation Intervals, and other consumer protection matters. Litigation has
been initiated from time to time by persons seeking individual recoveries for
themselves, as well as, in some instances, persons seeking recoveries on behalf
of an alleged class. In the judgment of the Company, none of these lawsuits or
claims against the Company, either individually or in the aggregate, is likely
to have a material adverse effect on the Company, its business, results of
operations, or financial condition.

     The Company has entered into noncancelable operating leases covering office
and storage facilities and equipment, which will expire at various dates through
2009. The total rental expense incurred during the years ended December 31,
2000, 2001, and 2002 was $10.2 million, $3.6 million, and $2.8 million,
respectively. The Company has also acquired equipment by entering into capital
leases. The future minimum annual commitments for the noncancelable lease
agreements are as follows at December 31, 2002 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              CAPITAL    OPERATING
                                                              LEASES      LEASES
                                                             --------   ----------
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>
2003...............................................          $ 1,389    $  1,977
2004...............................................            1,196       1,659
2005...............................................              238       1,542
2006...............................................                3       1,410
2007...............................................               --       1,287
Thereafter.........................................               --       2,015
                                                             -------    --------
Total minimum future lease payments................            2,826    $  9,890
                                                                        ========
Less amounts representing interest.................             (336)
                                                             -------
Present value of future minimum lease payments.....          $ 2,490
                                                             =======
</TABLE>

                                      F-21

<PAGE>

     Equipment acquired under capital leases consists of the following at
December 31, 2001 and 2002 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             2001       2002
                                                           -------    -------
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>
Amount of equipment under capital leases..............     $15,463    $14,487
Less accumulated depreciation.........................      (8,261)    (9,078)
                                                           -------    -------
                                                           $ 7,202    $ 5,409
                                                           =======    =======
</TABLE>

     During 2001, Silverleaf Club entered into a loan agreement for $1.8
million, whereby the Company guaranteed such debt with certain of its aircraft
or related sales proceeds. As of December 31, 2002, Silverleaf Club's related
note payable balance was $1.4 million.

     At December 31, 2002, we had notes receivable (including notes unrelated to
Vacation Intervals) in the approximate principal amount of $261.8 million with
an allowance for uncollectible notes of approximately $28.5 million. We were
contingently liable with respect to approximately $123,000 principal amount of
customer notes sold with recourse.

     As of December 31, 2002, the Company had construction commitments of
approximately $6.3 million.

     Periodically, the Company enters into employment agreements with certain
executive officers, which provide for minimum annual base salaries and other
fringe benefits as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company. Certain
of these agreements provide for bonuses based on the Company's operating
results. The agreements have varying terms of up to three years and typically
can be terminated by either party upon 30 days notice, subject to severance
provisions. Certain employment agreements provide that such person will not
directly or indirectly compete with the Company in any county in which it
conducts its business or markets its products for a period of two years
following the termination of the agreement. These agreements also provide that
such persons will not influence any employee or independent contractor to
terminate its relationship with the Company or disclose any confidential
information of the Company.

12. EQUITY

     The Company's stock option plans provide for the award of nonqualified
stock options to directors, officers, and key employees, and the grant of
incentive stock options to salaried key employees. Nonqualified stock options
provide for the right to purchase common stock at a specified price which may be
less than or equal to fair market value on the date of grant (but not less than
par value). Nonqualified stock options may be granted for any term and upon such
conditions determined by the Board of Directors of the Company. The Company has
reserved 3.8 million shares of common stock for issuance pursuant to its stock
option plans.

     Outstanding options have a graded vesting schedule, with equal installments
of shares vesting up through four years from the original grant date. These
options are exercisable at prices ranging from $0.29 to $25.50 per share and
expire 10 years from the date of grant.

     Stock option transactions during 2000, 2001, and 2002 are summarized as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     2000                          2001                         2002
                                          --------------------------   ---------------------------   ---------------------------
                                                        WEIGHTED                       WEIGHTED                     WEIGHTED
                                                         AVERAGE                        AVERAGE                      AVERAGE
                                           NUMBER       EXERCISE         NUMBER        EXERCISE       NUMBER        EXERCISE
                                          OF SHARES  PRICE PER SHARE   OF SHARES   PRICE PER SHARE   OF SHARES   PRICE PER SHARE
                                          ---------  ---------------   ---------   ---------------   ---------   ---------------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>               <C>         <C>               <C>         <C>
Options outstanding, beginning of year..  1,477,000     $   15.64      1,551,000       $ 14.45       1,078,500      $   14.08
Granted.................................    137,000     $    3.70             --       $    --         460,000      $    0.29
Exercised...............................         --            --             --            --              --             --
Forfeited...............................    (63,000)    $   18.97       (472,500)      $ 15.29        (136,500)     $   11.97
                                          ---------     ---------      ---------       -------       ---------      ---------
Options outstanding, end of year........  1,551,000     $   14.45      1,078,500       $ 14.08       1,402,000      $    9.76
                                          =========     =========      =========       =======       =========      =========

Exercisable, end of year................    807,125     $   16.54        807,875       $ 15.33         863,500      $   15.17
                                          =========     =========      =========       =======       =========      =========
</TABLE>

     For stock options outstanding at December 31, 2002:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               WEIGHTED        WEIGHTED                     WEIGHTED AVERAGE
                               NUMBER OF        AVERAGE         AVERAGE       NUMBER OF     EXERCISE PRICE OF
                                OPTIONS     EXERCISE PRICE     REMAINING       OPTIONS           OPTIONS
RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICES      OUTSTANDING     PER OPTION     LIFE IN YEARS   EXERCISABLE       EXERCISABLE
-------------------------     -----------   --------------   -------------   -----------    -----------------
<S>                           <C>           <C>              <C>             <C>            <C>
$16.00 - $25.50..........        711,000      $  17.07            5.6          709,500            $ 17.07
$7.31 - $7.31............        156,000          7.31            7.0          116,500               7.31
$3.59 - $3.69............         75,000          3.64            8.0           37,500               3.64
$0.29 - $0.29............        460,000          0.29           10.0               --                 --
                               ---------                                       -------
    Total................      1,402,000                                       863,500
                               =========                                       =======
</TABLE>

                                      F-22

<PAGE>

     The Company has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of Statement of
Financial Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock- Based Compensation" ("SFAS
No. 123"). The Company applies the accounting methods of Accounting Principles
Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued To Employees" ("APB No. 25"),
and related Interpretations in accounting for its stock options. Accordingly, no
compensation costs have been recognized for stock options. Had compensation
costs for the options been determined based on the fair value at the grant date
for the awards in 2000, 2001, and 2002 consistent with the provisions of SFAS
No. 123, the Company's net income (loss) and net income (loss) per share would
approximate the pro forma amounts indicated below (in thousands, except per
share amounts):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  YEAR ENDED    YEAR ENDED     YEAR ENDED
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     2000          2001           2002
                                                                 ------------  ------------   ------------
<S>                                                              <C>           <C>            <C>
Net income (loss)-- as reported........................            $(59,880)     $(27,209)    $  22,793
Net income (loss)-- pro forma..........................             (62,076)      (27,900)       22,041

Net income (loss) per share-- as reported: Basic.......               (4.65)        (2.11)         0.79
Net income (loss) per share-- as reported: Diluted.....               (4.65)        (2.11)         0.79

Net income (loss) per share-- pro forma: Basic.........               (4.82)        (2.16)         0.76
Net income (loss) per share-- pro forma: Diluted.......               (4.82)        (2.16)         0.76
</TABLE>

     The weighted average fair value per common stock option granted during 2000
and 2002 were $3.42 and $0.31, respectively. There were no stock options granted
in 2001. The fair value of the stock options granted is estimated on the date of
grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted
average assumptions: expected volatility ranging from 147.4% to 217.3% for all
grants, risk-free interest rates which vary for each grant and range from 5.5%
to 12.2%, expected life of 7 years for all grants, and no distribution yield for
all grants.

13. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     Each timeshare owners' association has entered into a management agreement,
which authorizes the Clubs to manage the resorts. The Clubs, in turn, have
entered into management agreements with the Company, whereby the Company manages
the operations of the resorts. Pursuant to the management agreements, the
Company receives a management fee equal to the lesser of 15% of gross revenues
for Silverleaf Club and 10% to 20% of dues collected for owners associations
within Crown Club or the net income of each Club. However, if the Company does
not receive the aforementioned maximum fee, such deficiency is deferred for
payment in the succeeding years, subject again to the net income limitation. The
Silverleaf Club management agreement is effective through March 2010, and will
continue year-to-year thereafter unless cancelled by either party. Crown Club
consists of several individual Club agreements that have terms of two to five
years. During the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, and 2002, the Company
recorded management fees of $462,000, $2.5 million, and $1.9 million,
respectively, in management fee income.

     The direct expenses of operating the resorts are paid by the Clubs. To the
extent the Clubs provide payroll, administrative, and other services that
directly benefit the Company, a separate allocation is charged by the Clubs to
the Company. During the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, and 2002, the
Company incurred $155,000, $147,000, and $183,000, respectively, of expenses
under these agreements. Likewise, to the extent the Company provides payroll,
administrative, and other services that directly benefit the Clubs, a separate
allocation is charged by the Company to the Clubs. During the years ended
December 31, 2000, 2001, and 2002, the Company charged the Clubs $1.7 million,
$1.7 million, and $2.5 million, respectively, under these agreements.

     The following schedule represents amounts due from (to) affiliates at
December 31, 2001 and 2002 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  --------------------
                                                                    2001        2002
                                                                  --------    --------
<S>                                                               <C>         <C>
Timeshare owners associations and other, net...................   $    102    $    43
Amount due from Silverleaf Club................................      1,555         --
Amount due from Crown Club.....................................        577        707
                                                                  --------    -------
          Total amounts due from affiliates....................   $  2,234    $   750
                                                                  ========    =======

Amount due to Silverleaf Club..................................   $    261    $   324
Amount due to SPE..............................................        304      1,897
                                                                  --------    -------
          Total amounts due to affiliates......................   $    565    $ 2,221
                                                                  ========    =======
</TABLE>

     In December 2000, the Company wrote-off its receivable from Silverleaf Club
and incurred a charge of $7.5 million. At December 31, 2000, due to liquidity
concerns and the planned reduction in future sales, the Company anticipated that
future membership dues would not be sufficient to pay down the receivable.
Hence, the Company's Board of Directors approved the write-off of this amount.

                                      F-23

<PAGE>

     During 2001, Silverleaf Club entered into a loan agreement for $1.8
million, whereby the Company guaranteed such debt with certain of its assets. As
of December 31, 2002, Silverleaf Club's related note payable balance was $1.4
million.

     At December 31, 2001 and 2002, the amount due to SPE primarily relates to
upgrades of sold notes receivable. Upgrades represent sold notes that are
replaced by new notes when holders of said notes upgrade to a more valuable
Vacation Interval.

     The William H. Francis Trust (the "Trust"), a trust for which a director of
the Company serves as trustee, is entitled to a 10% net profits interest from
sales of certain land in Mississippi. The net profits interest was granted to
the Trust pursuant to a Net Profits Agreement dated July 20, 1995, between the
Trust and a subsidiary of the Company, which was dissolved after its assets and
liabilities, including the Net Profits Agreement, were acquired by the Company.
Pursuant to the Net Profits Agreement, the affiliate agreed to provide
consulting services to the Company. During 2000, the affiliate was paid $49,637
under this agreement. During 2001, the Company sold additional parcels of this
land and accrued a liability of $17,286 to the affiliate, which was not paid
prior to December 31, 2002. As of December 31, 2002, the Company owns
approximately 11 acres of land that is subject to this net profits interest.

     In 1997, the Company entered into a ten-year lease agreement with a
principal shareholder who is the CEO of the Company for personal use of flood
plain land adjacent to one of the Company's resorts in exchange for an annual
payment equal to the property taxes attributable to the land. These property
taxes were approximately $7,000 for the year ended December 31, 2002. The lease
has four renewal options of ten years at the option of the lessee.

     In August 1997, subject to an employment agreement with an officer, the
Company purchased a house for $531,000 and leased the house, with an option to
purchase, to the officer for 13 months at a rental rate equal to the Company's
expense for interest, insurance, and taxes, which was approximately $3,000 per
month. In September 1998, the officer exercised his option to purchase the house
at the end of the lease for $531,000. In March 2001, the Company forgave the
remaining $48,000 balance on a note due from the officer.

     In June 1998, the Company entered an employment agreement, whereby the
Company paid $108,000 for an employee's condominium in Branson, Missouri, upon
his relocation to Dallas, Texas, and paid $500,000 over a three-year period as
compensation for and in consideration of the exclusivity of his services. Prior
to becoming an employee in June 1998, the Company paid this employee's former
architectural firm $246,000 during 1998 for architectural services rendered to
the Company.

14. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, other receivables, amounts
due from or to affiliates, and accounts payable and accrued expenses
approximates fair value due to the relatively short-term nature of the financial
instruments. The carrying value of the notes receivable approximates fair value
because the weighted average interest rate on the portfolio of notes receivable
approximates current interest rates to be received on similar current notes
receivable. The carrying value of notes payable and capital lease obligations
approximates their fair value because the interest rates on these instruments
are adjustable or approximate current interest rates charged on similar current
borrowings.

     The Company had senior subordinated notes of $66.7 million and $45.9
million as of December 31, 2001 and 2002, respectively. The estimated fair value
of these senior subordinated notes at December 31, 2001 and 2002 was
approximately $41.8 million and $28.8 million, respectively, based on the market
value of notes exchanged in the Exchange Offer described in Note 3. However,
these notes were not traded on a regular basis and were therefore subject to
large variances in offer prices. Accordingly, the estimated fair value may not
be indicative of the amount at which a transaction could be completed.

     Considerable judgment is required to interpret market data to develop the
estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not
necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current
market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation
methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

15. SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

     All subsidiaries of the Company, except the SPE, have guaranteed the $45.9
million of senior subordinated notes. Separate financial statements and other
disclosures concerning each guaranteeing subsidiary (each, a "Guarantor
Subsidiary") are not presented herein because the guarantee of each Guarantor
Subsidiary is full and unconditional and joint and several, and each Guarantor
Subsidiary is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and together comprise
all direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Company. During 2000, the Company
liquidated several subsidiaries with nominal operations.

                                      F-24

<PAGE>

     The Guarantor Subsidiaries had no operations for the years ended December
31, 2000, 2001, and 2002. Combined summarized balance sheet information of the
Guarantor Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2001 and 2002, is as follows (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                        ----------------
                                                          2001     2002
                                                        -------  -------
<S>                                                     <C>      <C>
Other assets......................................      $     1  $     1
                                                        -------  -------
          Total assets............................      $     1  $     1
                                                        =======  =======
Investment by parent (includes equity and amounts
due to parent)....................................      $     1  $     1
                                                        -------  -------
          Total liabilities and equity............      $     1  $     1
                                                        =======  =======
</TABLE>

16. 401(k) PLAN

     The Company's 401(k) plan (the "Plan"), a qualified defined contribution
retirement plan, covers employees 21 years of age or older who have completed
six months of service. The Plan allows eligible employees to defer receipt of up
to 15% of their compensation and contribute such amounts to various investment
funds. The employee contributions vest immediately. The Company is not required
by the Plan to match employee contributions, however, it may do so on a
discretionary basis. The Company incurred nominal administrative costs related
to maintaining the Plan and made no contributions to the Plan during the years
ended December 31, 2000, 2001, and 2002.

17. SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

     Selected quarterly financial data for 2001 and 2002 is set forth below (in
thousands, except per share amounts):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         FIRST     SECOND      THIRD      FOURTH
                                                                        QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER
                                                                        --------   --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Total revenues
    2002.......................................................         $ 42,083   $ 42,268   $ 44,135   $ 42,054
                                                                        ========   ========   ========   ========
    2001.......................................................         $ 61,828   $ 48,611   $ 44,339   $ 36,555
                                                                        ========   ========   ========   ========
Total costs and operating expenses
    2002.......................................................         $ 44,182   $ 44,520   $ 42,708   $ 42,583
                                                                        ========   ========   ========   ========
    2001.......................................................         $ 70,244   $ 56,591   $ 50,888   $ 40,918
                                                                        ========   ========   ========   ========
Net income (loss)
    2002.......................................................         $ (2,100)  $ 20,077   $  3,885   $    931
                                                                        ========   ========   ========   ========
    2001.......................................................         $ (8,367)  $ (7,930)  $ (6,499)  $ (4,413)
                                                                        ========   ========   ========   ========
Net income (loss) per common share: basic and diluted
    2002.......................................................         $  (0.16)  $   0.71   $   0.11   $   0.03
                                                                        ========   ========   ========   ========
    2001.......................................................         $  (0.65)  $  (0.62)  $  (0.50)  $  (0.34)
                                                                        ========   ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>

18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

     In January 2003, the Company sold $14.0 million of notes receivable to the
SPE and recognized a pre-tax gain of $1.2 million. The SPE funded these
purchases through advances under a credit agreement arranged for this purpose.
In conjunction with this sale, the Company received cash consideration of $11.6
million, which was used to pay down borrowings under its revolving loan
facilities.

     In January 2003, the Company recognized a pre-tax gain of $273,000
associated with the sale of land located in Las Vegas, Nevada. In conjunction
with this sale, the Company received cash consideration of $3.0 million, which
was used to pay down borrowings under its revolving loan facilities.

     In January 2003, the Company granted 2,007,210 stock options under its
stock option plans. Such options have a graded vesting schedule, with equal
installments of shares vesting up through three years from the date of grant.
These options have an exercise price of $0.32 per share and expire ten years
from the date of grant.

                                      F-25

<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                                                DESCRIPTION
-------                                                                -----------
<S>                 <C>
   3.1              --   Charter of Silverleaf Resorts, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 1 dated May
                         16, 1997 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-24273).

   3.2              --   Bylaws of Silverleaf Resorts, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Registrant's Form 10-K for
                         year ended December 31, 1997).

   4.1              --   Form of Stock Certificate of Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 1 dated
                         May 16, 1997 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-24273).

   4.2              --   Amended and Restated Indenture dated May 2, 2002, between the Company, Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National
                         Association, as Trustee, and the Subsidiary Guarantors for the Company's 10 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes
                         due 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30,
                         2002).

   4.3              --   Certificate No. 001 of 10 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 in the amount of $75,000,000
                         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for quarter ended March 31, 1998).

   4.4              --   Subsidiary Guarantee dated April 8, 1998 by Silverleaf Berkshires, Inc.; Bull's Eye Marketing, Inc.;
                         Silverleaf Resort Acquisitions, Inc.; Silverleaf Travel, Inc.; Database Research, Inc.; and Villages Land,
                         Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,
                         1998).

   4.5              --   Indenture dated May 2, 2002, between the Company, Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as
                         Trustee, and the Subsidiary Guarantors for the Company's 6% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007
                         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002).

   4.6              --   Certificate No. 001 of 6% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 in the amount of $28,467,000 (incorporated by
                         reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002).

   4.7              --   Subsidiary Guarantee dated May 2, 2002 by Awards Verification Center, Inc., Silverleaf Travel, Inc.,
                         Silverleaf Resort Acquisitions, Inc., Bull's Eye Marketing, Inc., Silverleaf Berkshires, Inc., and
                         eStarCommunications, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the
                         quarter ended June 30, 2002).

   9.1              --   Voting Trust Agreement dated November 1, 1999 between Robert E. Mead and Judith F. Mead (incorporated by
                         reference to Exhibit 9.1 of the Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999).

  10.1              --   Form of Registration Rights Agreement between Registrant and Robert E. Mead (incorporated by reference to
                         Exhibit 10.1 to Amendment No. 1 dated May 16, 1997 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File
                         No. 333-24273).

  10.2              --   Employment Agreement with Harry J. White, Jr. (incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant's
                         Form 10-Q for quarter ended June 30, 1998).

  10.3              --   1997 Stock Option Plan of Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Amendment No. 1 dated
                         May 16, 1997 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-24273).

  10.4              --   Silverleaf Club Agreement between the Silverleaf Club and the resort clubs named therein (incorporated by
                         reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-24273).

  10.5              --   Management Agreement between Registrant and the Silverleaf Club (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5
                         to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-24273).

  10.6              --   Revolving Loan and Security Agreement, dated October 1996, by CS First Boston Mortgage Capital Corp.
                         ("CSFBMCC") and Silverleaf Vacation Club, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Registrant's
                         Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-24273).

  10.7              --   Amendment No. 1 to Revolving Loan and Security Agreement, dated November 8, 1996, between CSFBMCC and
                         Silverleaf Vacation Club, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Registrant's Registration
                         Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-24273).

  10.8              --   Form of Indemnification Agreement (between Registrant and all officers, directors, and proposed directors)
                         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No.
                         333-24273).

  10.9              --   Resort Affiliation and Owners Association Agreement between Resort Condominiums International, Inc.,
                         Ascension Resorts, Ltd., and Hill Country Resort Condoshare Club, dated July 29, 1995 (similar agreements
                         for all other Existing Owned Resorts) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Registrant's
                         Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-24273).

 10.10              --   First Amendment to Silverleaf Club Agreement, dated March 28, 1990, among Silverleaf Club, Ozark Mountain
                         Resort Club, Holiday Hills Resort Club, the Holly Lake Club, The Villages Condoshare Association, The
                         Villages Club, Piney Shores Club, and Hill Country Resort Condoshare Club (incorporated by reference to
                         Exhibit 10.22 to Amendment No. 1 dated May 16, 1997 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1,
                         File No. 333-24273).

 10.11              --   First Amendment to Management Agreement, dated January 1, 1993, between Master Endless Escape Club and
                         Ascension Resorts, Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to Amendment No. 1 dated May 16, 1997
                         to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-24273).

 10.12              --   Silverleaf Club Agreement dated September 25, 1997, between Registrant and Timber Creek Resort Club
                         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for quarter ended September 30,
                         1997).

 10.13              --   Second Amendment to Management Agreement, dated December 31, 1997, between Silverleaf Club and Registrant
                         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for year Ended
                         December 31, 1997).

 10.14              --   Silverleaf Club Agreement, dated January 5, 1998, between Silverleaf Club and Oak N' Spruce Resort Club
                         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended
                         December 31, 1997).

 10.15              --   Master Club Agreement, dated November 13, 1997, between Master Club and Fox River Resort Club (incorporated
                         by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 1997).

 10.16              --   Letter Agreement dated March 16, 1998, between the Company and Heller Financial, Inc. (incorporated by
                         reference to Exhibit 10.44 to Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1, File No. 333-47427 filed March 16, 1998).

 10.17              --   Bill of Sale and Blanket Assignment dated May 28, 1998, between the Company and Crown Resort Co., LLC
                         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for quarter ended June 30, 1998).
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                 <C>
 10.18              --   Management Agreement dated October 13, 1998, by and between the Company and Eagle Greens, Ltd.
                         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for quarter ended September 30, 1998).

 10.19              --   First Amendment to 1997 Stock Option Plan for Silverleaf Resorts, Inc., effective as of May 20, 1998
                         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1998).

 10.20              --   Amended and Restated Receivables Loan and Security Agreement dated September 1, 1999, between the Company
                         and Heller Financial, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the
                         quarter ended September 30, 1999).

 10.21              --   Amended and Restated Inventory Loan and Security Agreement dated September 1, 1999, between the Company and
                         Heller Financial, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter
                         ended September 30, 1999).

 10.22              --   Second Amendment to 1997 Stock Option Plan dated November 19, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                         10.46 to Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999).

 10.23              --   Eighth Amendment to Management Agreement, dated March 9, 1999, between the Registrant and the Silverleaf
                         Club (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.47 to Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
                         1999).

 10.24              --   Purchase and Contribution Agreement, dated October 30, 2000, between the Company, as Seller, and Silverleaf
                         Finance I, Inc., as Purchaser (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the
                         quarter ended September 30, 2000.)

 10.25              --   Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Receivables Loan and Security Agreement dated April 30, 20002
                         between the Company and Heller Financial, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant's
                         Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002).

 10.26              --   Fourth Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Inventory Loan and Security Agreement dated April 30, 2002
                         between the Company and Heller Financial, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant's
                         Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002).

 10.27              --   Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of April 30, 2002 between the Company and
                         Sovereign Bank, as Agent, and Liberty Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant's Form
                         10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002).

 10.28              --   Amended And Restated Loan, Security And Agency Agreement (Tranche A), dated as of April 30, 2002, by and
                         among the Company, Textron Financial Corporation, as a Lender and as facility agent and collateral agent
                         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002).

 10.29              --   Amended And Restated Loan, Security And Agency Agreement (Tranche B), dated as of April 30, 2002, by and
                         among the Company, Textron Financial Corporation and Bank of Scotland, as Lenders and Textron Financial
                         Corporation, as and collateral agent ("Agent") (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Registrant's
                         Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002).

 10.30              --   First Amendment To Loan And Security Agreement (Tranche C), dated as of April 30, 2002, entered into by and
                         between the Company and Textron Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to
                         Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002).

 10.31              --   This Second Amendment To Loan And Security Agreement dated as of April 30, 2002 by and between the Company
                         and Textron Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for
                         the quarter ended June 30, 2002).

 10.32              --   Amended And Restated Receivables Loan and Security Agreement Dated as of April 30, 2002 among Silverleaf
                         Finance I, Inc., as the Borrower, the Company, as the Servicer, Autobahn Funding Company LLC, as a Lender,
                         DZ Bank AG Deutsche Zentral-Genossenschaftsbank, Frankfurt AM Main, as the Agent, U.S. Bank Trust National
                         Association, as the Agent's Bank, and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as the Backup
                         Servicer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June
                         30, 2002).

 10.33              --   Amendment Agreement No. 1, dated as of April 30, 2002 Purchase And Contribution Agreement dated as of
                         October 30, 2000 between the Company and Silverleaf Finance I, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                         10.9 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002).

 10.34              --   Employment Agreement dated April 18, 2002 between the Company and Sharon K. Brayfield (incorporated by
                         reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002).

 10.35              --   First Amendment to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated September 30, 2002 by and among
                         the Company, Sovereign Bank and Liberty Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 of the
                         Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).

*10.36              --   Resort Affiliation Agreement between Interval International, Inc. and Beartown Development Inc., as the
                         predecessor of the Company with respect to the Oak N' Spruce Resort in Lee, Massachusetts.

*21.1               --   Subsidiaries of Silverleaf Resorts, Inc.

*99.1               --   Certification of CEO Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

*99.2               --   Certification of CFO Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
</TABLE>

------------

*    Filed herewith